UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20172020

or

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from __________ to .

__________.

Commission file number:File Number 001-38348

 

One Madison CorporationRANPAK HOLDINGS CORP.

(Exact Namename of Registrantregistrant as Specifiedspecified in Its Charter)its charter)

 

Cayman Islands

Delaware

N/A

98-1377160

(State or Other Jurisdictionother jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

Identification Number)

 

3 East 28th Street, 8th Floor7990 Auburn Road

New York, New York 10016Concord Township, Ohio 44077

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Tel: 212-763-0930

((440) 354-4445

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)code

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Classeach class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of Each Exchangeeach exchange on Which Registeredwhich registered

Units, each consisting of one Class A ordinary share, $0.0001Common Stock, par value and one half of one warrant to purchase one Class A

Ordinary$0.0001 per share

PACK

The

New York Stock Exchange

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par valueThe New York Stock Exchange
Warrants to purchase Class A ordinary sharesThe New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,”company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes No

The registrant was not a public company at June 30, 2017, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and therefore it cannot calculate the aggregate market value of its voting and non-votingshares of Class A common equitystock, par value $0.0001 per share held by non-affiliates at such date. The registrant’s Units began tradingof the registrant was approximately $264,910,754, based on the closing sale price of $7.44 per share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on January 18, 2018 and the registrant’s Class A ordinary shares began separate trading on the New York Stock Exchange on February 21, 2018. At December 31, 2017, the registrant had no Class A ordinary shares outstanding.

June 30, 2020.

As of March 28, 2018,2, 2021, the registrant had 30,000,00069,053,220 of its Class A ordinarycommon shares, $0.0001 par value per share, outstanding and 11,250,0006,511,293 of its Class B ordinaryC common shares, $0.0001 par value per share, outstanding.

 

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be held on May 26, 2021, are incorporated by reference into Part II and Part III of this Form 10-K.



Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2020

Table of Contents

 

Page

Part I

PART I

Item 1

1

Business

2

Item 1.1A

Business

1

Risk Factors

14

Item 1A.1B

Risk Factors

6
Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

34

31

Item 2.2

Properties

34

Properties

31

Item 3.3

Legal Proceedings

34

31

Item 4.4

Mine Safety Disclosures

34

32

PART

Part II

35

Item 5.5

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

35

32

Item 6.6

Selected Financial Data

36

33

Item 7.7

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

36

33

Item 7A.7A

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

42

50

Item 8.8

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

F-1

52

Item 9.9

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

43

88

Item 9A.9A

Controls and Procedures

43

88

Item 9B.9B

Other Information

43

89

PART

Part III

44

Item 10.10

Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

44

89

Item 11.11

Executive Compensation

53

89

Item 12.12

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

53

89

Item 13.13

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

54

89

Item 14.14

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

56

89

PART

Part IV

58

Item 15.15

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

58

89

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Item 16

59

Form 10-K Summary

90

SIGNATURESSignatures

60

93

i

 

PART I

 

Item 1.Business

Except where the context otherwise requires, all references

Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Report”), including, without limitation, statements under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding our financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. When used in this Report, words such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “continue,” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions, as they relate to the “Company”, “we”, “us”, “our” or similar words or phrases are to One Madison Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company. References to our “management”us or our “management team” refer to our executive officers and directors, and references to the “sponsor” refer to One Madison Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,management, identify forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements contained in which our founder, Omar M. Asali, together with certain affiliates, holds a controlling 80% ownership interest. References to our “initial shareholders” refer to the sponsor, the anchor investors (as defined below), the BSOF Entities (as defined below)this Report and the Company’s management.

Introduction

WeExhibits attached hereto are a blank check company incorporatedbased on July 13, 2017 as a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. We have reviewed,our current expectations and continuebeliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us taking into account information currently available to review, opportunities to enter into a business combination, but we are not able to determine at this time whether weus. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will complete a business combination with any of the target businessesbe those that we have reviewedanticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or with any other target business. We also have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenueassumptions that may cause actual results or performance to date. Basedbe materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks include, but are not limited to:

our inability to secure a sufficient supply of paper to meet our production requirements;

the impact of the price of kraft paper on our results of operations;

our reliance on third party suppliers;

the COVID-19 pandemic and associated response;

the high degree of competition in the markets in which we operate;

consumer sensitivity to increases in the prices of our products;

changes in consumer preferences with respect to paper products generally;

continued consolidation in the markets in which we operate;

the loss of significant end-users of our products or a large group of such end-users;

our failure to develop new products that meet our sales or margin expectations;

our future operating results fluctuating, failing to match performance or to meet expectations;

our ability to fulfill our public company obligations; and

other risks and uncertainties indicated from time to time in filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

PART I

Throughout this Report, when we refer to “Ranpak,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us,” we are referring to Ranpak Holdings Corp. and all of our subsidiaries, except where the context indicates otherwise.

Unless otherwise noted, references to a particular year are to our fiscal year, which corresponds to the calendar year ended or ending on our business activities,December 31 of the Companysame year.  For example, a reference to “2020” is a “shell company”reference to the year ended December 31, 2020.

In November 2020, the SEC enacted changes to a number of financial disclosure requirements in Regulation S-K aiming to streamline and reduce duplicative disclosure by eliminating certain prescribed information in favor of a more principles-based approach (collectively, the “November 2020 Amendments”).  The November 2020 Amendments were published in the Federal Register on January 11, 2021 and became effective on February 10, 2021.  Under the November 2020 Amendments, we are permitted to provide disclosure consistent with the recent amendments at any time after February 10, 2021.  We have elected to provide certain disclosure consistent with the November 2020 Amendments throughout this Report.

Non-U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) Information

The financial statements separate the Company’s presentation into distinct periods.  The periods before the closing of the Ranpak Business Combination (herein defined) depict the financial statements of Rack Holdings and its subsidiaries (the “Predecessor”).  The period from January 1, 2019 through June 2, 2019 is further referred to herein as defined under the Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) because we have no operations and nominal assets consisting almost entirely of cash.

On January 22, 2018, we consummated our initial public offering (the “initial public offering”) of 30,000,000 units (the “units”). Each unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-half of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder thereof“1H 2019 Predecessor Period.”  All periods subsequent to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. The units were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds, before expenses, of $300 million. Prior toJune 3, 2019 after the consummation of the initial public offering,Ranpak Business Combination depict the Sponsor purchased 8,625,000 Class B ordinary shares for an aggregate purchase pricefinancial statements of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share, and certain other investorsthe Company, including the consolidation of One Madison Corporation with Rack Holdings (the “anchor investors”) purchased 3,750,000 Class B ordinary shares for an aggregate purchase price of $37,500, or approximately $0.01 per share (together, the “founder shares”“Successor”).  The founder shares were issued toAs a result of the anchor investors in connection with their agreement to purchase an aggregateapplication of 15,000,000 ordinary shares (13,025,000 Class A ordinary shares and 1,975,000 Class C ordinary shares)the acquisition method of accounting under the scope of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“forward purchase shares”), plus an aggregate of 5,000,000 redeemable warrants (“forward purchase warrants”FASB”) for $10.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase priceAccounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”) as of $150 million, in a private placement to occur concurrently with the closing of the initialRanpak Business


Combination, the financial statements for the Predecessor periods and for the Successor periods are presented on a different basis of accounting and are, therefore not comparable.  

Due to the Predecessor and Successor periods, for the convenience of readers, we have presented the 12-month period ended December 31, 2019 on a combined basis (reflecting simple arithmetic combination of the GAAP Predecessor and Successor Periods without further adjustment) in certain areas of this Report in order to present a meaningful comparison against the corresponding period in 2020 or 2018.

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  We have, however, also disclosed below Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) and adjusted EBITDA (“AEBITDA”), which are non-GAAP financial measures.  We have included EBITDA and AEBITDA because they are key measures used by our management and Board of Directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans.  In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating EBITDA and AEBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our primary business combination (the “forward purchase agreements”). operations.  Accordingly, we believe that EBITDA and AEBITDA provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating the Company’s operating results in the same manner as our management and Board of Directors.

EBITDA and AEBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.  In particular, EBITDA and AEBITDA should not be viewed as substitutes for, or superior to, net income (loss) prepared in accordance with GAAP as a measure of profitability or liquidity. Some of these limitations are:

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and AEBITDA do not reflect all cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

EBITDA and AEBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

AEBITDA does not consider the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;

EBITDA and AEBITDA do not reflect the impact of the recording or release of valuation allowances or tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us;

AEBITDA does not take into account any restructuring and integration costs; and

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate EBITDA and AEBITDA differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures.

EBITDA — EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net income (loss), adjusted to exclude: benefit from (provision for) income taxes; interest expense; and depreciation and amortization.

AEBITDA — AEBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net income (loss), adjusted to exclude: benefit from (provision for) income taxes; interest expense; depreciation and amortization; stock-based compensation expense; expenses related to the Ranpak Business Combination and, in certain periods, certain other one-time or non-recurring income and expense items.

We also entered intobelieve that adjusting these non-GAAP measures for comparability between the strategic partnership agreement (the “Strategic Partnership Agreement), pursuant to which the sponsor transferred 525,000 founder shares to BSOF Master Fund L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership,Predecessor, Successor and BSOF Master Fund II L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, both affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. (together, the “BSOF Entities”). On March 8, 2018, the Sponsor surrendered 1,125,000 Class B ordinary sharesPro Forma periods is useful to the Companyuser of our financial statements.

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

Our Business

Ranpak is a leading provider of environmentally sustainable, systems-based, product protection solutions and end-of-line automation solutions for no consideration,e-commerce and industrial supply chains. Since its inception in 1972, Ranpak has delivered high quality protective packaging solutions, while maintaining its commitment to environmental sustainability. We differentiate ourselves by our:

Distinct Business Model.  Our paper-based protective packaging business utilizes a razor/razor-blade model designed to generate attractive margins that are recurring in nature through the sale of our value-added paper consumables for use exclusively in our installed base of protective packaging systems. Our business is global, with a strong presence in the U.S. and Europe along with an expanding footprint in Asia, serving end-users in approximately 50 countries across 6 continents. End-users rely on our paper consumables for use exclusively with our installed base of systems.


Environmentally Sustainable Product Portfolio. Through our proprietary protective packaging systems and value-added kraft paper consumables, we offer a reliable, fast, and effective suite of protective packaging solutions. Our paper packaging consumables are fiber-based, biodegradable, renewable, and curb-side recyclable to customers. Our paper packaging materials contain little or no plastic or other resin-based inputs. Additionally, a majority of our paper packaging materials are manufactured from entirely or partially recycled content and all are sourced from suppliers that are Sustainable Forestry Initiative (“SFI”) and/or Forest Stewardship Council (“FSC”) certified. We believe that preference for environmentally sustainable packaging solutions will be a key driver of growth moving forward, particularly to the extent plastics and other resin-based solutions come under increasing public scrutiny.

Attractive Financial Profile.  We historically have benefited from consistently strong growth in net revenue and our installed base, net revenue that is recurring in nature, attractive profit margins, and substantial free cash flow conversion. We have modest working capital requirements, which also contributes to our ability to generate strong free cash flow and further invest in the business by expanding our fleet of installed systems. Our capital expenditures per protective system and each system’s long protective useful life result in attractive payback periods and returns on invested capital. Our sales are geographically diverse, with 42.7% of our 2020 net revenue generated from end-users in North America, 47.0% generated from end-users in Europe, and 10.3% generated from end-users in Asia and other locations.

Diversified End-User Base.  Through our extensive distributor network and select direct sales, we have over 117,400 installed systems serving over 33,000 end-users across diversified and growing end-user markets, as of December 31, 2020. We have a full suite of paper-based protective packaging solutions to meet the needs of a variety of end-users, from small businesses to global corporations. These end-users include leading e-Commerce companies, as well as suppliers and sellers of automotive after-market parts, information technology (“IT”)/electronics, machinery, home goods, industrial, warehousing/transport services, healthcare, and other products.

Well Established, Long-Term Distributor Relationships.  We have arrangements with over 250 distributors globally, which enable us to reach thousands of small and medium-sized end-users while maintaining an asset-light capital base and a lean sales force. We have long-term, established relationships with our distributors, as demonstrated by an average relationship of greater than 20 years with our top ten global distributors. The continuity of these relationships evidences the strength of our business model, as well as the value proposition we provide for our distributors and end-users. Furthermore, the depth and longevity of these relationships have created a distributor network that is highly knowledgeable and well versed in conveying the benefits of our systems to new and existing end-users. Moreover, substantially all of our net revenue from distributors is generated by those who have agreed to sell our products exclusively and not to sell or promote our competitors’ paper-based solutions.

Reputation as a Reliable Leader in Comprehensive Fiber-Based Solutions.  We believe our protective packaging systems are known for their reliability, speed, and total cost effectiveness. We work hand-in-hand with our distributors or, on a selective basis, directly with some end-users to ensure that end-users obtain a solution that meets their specific needs, whether that be a single unit for a low volume end-user or a highly-customized base of hundreds of units across multiple facilities for a high-volume end-user. Furthermore, through our distributors, we strive to ensure that our end-users are consistently supplied with our paper consumables on-time and that their protective packaging systems are running with minimal downtime. Most importantly, we, either directly or with our distributors, work with end-users to examine their end-of-line operations to maximize throughput, minimize cost and reduce breakage.

Unique Approach to Automation.  We provide end-of-line automation systems that solve two distinct challenges facing end-users of our products:  

i.

Customization to place the right amount of voidfill, wrapping or cushioning in the box to reduce the total cost of ownership by reducing labor and paper costs; and  

ii.

We also provide several automated box-sizing solutions and corrugated case erectors to tailor the corrugated box to the highest product to reduce voidfill needs and optimize logistics with smaller boxes.  

These solutions offer numerous benefits including the reduction of shipping costs, waste, and labor, resulting in improved efficiency.

Multiple Drivers of Growth.  We believe that our business benefits from multiple factors that will drive our future growth:

i.

Growth of E-commerce. E-commerce is a significant growth driver in our business. Approximately 34.9% of our net revenue is derived from sales to e-commerce end-users, and the overall e-commerce market demonstrated compound annual growth in the high teens from 2015 to 2019. We believe that continued global growth in e-commerce provides a significant tailwind for us.  We also believe that e-commerce activity will remain at high levels following the growth experienced during the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

ii.

Focus on Sustainability. Additionally, we believe both our end-users and consumers, generally, are demonstrating an increasing preference for environmentally sustainable solutions. We believe that these increasing preferences in


favor of environmental sustainability will also be a significant driver of our continued growth.  We believe our investments into paper innovations help close the price gap for sustainable solutions, an important tailwind for continued growth.

iii.

Demand for Automated Solutions. Our Ranpak Automation product line provides significant improvements to end-of-line packaging speed and lower labor costs for many high-volume businesses. As businesses become more sophisticated, we believe many will look for ways to improve production efficiencies driving further demand for automated solutions.

iv.

Expansion into Retail Channel. We believe the retail channel provides a great opportunity for our existing Wrapping product line, as well as the potential to sell environmentally friendly packaging alternatives directly to consumers.

v.

Continued Product Development and Innovation. We believe our ability to consistently innovate and introduce new products will provide us with additional growth opportunities.

vi.

Geographic Expansion. Historically, geographic expansion has fueled our growth, and we believe further geographic expansion will continue to drive our future growth.

Keen Focus on Innovation.  We believe we are a leading innovator in packaging material, packaging systems and manufacturing technologies. Our solutions deliver automation, productivity and sustainability enhancements to our end-users’ operations. Through our robust research and development (“R&D”) pipeline, we plan to continue to improve our value proposition by rolling-out next generation products to improve performance and efficiency as well as expanding product lines adapted to continuously evolving consumer and business preferences.  In 2020, we launched an enhanced model of our FillPak Trident™ solution in our Void-Fill products.  Further, we launched a new Cushioning product, PadPak® Guardian™, in North America.  We work to respond to customer needs and develop innovative products and solutions that improve supply chain performance, reduce costs and environmental impact, and deliver value.

Intellectual Property.  We have a long history of continuous systems innovation and product development supported by our comprehensive patent portfolio. We have maintained an extensive patenting program since our inception for our protective packaging systems and accessories, processes and paper packaging materials. We maintain substantial trade secret knowledge regarding the utilization of our paper consumables in each model of our protective packaging systems product lines, which, together with the distributor contractual arrangements described above, prevent third-party paper from being used on our protective packaging systems. We hold over 645 U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications directed to various innovations related to our business, as well as more than 180 U.S. and foreign trademark registrations and trademark applications that protect our branding.

Focus on Talent and Leadership:  We have assembled a strong international team of talented, motivated inclusive and diverse employees to maintain our leadership in the industry, drive our growth and to achieve our strategic objectives. We have implemented a focused talent acquisition and development strategy to ensure our teams continue to have the right skills to execute our strategy on a global basis.  We are committed to adding exceptional talent to Ranpak and have hired strong personnel in our finance, accounting, sales, and marketing groups throughout 2020.

Our Product Lines

Our protective packaging systems are designed to be flexible and responsive to the needs of our end-users. The flexibility and breadth of our full range of systems allows us to provide our end-users with the optimal protective solution to meet their specific needs. These protective packaging solutions, which include the Company cancelled, following the expiration of the underwriters’ over-allotment option granted in the initial public offering.accompanying paper consumables, fall into four broad categories:

Void-Fill.  Our Void-Fill protective systems quickly and efficiently convert paper to fill empty spaces in secondary packages and protect objects, reducing object movement during shipping and potential damage sustained in transit. Our Void-Fill products accounted for 41.9% of our net revenue in 2020.

Cushioning.  Our Cushioning protective systems convert paper into cushioning pads by crimping paper to trap air between the layers so that objects are protected from external shocks and vibrations during shipping as well as to prevent movement of objects as they travel through the global supply chain. Our Cushioning products accounted for 42.2% of our net revenue in 2020.

Wrapping.  Our Wrapping protective systems create pads or paper mesh to securely wrap and protect fragile items from shock and surface damage sustained during the shipping and handling process. In addition to securely wrapping and protecting fragile items, our Wrapping systems are used to line boxes and provide separation when shipping multiple objects. Some of our Wrapping systems may also be used to provide insulation for goods that require temperatures to be controlled during transport.  Our Wrapping products accounted for 13.0% of our net revenue in 2020.

Automation.  Our Ranpak Automation product line is focused on highly automated, integrated systems for high-volume end-users. These systems are designed to help optimize the use of in-the-box packaging for these end-users, while fully


automating their end-of-line packaging operations to improve speed and efficiency of operations. Our Ranpak Automation line enables end-users to optimize carton size to fit contents, apply glued lids to the box, and automatically place cushioning liners within boxes. Additionally, we also offer automated systems that can be used with our paper converters, which are able to identify contents of a shipment and optimize the dunnage required to safely protect items being shipped, reducing potential waste and improving protection for items being shipped.  Our Automation products accounted for 2.9% of our net revenue in 2020.

Upon execution of the forward purchase agreements, each anchor investor elected to receive a fixed number of Class A ordinary shares or Class C ordinary shares. The Class C ordinary shares have identical terms as the Class A ordinary shares, except the Class C ordinary sharesMoreover, unlike many competitive products (e.g., foam, air pillows, bubble wrap, loose fill, etc.), our paper packaging materials are fiber-based, renewable and environmentally sustainable. Our paper consumables do not grant their holders any voting rights. Our amendedinclude plastic or other resin-based components. Instead, they are paper-based and restated memorandumbiodegradable, renewable, and articles of association provide that, following the consummationcurb-side recyclable. Additionally, all of our initial business combination,paper consumables sold to end-users are created from entirely or partially recycled content and the Class C ordinary shares may be converted into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis (i) at the election of the holder with 65 days’ written notice vast majority are sourced from suppliers that are SFI and/or (ii) upon the transfer of such Class C ordinary shareFSC certified. Finally, our consumables ship in bulk which is efficient for customers in shipping and require less storage space than many competing products.

Our Distribution Model

We sell our paper consumable products to an unaffiliated third party.

Pursuantestablished network of approximately 250 distributors worldwide who, in turn, store, market and sell our products to the Strategic Partnership Agreement, the BSOF Entitiesend-users. Moreover, substantially all of our net revenue from distributors is generated by those who have agreed to actexclusivity with our products and not to sell or promote competitors’ paper-based solutions. Our sales and marketing teams, as well as our strategic partnerhighly skilled engineers, work closely with distributors and may provide debtultimate end-users, on-site or equity financingremotely, to optimize the custom configuration and installation of our protective packaging systems at the end-user’s facility. Sales through our global distributor network accounted for 85.5% of our net revenue in connection with2020.

In addition, we sell our initial business combination, but are not required to do so. The founder shares held by the BSOF Entities are subjectproducts directly to certain transfer restrictions, forfeitureselect end-users. In some cases, these end-users operate some of the largest, most complex and earnout provisions similarsophisticated warehouse operations into which our protective packaging systems are integrated. Our engineering and other teams also assist our direct-sale end-users in ensuring the optimal customized installation of our products at their facilities. Direct sales to those imposed uponend-users accounted for 14.5% of our sponsornet revenue in 2020.

Through our distributor network and our direct sales, we serve greater than 33,000 end-users including participants in e-commerce, the anchor investors. Ifauto after-market, electronics, machinery, home goods, industrial, warehousing/transport services, healthcare, and other markets. Our universe of end-users is diverse, with greater than 80.0% of distributor-serviced end-users generating less than $10,000 in net revenue in 2020.

Our Performance

In 2020, we generated net revenue of $298.2 million and $11.7 million of income from operations. Our revenues are geographically diverse, with 42.7% of our 2020 net revenue generated from end-users in North America, 47.0% generated from end-users in Europe, and 10.3% generated from end-users in Asia and other locations. In addition, approximately 61.0% of our net revenue in 2020 was generated from outside the United States.

We also believe, based on our performance during the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and its macroeconomic impact, as well as the global financial crisis from 2007 to 2010, that our business is relatively resilient to economic recessions due in part to the nature of our input costs, including paper, and our ability to adjust our operations.  During the global financial crisis, declining paper costs and a reduction in our growth capital expenditures enabled us to protect profit margins and grow free cash flow despite reduced sales volume.  So far, the COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted the world economy’s growing emphasis on e-commerce and we have experienced growth in revenues and EBITDA.

Our Strategy

Our strategy for adding to our customer base includes investing in innovation, our sales force and distributor relationships across all end markets as well as expanding geographically. Beyond our leading position in paper-based Void-Fill and Cushioning protective packaging systems, we expect to also focus on other emerging applications, such as Wrapping, Automation, Cold Chain, and retail consumables, for continued growth. While still relatively small, representing 13.0% of our net revenue in 2020, our Wrapping product line expanded in 2014 through the acquisition of Geami, which provides a highly effective and environmentally friendly alternative to plastic bubble wrap, as well as an opportunity to expand our distribution channels into the retail and retail shipping segments. Although our initiative to expand into the retail channel has been delayed due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, we expect to have the opportunity to increase our product line in the future to include environmentally friendly packaging materials directly for sale to customers. Our Automation solution represented only 2.9% of our net revenue in 2020, however, following its development through acquisitions and organic growth to date, we believe it will serve as a platform for expansion to better serve end-users with higher volume requirements and more sophisticated end-of-line needs. Moreover, we seek shareholder approvalto increase our penetration with existing customers


and broaden our customer base to include business segments that we have not historically served. We will also continue to identify additional product and service opportunities for our current and future end-user markets.  

As the world economy works to recover from the impact of COVID-19, we look to solidify our initial business combination,gains in e-commerce and Void-Fill products, as well as be an integral partner in facilitating the BSOF Entities have agreedindustrial sectors return to vote any founder shares they may own in favor of such initial business combination. The BSOF Entities may designate one observer to our board of directors until the consummation of our initial business combination. The BSOF Entities have also separately purchased an aggregate of 560,000 private placement warrants, at a price of  $1.00 per warrant, in the Initial Private Placement. Such private placement warrants have the same terms and conditions as those purchased by our anchor investors. The BSOF Entities will be entitled to registration rights with respect any ordinary shares and warrants held by them.normal operations.  We believe that the combination of capital provided by our anchor investors and a strategic partnership with the BSOF Entities will provide us with a material advantage in effecting an initial business combination.


Simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, the Company consummated the private placement (“Initial Private Placement”) of 8,000,000 warrants (“Private Placement Warrants”) each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share or Class C ordinary share, as applicable, at $11.50 per share, at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, generating gross proceeds of $8 million.

Upon the closing of the initial public offering and the Initial Private Placement, $300 million ($10.00 per unit) from the net proceeds thereof was placed in a U.S.-based trust account at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee (“Trust Account”), and is invested in a money market fund selected by the Company until the earlier of: (i) the completion of the initial business combination or (ii) the redemption of the Company’s public shares if the Company is unable to complete a business combination by January 22, 2020, subject to applicable law.

After the payment of underwriting discounts and commissions (excluding the deferred portion of $10,500,000 in underwriting discounts and commissions, which amount will be payable upon consummation of our initial business combination if consummated) and approximately $1,000,000 in expenses relatingthese factors contribute to the initial public offering, approximately $1,000,000 of the net proceeds of the initial public offering and Initial Private Placement was not deposited into the Trust Account and was retained by ussignificant tailwinds for working capital purposes. The net proceeds deposited into the Trust Account remain on deposit in the Trust Account earning interest.

Effecting Our Initial Business Combination

General

our growth expansion.  

We are not presently engagedpursuing this strategy of expanding our customer base in several ways. We have a global sales organization that works hand-in-hand with the sales representatives of our approximately 250 distributors to introduce all of our products and weservices to potential accounts in all end markets. Our full range of products allows our organization to serve any type of business with protective packaging needs. We will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following our initial public offering. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash held in the Trust Account, our equity, debt or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our initial business combination. We mayalso seek to completebroaden our initial business combination withcustomer base through geographic expansion by enhancing our regional capabilities in sales and marketing and expanding sales of our existing product lines in growth regions, such as Asia-Pacific, South America, and Central and Eastern Europe.

We seek to enhance our position as a company or businessleading global provider of innovative sustainable packaging solutions that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject usour customers rely on to improve performance, cost competitiveness and automation to enhance productivity within their operations. In order to achieve these goals, we are focused on the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.following strategic priorities.

Grow organically.  We will continue to focus on offering innovative solutions that enable our end-users to meet their sustainability needs while growing their business, reducing their costs and mitigating the risks associated with ineffective and/or unreliable end-of-line systems. We will also continue to provide distributors with the tools to win new accounts through training programs such as our Ranpak Academy and collaboration with our sales and engineering teams. We plan on leveraging our position as a trusted provider of sustainable packaging solutions to leading e-commerce end-users and industrial business to business end-users and further align ourselves with these market leaders as they expand to new locations and geographies, as well as continue to serve small, high growth platforms. We also believe there are significant opportunities to increase penetration across end markets. We aim to grow beyond our current core applications (primarily Void-Fill and Cushioning) by expanding our existing Wrapping, Automation and retail consumable offerings into new end-markets. Finally, we believe our fiber-based wrapping systems offer a cost-competitive, environmentally friendly, and compelling alternative to plastic-based wrap and we expect them to gain share as the focus on environmental sustainability becomes increasingly ingrained in commerce.

Drive innovation.  We intend to maintain and extend our technological leadership, expertise and our environmentally sustainable value proposition through continuous improvement of our product and service offerings to bolster speed, improve efficacy, and decrease packing footprint, as well as by introducing new products that deliver the environmentally friendly solutions customers require for their business needs.  In 2020, we launched an enhanced model of our FillPak Trident™ solution in our Void-Fill products.  Further, we launched a new Cushioning product, PadPak® Guardian™, in North America.  

Pursue targeted growth opportunities.  We have identified a number of potential growth opportunities, including market expansion for existing products, such as Wrapping, as well as in additional areas of focus, such as cold chain/thermal packaging, sales through the retail channel, and automation. We intend to further build out our regional capabilities and combine our local market knowledge in new or currently under-served geographies with our broad portfolio and strengths in innovation and customer service to take advantage of the burgeoning growth opportunities across the globe. For example, the Asia-Pacific region has a large, well-developed parcel shipping business, but currently represents only 10.3% of our net revenue in 2020. We believe that growing environmental awareness world-wide, combined with an increasing regulatory trend to limit the use of polymer-based foams and plastic films in many jurisdictions, present an opportunity for our paper-based protective packaging solutions in an ever-expanding number of geographies.

Grow via partnerships and acquisitions.  We believe that we are well-positioned to execute a growth strategy, targeting acquisitions or partnerships in our key areas of focus and adjacent business lines. We will continue to focus on growing the company through appropriate business acquisition opportunities as well as developing partnerships to expand the scope of our technologies, geographic presence and product offerings. We expect to focus on identifying opportunities and executing an accretive merger and acquisition (“M&A”) strategy to further solidify our position as a leader in environmentally sustainable solutions by enhancing growth in our key areas of focus and/or acquiring adjacent businesses to our product offering.

 

If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the Trust Account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination or used for redemptions of our Class A ordinary shares, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the Trust Account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

Selection of a target business and structuring of our initial business combination

While we may pursue an acquisition opportunity in any industry or location, we intend to focus on the consumer sector and consumer-related businesses based predominantly in North America with global reach. We believe our management team has the skills and experience to identify, evaluate and consummate a business combination and is positioned to assist businesses we acquire in the following categories: (i) consumer products or services, (ii) food and beverage and (iii) adjacent manufacturing or industrial services businesses linked to a consumer end-user. We intend to target businesses that have stable cash flows, strong management teams, and attractive growth prospects over the long term. Our management and our operating and advisory committee have extensive experience not only identifying and executing the acquisition of private and public companies, but also the running and operating of businesses post-transaction.


Our initialProducts and Services

Our Business Model

We have a full suite of paper-based protective packaging solutions for end-users. These solutions are designed to ensure that our end-users’ products reach their shipping destination in a cost-effective manner with minimal breakage. Our protective packaging solutions fall into four broad categories: Void-Fill, Cushioning, Wrapping, and Automation.

We employ a “razor/razor-blade” business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the Trust Account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or a valuation or appraisal firmmodel with respect to the satisfactionsale of our Void-Fill, Cushioning, and Wrapping solutions. Under this model, we provide our proprietary protective packaging systems to our distributors for a nominal user fee, charged on a per-unit basis. We also provide our systems directly to certain select end-users. We derive substantially all of our net revenue (over 90% in each period presented) through the sale of high-margin paper consumables that work exclusively with our protective systems. Our paper consumables are converted from raw paper through our paper conversion processes, using paper sourced and subsequently converted to our specifications as to a number of factors, including basis weight, tensile strength, directional strength, and moisture content. As our protective systems are designed to use paper consumables that meet these exacting requirements, any end-user that attempted to use another supplier’s paper on our protective systems would encounter substantial negative consequences, such criteria. Whileas significant jamming, ineffective yield, and/or other performance deficiencies. We sell these paper consumables under the Void-Fill, Wrapping and Cushioning product lines. We also derive net revenue from user fees, charged on a per unit basis, with respect to those product lines, and from the sale of products under our Automation product line.

We retain ownership of most of our Void-Fill, Cushioning and Wrapping protective systems (other than, e.g., certain disposable Wrapping systems and FillPak® Manual). This model allows distributors and end-users access to our proprietary systems at little or no capital expense and enables us or our distributors to reclaim un- or under-utilized units for refurbishment and redeployment, which benefits us, our distributors and our end-users through increased efficiency and cost savings. As of December 31, 2020, we considerhad an installed base of approximately 117,400 protective packaging systems.

Each protective system offered under our Void-Fill, Cushioning and Wrapping product lines is distinguished by its level of automation, the speed at which it unlikelydispenses paper consumables, the type and form of paper it consumes, and the type of protective paper or pad it produces. We believe we offer the widest variety of paper-based protective packaging systems in the industry. In contrast to some more limited product offerings of our competitors, we have numerous Void-Fill, Cushioning and Wrapping systems, and extensive options to create custom variations.

We convert the vast majority of raw paper at four U.S. and two European production facilities to create rolls and bundles of paper that integrate with our board willprotective packaging systems and into direct or consumable products. Our systems predominantly use kraft paper of varying weights, sizes and configurations. In 2020, 53.8% of our raw paper supply consisted of 100% recycled sheet, 42.2% consisted of 100% virgin sheet, and 4.0% consisted of a blended sheet incorporating both virgin and recycled fiber. We believe we offer the widest variety of bundle, roll sizes and formats in the industry.

For the vast majority of end-users, we work with our distributors to place our protective packaging systems at end-user sites. We sell bundles and rolls to our distributors who, in turn, sell bundles and rolls to end-users for use with our protective packaging systems. In select cases, we place systems with and sell paper directly to end-users.

For each unit, we set targets for minimum annual paper consumption in order to justify the capital deployed to that account. Accordingly, our sales team, in conjunction with our distributors, help our end-users select which unit or units meet their specific needs, based on their own volume requirements and business objectives.

In addition, we have a customized Automation suite of products, which we market under the Ranpak Automation brand, that provides higher volume customers with a highly automated box sizing system, accurate dispensing, labor-free packing, and optimization consulting services.  Ranpak Automation customer’s purchase directly from us the automated box-sizing machines and equipment they need to optimize their end-of-line capabilities.  Often, with respect to our Automation product line, we do not retain ownership of the machines, nor do we customarily have maintenance or support obligations beyond an initial warranty period. However, the automation market is rapidly evolving and we have expanded Automation services to offer extended service within and beyond the initial warranty period, packaging line design solutions, as well as the sale of spare parts. We see this as a potential growth position as the Automation installed base expands.  To service this growth potential, Ranpak Automation opened a dedicated facility in 2020 where our equipment is manufactured and assembled in-house.

Void-Fill

We sell our Void-Fill products under the brand name FillPak®. We offer a variety of FillPak® units, each of which is designed to convert paper to fill empty spaces in secondary packages and limit object movement during the shipping process. We introduced our


FillPak® family of products in 2003 to provide an environmentally friendly solution to the growing void-fill market that arose with the explosion of e-commerce. We believe our FillPak® systems are known in the marketplace for their efficacy, speed, efficiency and reliability.

We have an installed base of approximately 68,000 FillPak® units as of December 31, 2020. In 2020, our FillPak® products generated $125.0 million in net revenue, which accounted for 41.9% of our net revenue.

The primary competitors to our Void-Fill product line are plastic air pillows and foam peanuts or loose fill. We believe our Void-Fill product line is superior to each of these competitors for a number of reasons. First, the packaging material is sustainable and environmentally friendly. Our Void-Fill paper packaging material is paper-based, renewable, biodegradable and curb-side recyclable for end consumers. Second, unlike air pillows, our packaging product can more easily fit into void spaces within smaller shipping boxes due to the inherent flexibility of paper. Third, when air pillows are punctured from pressure damages, they lose 100% of their protective packaging properties, whereas paper packaging retains protective properties even when subject to substantial pressure. Fourth, our products provide a better box opening experience, which is important to many e-commerce retailers.

Cushioning

We sell our Cushioning products under the brand name “PadPak®.” We offer a variety of PadPak® units, each of which provide protection for fragile objects from shocks and vibrations experienced during the shipping process. These proprietary systems convert paper into cushioning pads by crimping the paper to trap air between the layers and/or winding paper into dense discs for use in cushioning particularly heavy objects for shipping. Our PadPak® family of products was the original product offering from when our company was founded in 1972. We believe our PadPak® systems are known in the marketplace for their high level of breakage protection, low in-the-box cost, high-speed throughput and operational reliability.

We have an installed base of approximately 34,000 PadPak® units as of December 31, 2020. In 2020, our PadPak® products generated $125.7 million in net revenue, which accounted for 42.2% of our net revenue.  

The primary competitors to our Cushioning product line are foam-in-place, plastic bubble on demand and other competing paper systems. We believe our PadPak® products are superior to these products for a number of reasons. First, our PadPak® product line is more environmentally friendly than foam and plastic bubble wrap, as the paper packaging material is entirely paper-based, biodegradable and curb-side recyclable for end consumers, whereas foam products are chemical- and petroleum-based. As a result, foams are not biodegradable and, in production, foam-in-place can release harmful byproducts. Also, foam-in-place, EPE/EPS foams and plastic bubble wrap are of limited recyclability. Second, we believe our PadPak® cushioning solutions absorb shocks and maintain their shape better than other packaging media, such as plastic bubble wrap, which is not well-suited for sharp or heavy products and can transmit shock to lighter weight products. Third, within an end-user’s facility, we believe our PadPak® systems require less physical space and less maintenance and are easier to handle than the toxic elements required by packaging systems like polymer-based foam-in-place. Moreover, our PadPak® systems can be abledeployed in greater number of configurations, at a higher level of automation, and require less facility space for material storage than bubble wrap applications, and safe storage versus hazardous chemicals like foam-in-place chemicals.

Wrapping

We sell our Wrapping products under the brand names WrapPak®, Geami®, and “ReadyRoll.” We manufacture a variety of WrapPak® and Geami® converter units. Our WrapPak® protective packaging systems crimp kraft paper into flat pads that, we believe, are highly effective in wrapping, interleaving, box-lining and cold chain applications.

Our Geami® product line is a high-end wrapping system that combines tissue paper and kraft paper which is dispensed simultaneously by Geami® converting machines. The kraft paper is die-cut at our production facilities using a proprietary process, so that when it is dispensed on-site by an end-user the paper expands into a two-dimensional ridged honeycomb. The tissue paper provides surface protection for the wrapped item and separates layers of the honeycomb to maximize its cushioning properties. The resulting Geami construction is ideal for securely wrapping household goods and other fragile items.

We have an installed base of approximately 16,000 WrapPak® units, which were predominantly Geami® converter units, as of December 31, 2020. In 2020, Wrapping products generated $38.8 million in net revenue, which accounted for 13.0% of our net revenue.  Geami® net revenue includes sale of tissue rolls in addition to kraft paper.

We offer both motorized Geami® dispensing systems and manual systems, where the operator simply pulls the paired sheets against tension to expand the die-cut kraft paper. We also offer the Geami® combination of die-cut and tissue in a disposable cardboard dispenser as well as in a Geami®-based offering to be sold directly to consumers without a dispenser in retail stores under the brand


name “Ranpak ReadyRoll.” We do not set minimum annual paper consumption targets for the disposable units, as the full production cost and margin associated with the dispenser is covered with each sale.

The primary competitor to our Wrapping product lines is plastic bubble wrap. We believe our Wrapping products are superior to plastic bubble wrap for a number of reasons. First, we believe our Wrapping products are more environmentally friendly, as the paper packaging material is paper-based, curb-side recyclable and biodegradable, whereas plastic film-based wrapping products, like plastic bubble wrap, are often difficult for consumers to recycle if they are recyclable at all. Second, we believe our Wrapping solutions absorb shocks and maintain their shape better than bubble wrap, which is not well-suited for sharp or heavy products and can transmit shock to lighter weight products. Third, our Wrapping systems can be deployed in greater number of configurations, at a higher level of automation, and require less facility space for material storage than bubble wrap applications. Finally, we believe that Geami® and Ranpak ReadyRoll provide a much more elegant unboxing experience for our end-users’ customers, particularly when compared to that of plastic bubble wrap.  

Automation

We sell a highly customized Automation solution under the brand name “Ranpak Automation.” Our Ranpak Automation product line is focused on designing, manufacturing, and selling highly automated, turn-key integrated box-sizing systems to high-volume end-users. We are in the process of expanding Ranpak Automation’s offering to grow the ongoing spare parts design and service business. The systems are designed to help minimize the use of in-the-box packaging for these end-users while fully automating their end-of-line operations. We acquired our Ranpak Automation product line through our acquisition of Neopack Solutions S.A.S. in 2017 (“e3neo”).

Our highly automated Ranpak Automation systems integrate devices that determine the optimal box height for the items to be shipped with a mechanism that automatically sizes the height of the box to fit the item. These systems are designed to give end-users the flexibility to make various box heights along a single production line. Moreover, our Automation systems consist of linked modular units that can easily be expanded with additional modules to meet an independent determinationend-user’s changing needs.

In 2020, Ranpak Automation generated $8.7 million in net revenue, which accounted for 2.9% of our net revenue.

Unlike our Void-Fill, Cushioning and Wrapping systems, we currently design and sell our Automation systems outright to our customers, and derive net revenue from our Automation products by designing, manufacturing, installing and servicing Automation systems at end-user facilities. Accordingly, our current business model for our Automation product line involves the direct or indirect sale of highly customized systems, designed on the basis of our consultancy and product engineering expertise.

We believe the growing operational, through-put requirements and a tight labor market experienced by medium- and large-scale e-commerce retailers will increase the demand for highly automated end-of-line systems. Accordingly, we expect our Automation business model and product offerings, as well as those of our competitors, to evolve rapidly within the next several years as the market continues to develop and we address the growing needs of our end-users.

We believe our Automation product line is superior to its competition for a number of reasons. First, in our view, our Automation systems can typically operate at a higher speed than comparable products, resulting in a higher through-put for end-users. Second, our Automation systems typically require less floor space for installation and operation in an end-user’s facility. Third, we believe our Automation systems provide end-users with greater flexibility than our competitors’ products, in terms of the fairhigh level of customization and the ease of expansion through the addition of new modules.  Finally, we believe that we provide customers with a comprehensive and optimal end-of-line automated packaging solution, rather than just selling a product.  

Industry

Although the macroeconomic effects of COVID-19 are not yet fully known, our relevant addressable market value of the broader global protective packaging industry is an estimated $8.8 billion in 2021 and growing. The global protective packaging industry is fragmented and competitive with market leaders accounting for a target businessrelatively small share of the market. This fragmentation is due primarily to the variety of product types and the myriad of applications in which they are used around the world.

Protective packaging is used to store and protect goods during shipping and handling from shock, vibration, abrasion and other damages. It is mainly used to fill the empty space between the product/merchandise and exterior carton or businesses, it may be unablecontainer (often referred to do so if the board is less familiaras dunnage), or experienced with the target company’s business, there isto protect goods during shipment. As a significant amount of uncertainty as togeneral matter, the value of the company’s assets goods being shipped, as well as the potential cost of breakage, far outweigh the cost of in-the-box protective packaging, which drives the demand for effective protective packaging solutions like ours. Protective packaging comes in various forms such as foam, air pillows, bubble wrap, cushion products, loose fill (e.g., Styrofoam packing peanuts), paperboard protectors and protective mailers, as well as non-engineered solutions such as newsprint, tissue paper, shredded corrugated cardboard and other materials.


The protective packaging industry is characterized by a diversity of applications and end markets, within both the industrial and consumer segments. Historically, growth in the protective packaging industry has been positively impacted by trends such as expedited delivery of individualized packages, globalization of the supply chain, and increased focus on efficiency and reduced shipping costs. We believe more recent and future growth drivers include further expansion of e-commerce activity, increased customization of protective packaging systems in markets such as electronics, and increased demand for environmentally friendly protective packaging. Moreover, in our view, those markets most closely linked to e-commerce and/or prospects,sustainable packaging are those best positioned for growth in the future.

Our Market

Our end-user market consists of any business that sells and ships products requiring random packaging. Accordingly, these end-users are highly dependent on their ability to obtain a cost-effective and efficient in-the-box packaging solution. Our end-users operate in a variety of businesses, including ife-commerce, the automotive after-market, electronics, machinery/manufacturing, home goods, pharmaceuticals, retail and others.

We primarily sell our products to our distributors which, in turn, market and sell our products to our end-users. We also sell products directly to select end-users. In 2020, 85.5% of our net revenue was derived from sales to our distributors and approximately 14.5% of our net revenue was derived from sales directly to end-users.

Distributors.  We primarily sell our products to our network of over 250 distributors worldwide. These distributors vary in size and, generally, offer a broad suite of packaging and other warehousing products and services to the end-users they serve, including other protective packaging systems, such companyas plastic bubble wrap and air pillows. Substantially all of our net revenue from distributors is generated by those who have agreed to exclusivity with our products and not to sell or promote competitors’ paper-based solutions.  We believe that our distributors agree to these restrictions due to the exceptional value proposition our products provide to the end-users they serve.

Additionally, our distributors benefit from the collaborative approach we foster with our internal sales, engineering and marketing organization. We work with our distributors to win additional end-users of our paper-based products that the distributor, in turn, can service on an on-going basis with a broad suite of packaging equipment and supplies. Our distributors also typically address the needs of our end-users directly with respect to any ongoing protective system service needs. In order to facilitate the collaborative process, we meet with our distributors to discuss end-user needs and potential solutions, provide training programs (including through our Ranpak Academy program) for distributors that are designed to cultivate their knowledge of, and loyalty to, our brands, as well as provide the tools they need to successfully market and place our systems.

As a result of these and other efforts, we have built and maintained a well-established distributor network that is comprised primarily of long-term business relationships, as demonstrated by an average relationship greater than 20 years with our top ten global distributors. The continuity of these relationships evidences the strength of our business model, as well as the value proposition for our distributors and end-users. Furthermore, the depth and longevity of these relationships result in a distributor network that is highly knowledgeable and well versed in conveying the benefits of our systems to end-users.

We believe that our distributor-based distribution model is particularly well suited to the highly fragmented nature of the protective packaging solution end-user market we seek to serve by enabling us to reach a broad range of end users across size, industry and geography while maintaining a lean internal salesforce and capital base.

We charge our distributors for the paper consumables they purchase from us to provide to end-users, as well as a user fee for each protective packaging system they obtain from us for installation with an end-user. Our distributors take possession of our systems and paper consumables at our facilities and are responsible for any transit costs incurred to ship our products to their own inventory warehouses or an early stageend-user’s location. Moreover, distributors take responsibility to ensure that the converters are, and remain, a highly valuable asset to all the players along the value chain.

End-Users.  We have greater than 33,000 end-users located across North America, Europe, Asia, Oceania, South America, and Africa. These end-users operate in wide variety of development, operationsbusinesses and rely on our systems for a cost-effective and efficient paper-based protective packaging solution that meets their operational and shipping needs. Our universe of end-users is diverse and historically stable, with greater than 80.0% of distributor-serviced accounts generating less than $10,000 in annual net revenue in 2020. Our end-users vary in size from extremely small specialty manufacturers or retailers to some of the largest global e-commerce companies. While most of our end-users purchase our products from our distributors, we also sell our products directly to select end-users. Direct sales to end-users accounted for approximately 14.5% of our net revenue in 2020.

E-commerce.  We believe changing consumer preferences and buying habits will drive continued e-commerce growth, both among pure-play e-commerce companies, as well as among historical brick-and-mortar companies seeking to expand their e-commerce


presence. We further believe the critical necessity of brand owners to optimize supply chains and reduce capital spend drives the important trend in concentration of logistics through third-party logistics providers that in turn drives increasing needs for efficient packaging end-of-line solutions. The availability of a broader product selection on-line, faster delivery times, and increased in-store pickup options all drive significant growth in on-line sales. This expansion of e-commerce is a worldwide trend that we believe will continue to accelerate as on-line penetration grows in developed and emerging markets. The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has demonstrated the growing macroeconomic emphasis on e-commerce in the global economy.  Although some of our e-commerce end-users are focused on the responsible reduction of their need for void-fill material more broadly, they generally require protective packaging solutions that can be integrated into their existing supply and distribution infrastructures on a low-cost and efficient basis. Most commonly, our e-commerce end-users purchase our Void-Fill solutions, but many also use our Automation, Wrapping and/or ifCushioning systems. Sales to our e-commerce end-users, directly and through distributors accounted for approximately 34.9% of our net revenue in 2020.

Industrial Manufacturing.  Our industrial manufacturing end market includes end users manufacturing products utilized for tools, construction supplies, energy and utilities, chemicals, paints, and metals. We believe demand in these sectors will increase as growing populations and expanding middle classes in developing countries generate more disposable income. Higher demand for advanced machines spurs increased spending on tools and robotics while higher demand for housing, infrastructure and commercial buildings benefits the anticipated transaction involvestools and construction supplies sectors.  Sales to industrial manufacturing end-users accounted for approximately 12.6% of our net revenue in 2020.

Automotive Aftermarket.  The automotive after-market is driven by the need for replacement parts as automobiles age, as well as by the desire of consumers to customize vehicles to enhance performance and improve aesthetics. Increasing average age of vehicles and digitalization of component delivery sales and services, along with the advent of on-line portals distributing after-market components is expected to contribute to the continued growth of the automotive after-market industry. Our automotive after-market end-users require protective packaging solutions that have strong protective qualities, as the products they ship are often heavy, require greater care in handling, and have a complex financial analysis or other specialized skillshigher individual per-unit value. Accordingly, these end-users most commonly purchase our Cushioning solutions. Our packaging solutions are typically designed to integrate into these end-users’ existing industrial processes for the production and distribution of automotive parts. Sales to our automotive after-market end-users accounted for approximately 9.9% of our net revenue in 2020.  

Electronics.  Widespread product innovation combined with an expanding working population, a corresponding growth in household formation and disposable incomes are key factors contributing to the growth of the global consumer electronics market. Thriving demand for smartphones across the globe and the board determinesminiaturization of electronic devices are additional factors boosting growth in the global consumer electronics market. We believe this demand for electronics will continue to grow as innovation, such as the Internet-of-Things and voice-connected devices, drives increased demand for the latest electronics hardware. Our electronics end-users customarily sell products such as computer hardware and electronics that outside expertise wouldare often already securely packaged in primary packages by the manufacturer and, as a result, require less robust protective packaging systems from us. Sales to our electronics end-users accounted for approximately 7.6% of our net revenue in 2020.

Industrial Machinery.  We believe demand for industrial machinery and equipment used in sectors such as agriculture, construction, mining, packaging, and food processing will increase as economies expand, thus requiring additional infrastructure spend as well as increasing the need to feed growing middle-class populations across the globe. Sales to our machinery end-users accounted for approximately 6.1% of our net revenue in 2020.

Other.  Our end-users also operate in many other industries, including Warehousing (5.2% of net revenue in 2020), Home Furnishings (4.2%), Printing and Business Services (3.1%), and other various industries (16.4%).

Our Sales, Marketing, and Distribution

Our sales and marketing efforts are focused on developing and expanding distributor relationships, cultivating large accounts, co-selling with distributor sales representatives, educating end-users on the advantages of our product offerings and capturing customer requirements to drive our product innovation efforts. Our flexible go-to-market strategy consists of sales and marketing efforts aimed at distributors and end-users to drive demand through distribution. This sales, marketing and distribution organization allows us to reach end-users across industries and around the globe.

Our internal sales and marketing team partners with distributors to proactively target new accounts and pull sales through the distribution network. We intend to continue investing in our distributor partners and sales force to optimize their market focus, enter new vertical segments, and provide our distributor partners with training, marketing programs and technical support, including through our Ranpak Academy, a training and product education program we offer frequently to new and existing distributors. Our training programs are designed to cultivate distributor knowledge and loyalty to our brands and to provide distributors with the tools necessary to successfully place our systems with the end-users they serve.


Our internal sales teams, marketing operations, and customer service operations are organized geographically with sales and support operations aligned under North American, European and Asia-Pacific geographies. Each geography is managed through a structure of regional general sales managers and national account managers, as well as individual account managers who cover specific states, countries or industries within a region.

As of December 31, 2020, we employed 80 sales, marketing and customer service personnel in the United States; 94 sales, marketing and customer service personnel in Europe; and 23 sales, marketing and customer service personnel in Asia.

Our Manufacturing and Assembly Processes

We manufacture and assemble proprietary protective systems that convert kraft paper into a broad range of packaging and cushioning products to address our customers’ needs. Our objective is to leverage our scale to achieve purchasing efficiencies and reduce our total delivered cost across our regions. We do this while adhering to strategic performance metrics and stringent purchasing practices. All four of our U.S. sites and both of our European sites renewed their certification under ISO 9001:2015 standards in 2019.  The certification expires in 2021, however, is anticipated to be helpfulrenewed.

We purchase the components for our protective packaging systems, as well as certain assembled systems, from a variety of well-established international design and manufacturing partners. We then assemble certain proprietary protective systems at our in-house facilities, employing highly skilled machine assembly teams. We also outsource the manufacture and assembly of a number of our proprietary protective systems to third-party manufacturing partners to be built in accordance with our design specifications, with a majority originating from China. We hold our suppliers to strict quality standards, and periodically conduct in-person audits of their facilities. With respect to our Ranpak Automation product line, the products are designed and manufactured at our in-house facilities or necessaryexternal contractors before installation at a customer’s facility. In 2020, we completed a facility dedicated solely to Ranpak Automation in conducting such analysis. SinceKerkrade, the Netherlands, located approximately three miles from our Heerlen location, to enhance our production capacity in our Automation business. We believe this state-of-the-art facility substantially increases our manufacturing and R&D capabilities, as well as provides a showroom for potential customers to see our extensive Automation product line.  As our Automation business expands globally, we believe the Kerkrade facility can serve as a blueprint for adding other potential Automation facilities, including in North America.

We believe our design and manufacturing partners provide an important complement to our in-house design and manufacturing expertise. These partnerships give us great flexibility in choosing the optimal design and manufacturing solution for any opinion, if obtained, would merely stateproduct, whether that be entirely out-sourced, entirely in-sourced, or a blend of out-sourcing and in-sourcing. Accordingly, this network allows us to make design and manufacturing decisions on the fair market valuebasis of numerous factors, including cost, efficiency, level of intellectual property protection and reliability.

Our Paper Suppliers

We purchase both 100% virgin and 100% recycled kraft paper, as well as blends of materials recycled from post-consumer waste, from various suppliers for conversion into the paper consumables we sell. Before we determine to purchase paper from any supplier, the supplier must undergo a qualification process to ensure that its product meets our exacting requirements. This qualification process involves an evaluation of the target business meetsphysical specifications of the 80%potential supply source, as well as extensive testing for the paper’s convertibility – on the fan-folding, rewinding and die-cutting raw paper converters in our facilities – and in the protective packaging systems we place with our end-users. All of assets threshold, unless such opinion includes material information regarding the valuationour paper is sourced from suppliers that are SFI and/or FSC certified. Once a supplier is qualified, we purchase large rolls of a target business or the consideration to be provided, it is not anticipatedkraft paper from that copies of such opinion would be distributedsupplier for integration into our existing supply and production chain. The paper rolls are converted at our facilities before sale to our shareholders. However, if required under applicable law, any proxy statement thatdistributors and direct end-users for use with our Void-Fill, Cushioning and Wrapping protective systems.

In 2020, we deliver to shareholderspurchased paper from approximately 22 paper suppliers and file with the SEC in connection with a proposed transaction will include such opinion.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100%largest single source of paper supplies sold us approximately 44.9% of the equity interests or assetspaper supplies purchased in North America. While the cost of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structurepaper supplies is our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100%largest input cost, we negotiate supply and pricing arrangements with most of such interests or assetsour paper suppliers annually, many of the target businesswhich we have long-standing relationships with, which helps us mitigate shorter term fluctuations in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transactionpaper cost.

Our Competition

The markets in which we issue a substantialoperate are highly competitive and fragmented due to the large number of new sharesparticipants and the variety of product types and applications in exchangewhich they are used around the world. Industry participants include specialized firms that focus on protective packaging, packaging companies that offer protective products among other product lines, and packaging material producers that supply packaging materials to end-users. Other competitors focus on narrow market segments (such as thermal), provide a limited range of products, or operate in a discrete geography. Finally, some competitors offer commoditized products, such as protective mailers or non-systems-based solutions that can be used for allless sophisticated protective packaging needs.


Companies in the protective packaging industry employ a variety of strategies to gain market share and compete. We are one of the outstanding capital stockfew suppliers offering a full suite of fiber-based renewable protective packaging solutions to a target. In this case,diversified set of end markets on a global basis. Our “in-the-box” protective packaging solutions serve to minimize movement of products in a box and provide cushioning or bracing, which minimize damage. Most frequent competing products are air pillows, bubble wrap, foam-in-place, loose-fill and other fiber-based solutions. We believe fiber-based solutions are the most versatile option used for a wide variety of products in various end markets (electronics, automotive, e-commerce) and is the preferred environmentally friendly solution. Competition for most of our packaging products is based primarily on packaging product quality (reliability and durability), breakage protection, service, price, speed/throughput, environmental sustainability, and company reputation. Since competition is also based upon innovations in packaging technology, we would acquiremaintain ongoing R&D programs to enable us to maintain technological leadership. We protect our investments in improving technology through maintaining a 100% controlling interestcomprehensive patenting program and aggressively pursue infringers of our patented technology, features, and processes.

We compete with companies producing competing products that are well-established, have significant scale, and have a broad product offering. There are other manufacturers of protective packaging products, some of which are companies offering similar products that operate across regions and others that operate in a single region or single country. Our primary competitors include Sealed Air Product Care Division, Pregis (FP International/Easypack), Intertape Polymer Group (IPG), Storopack and Sprick. Most competing manufacturers offer multi-substrate solutions including foam, loose-fill, plastic air pillows, and plastic bubble wrap in addition to a fiber-based offering. We believe we are the only major “in-the-box” protective packaging specialist that has a focus on a single environmentally friendly substrate (i.e., fiber) which enables us to have a best in class product offering as well as the credibility with customers that we are truly devoted to seeking environmentally sustainable solutions. We believe that we are one of the leading suppliers of fiber-based packaging materials and related systems in the target. However,principal geographic areas in which we offer those products. Additionally, due to internal technology development investments and the acquisition of the Ranpak Automation product line in 2017, we believe we are a leader in automated void reduction systems technology. Our Automation segment designs, manufactures, and sells automated box sizing equipment and provides turn-key end-of-line solutions to our customers.

Human Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2020, we had 645 employees worldwide, 264 of whom were located in the United States.  We have 153 of our employees located in Europe who are covered by collective bargaining agreements.

We are proud to count men and women of all races and ethnicities as members of our Board of Directors, management team, and employee workforce.  In 2020, we joined The Board Challenge as a Charter Pledge Partner.  The Board Challenge is an initiative to improve diverse representation in corporate U.S. boardrooms.  As a Charter Pledge Partner, we acknowledge that we already have diversity in our boardroom and pledge to use our resources to accelerate change within other companies.  We are a global organization that values life experiences, ideas, and cultures that each of our employees bring to Ranpak, striving to create an atmosphere of acceptance and respect, facilitating an encouraging environment, and helping employees attain professional and educational goals.  We strive to maintain an active dialogue with our employees and provide employees a comprehensive benefits package including competitive wages, medical, life, and accident insurance, incentive bonus programs, and a 401(k) plan with an employer matching contribution.  We have departmental budgets set aside for training and also provide a tuition reimbursement program for employees seeking bachelors or masters degrees.  Certain employees are also eligible for stock-based compensation programs that are designed to encourage long-term performance aligned with Company objectives.  

Our Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property provides a strong competitive advantage. We own or license over 645 U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications directed to various innovations related to packaging machines, stock material, packaging processes, and packaging products, as well as more than 180 U.S. and foreign trademark registrations and trademark applications that protect our branding of our packaging products, services, and equipment. We continue to innovate and advance that competitive advantage. We have filed an average of approximately 25 U.S. and foreign patent applications per year over the past 10 years. We are also vigilant in protecting our intellectual property, by monitoring competitor activity, providing notice to potential infringers, and bringing litigation whenever and wherever necessary and appropriate.

Seasonality

Ranpak estimates that approximately 34.9% of its net revenue in 2020, either directly or to distributors, was destined for end-users in the e-commerce sectors, whose businesses frequently follow traditional retail seasonal trends, including a concentration of sales in the holiday period in the fourth quarter.  Ranpak’s results tend to follow similar patterns, with the highest net revenue typically recorded in its fourth fiscal quarter and the slowest sales in its first fiscal quarter of each fiscal year.  Ranpak expects this seasonality to continue in the future, as a result of the issuancewhich its results of operations between fiscal quarters in a substantialgiven year may not be directly comparable.


Governmental Regulation

Federal, State, Local, and International Regulations

We are required to comply with numerous laws and regulations covering areas such as workplace health and safety, data privacy and protection, labor and employment. We monitor changes in these laws to maintain compliance with applicable requirements.  Compliance with, or liability under, these laws and regulations may require us to incur significant costs and have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, earnings, and competitive position.  

Environmental Matters

We are subject to a number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businessesfederal, state, local and international environmental-related health and safety laws and regulations that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses.

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a due diligence review which may encompass,govern, among other things, meetingsthe manufacture and assembly of our products; the discharge or pollutants into the air, soil and water; the use, handling, transportation, storage and disposals of hazardous materials; and environmental remediation or reclamation activities. We are required to hold various permits to conduct our operations. Compliance with, incumbent managementor liability under, these laws, regulations and employees, document reviews, interviews of customerspermits can require us to incur significant costs and suppliers, inspection of facilities, as well ashave a review of financialmaterial adverse effect on our capital expenditures, earnings, and competitive position.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we have and may again become party to intellectual property litigation or other information which willlegal proceedings that we consider to be made available to us. If we determine to move forward with a particular target, we will proceed to structure and negotiate the termspart of the ordinary course of our business. Historically, one category of legal proceeding to which we have been a party has involved claims of patent or other intellectual property infringement. While we are judicious in initiating litigation to those circumstances justified by legal and business combination transaction.

The time required to evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the evaluation of, and negotiation with, a prospective target business with which our business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring lossesconsiderations, we have initiated and will reducecontinue to initiate affirmative action to protect our intellectual property. This litigation includes defending counterclaims brought by the fundscounterparty against whom we can use to complete another business combination.

Redemption rights for holdershave initiated a claim of public shares upon consummation of our initial business combination

We will provide our shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares soldinfringement as part of their infringement-defense strategy.

Corporate Information

We are publicly traded on the units sold inNew York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the initial public offering (the “public shares”) upon the completionticker symbol “PACK.”  Our corporate headquarters is located at 7990 Auburn Road, Concord Township, Ohio 44077.  Our telephone number is (440) 354-4445.  We maintain a website at www.ranpak.com. We make available, free of charge, on this website our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equalannual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest, less income taxes payable, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of our initial business combination with respect to our warrants. Our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, and with respect to the initial shareholders other than the anchor investors, any public shares they may hold in connection with the consummation of the initial business combination.

3

Conduct of redemptionsthose reports filed or furnished pursuant to tender offer rules

If we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rulesSection 13(a) or 15(d) of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association: (a) conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers; and (b) file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Submission of our initial business combination to a shareholder vote

In the event that we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public shareholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination. In such case, our initial shareholders have agreed to vote their founder shares and any public shares purchased during or after the initial public offering in favor of our initial business combination. Each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. In addition, our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, and with respect to the initial shareholders other than the anchor investors, any public shares they may hold in connection with the consummation of the business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our initial shareholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. However, other than as expressly stated herein, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds held in the Trust Account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material nonpublic information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are available, electronically filed with, or the Exchange Act. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subjectfurnished to the tender offer rules under theSecurities and Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchasesCommission (“SEC”). These reports are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules.

The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrantholders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.


Limitation on redemption rights upon completion of our initial business combination if we seek stockholder approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in the initial public offering. We believe the restriction described above will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to redeem their shares as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in the initial public offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights against a business combination if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem to no more than 20% of the shares sold in the initial public offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including all shares held by those shareholders that hold more than 20% of the shares sold in the initial public offering) for or against our business combination.

Redemption of public shares and liquidation if no initial business combination

The sponsor, the anchor investors, our management and the BSOF Entities have agreed that we will have until January 22, 2020 to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination by January 22, 2020, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination by January 22, 2020.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our initial business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, public companies and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by ouralso available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public shareholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

Employees

We currently have three executive officers and no other employees. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the stage of the business combination process we are in.

5

Available Information

We are required to file Annual Reports on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q with the SEC on a regular basis, and are required to disclose certain material events (e.g., changes in corporate control, acquisitions or dispositions of a significant amount of assets other than in the ordinary course of business and bankruptcy) in a Current Report on Form 8-K. The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The publicwebsite, www.sec.gov. Apart from SEC filings, we also use our website to publish information which may obtainbe important to investors, such as analyst and investor presentations.  Any information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internetour website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s Internetor obtained through our website is located at http://www.sec.gov.not part of this Report.  

Item 1A.Risk Factors

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

An investmentSummary Risk Factors

Our business faces significant risks. In addition to the summary below, you should carefully review the “Risk Factors” section of this Report. We may be subject to additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks, and the trading prices of our common stock could decline by virtue of these risks. These risks should be read in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, togetherconjunction with the other information contained in this Annual Report, the prospectus associated with our initial public offering and the registration statement of which such prospectus forms a part, before making a decision to invest in our securities. If anyReport. Some of the following events occur,more significant risks relating to our business financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.include:

 

We are a recently formed company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a recently formed company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands with no operating results, and we will not commence operations until completing a business combination. Because we lack an operating history and have no operating results, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial business combination with one or more target businesses. We have no current arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a business combination and may be unable to complete our initial business combination. If we fail to complete our initial business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

Our public shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.

We may choose not to hold a shareholder vote before we complete our initial business combination if the business combination would not require shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. Accordingly, we may complete our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our ordinary shares do not approve of the business combination we complete.

The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted our business and could in the future materially and adversely affect our business.

We may be unable to secure a sufficient supply of paper to meet our production requirements given the limited number of suppliers that produce paper suitable for our products.

Paper pricing may negatively impact our results of operations, including our profit margins, and financial condition.

If significant tariffs or other restrictions are placed on the import of Chinese goods, or if China places tariffs or other restrictions on the import of U.S. goods, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We rely on third-party distributors to store, sell, market, service and distribute our products.

We are dependent upon certain key personnel.

Our level of outstanding indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and ability to fulfill our obligations.


If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial shareholders (other than the BSOF Entities with respect to any of their public shares, if any) have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.

Our initial shareholders have agreed to vote their founder shares, as well as any public chaser purchased during or after the initial public offering, in favor of our initial business combination. We expect that our initial shareholders will own approximately 26% of our outstanding ordinary shares at the time of any such shareholder vote. Accordingly, if we seek shareholder approval of our business combination, it is more likely that the necessary shareholder approval will be received than would be the case if such persons agreed to vote their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by our public shareholders.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek shareholder approval of the initial business combination.

You will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target businesses. Since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such shareholder vote. Accordingly, if we do not seek shareholder approval, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public shareholders in which we describe our initial business combination.

In evaluating a prospective target business for our initial business combination, our management will rely on the availability of all of the funds from the sale of the forward purchase shares to be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the initial business combination. If the sale of some or all of the forward purchase shares fails to close, we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination.

We have entered into forward purchase agreements pursuant to which the anchor investors have agreed to purchase an aggregate of 15,000,000 forward purchase shares plus 5,000,000 redeemable warrants for a purchase price of  $10.00 per forward purchase share, or $150,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close concurrently with our initial business combination. The funds from the sale of forward purchase shares may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in our initial business combination, expenses in connection with our initial business combination or for working capital in the post-transaction company. The obligations under the forward purchase agreements do not depend on whether any public shareholders elect to redeem their shares and provide us with a minimum funding level for the initial business combination. However, if the sale of the forward purchase shares does not close for any reason, including by reason of the failure by some or all of the anchor investors to fund the purchase price for their forward purchase shares, for example, we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination. Further, the forward purchase agreements provide that prior to signing a definitive agreement with respect to a potential initial business combination, and prior to making any material amendment to such definitive agreement following signing, anchor investors representing over 50% of the forward purchase shares must approve such potential initial business combination or amendment, as applicable. If we fail to obtain such approval, we may not be able to consummate our initial business combination. Additionally, the anchor investors’ obligations to purchase the forward purchase shares are subject to termination prior to the closing of the sale of the forward purchase shares by mutual written consent of the company and each anchor investor, or, automatically: (i) if the gross proceeds from our initial public offering do not equal or exceed $200,000,000; (ii) if our initial business combination is not consummated within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering; (iii) upon the death of Mr. Asali; (iv) if Mr. Asali, our sponsor or the Company becomes subject to any voluntary or involuntary petition under the United States federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency law, in each case which is not withdrawn within sixty (60) days after being filed, or a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer is appointed by a court for business or property of Mr. Asali, our sponsor or the company, in each case which is not removed, withdrawn or terminated within sixty (60) days after such appointment; or (v) if Mr. Asali is indicted and/or convicted in a criminal proceeding for a crime involving fraud or dishonesty. The anchor investors’ obligations to purchase their forward purchase shares are subject to fulfillment of customary closing conditions, including the following: (i) our initial business combination must be consummated substantially concurrently with, and immediately following, the purchase of forward purchase shares; and (ii) the company must have delivered to the anchor investors a certificate evidencing the company’s good standing as a Cayman Islands exempted company, as of a date within ten (10) business days of the closing of the sale of forward purchase shares. In the event of any such failure to fund by an anchor investor, any obligation is so terminated or any such condition is not satisfied and not waived by an anchor investor, we may not be able to obtain additional funds to account for such shortfall on terms favorable to us or at all. Any such shortfall would also reduce the amount of funds that we have available for working capital of the post-business combination company. While each anchor investor has represented to us that it has sufficient funds to satisfy its obligations under the respective forward purchase agreements, we have not obligated the anchor investors to reserve funds for such obligations.


If the anchor investors or the BSOF Entities purchase large amounts of public shares in the open market, they may attempt to leverage their redemption rights in order to affect the outcome of a potential initial business combination.

The anchor investors and the BSOF Entities have redemption rights with respect to any public shares they own, subject to the limitation that under the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of Exchange Act), is restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% or more of the public shares, without the prior consent of the Company. If management proposes an initial business combination that some or all of the anchor investors or the BSOF Entities are not in favor, such anchor investors or BSOF Entities may decide to purchase public shares in the open market and seek to leverage their redemption rights to influence whether such business combination is consummated. This could result in our having to negotiate for more favorable terms for the anchor investors, which could jeopardize our ability to successfully consummate an initial business combination. See “— In evaluating a prospective target business for our initial business combination, our management will rely on the availability of all of the funds from the sale of the forward purchase shares to be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the initial business combination. If the sale of some or all of the forward purchase shares fails to close, we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination.”

The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the Trust Account or arrange for third party financing. Raising additional third party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure.


The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the Trust Account until we liquidate the Trust Account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the Trust Account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.

The requirement that we complete our initial business combination by January 22, 2020 may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may decrease our ability to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination by January 22, 2020, which is the date that is 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

We may not be able to complete our initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of our initial public offering, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate.

We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of our initial public offering. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any) and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial shareholders, sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or public warrants from public shareholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. However, other than as expressly stated herein, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the Trust Account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions.


In the event that our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrantholders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or public warrants and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a shareholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the proxy rules or tender offer rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a shareholder fails to receive our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, such shareholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly redeem or tender public shares. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the Trust Account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only upon the earlier to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, and then only in connection with those Class A ordinary shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by January 22, 2020 and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete an initial business combination by January 22, 2020, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind in the Trust Account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the Trust Account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

The NYSE may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. We cannot guarantee that our securities will remain listed on the NYSE. Although after giving effect to our initial public offering, we meet the minimum initial listing standards set forth in the NYSE listing standards, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on the NYSE in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on the NYSE prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum average global market capitalization (generally $50,000,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 300 shareholders and 100 public warrantholders).


Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with the NYSE’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than the NYSE’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on the NYSE. For instance, our share price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If the NYSE delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

 

Certain of our stockholders, including JS Capital, own a significant portion of the outstanding voting stock of the Company.

a limited availability of market quotations

The price for our securities;securities may be volatile.

 

reduced liquidity for

Our business is exposed to risks associated with our securities;

a determination that our Class A ordinary shares are a “penny stock” which will require brokers tradingreliance on third-party suppliers to provide both the components used in our Class A ordinary sharesprotective packaging systems as well as certain fully assembled protective packaging systems.

Unfavorable end-user responses to adhereprice increases could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Continued consolidation in sectors in which many of our end-users operate may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our efforts to more stringent rulesexpand beyond our core product offerings and possibly resultinto adjacent markets may not succeed and could adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The global nature of our operations exposes us to numerous risks that could materially adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Fluctuations between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar could materially impact our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

We are subject to a variety of environmental and product registration laws that expose us to potential financial liability and increased operating costs.

If we are not able to protect or maintain our trademarks, patents and other intellectual property, we may not be able to prevent competitors from developing similar products or from marketing their products in a reduced levelmanner that capitalizes on our trademarks, and this loss of trading activitya competitive advantage may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position or results of operations.

Our acquisition and integration of businesses could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our insurance policies may not cover all operating risks and a casualty loss beyond the limits of our coverage could adversely impact our business.

Our annual effective income tax rate can change materially as a result of changes in our mix of U.S. and foreign earnings and other factors, including changes in tax laws and changes made by regulatory authorities.

The full realization of our deferred tax assets may be affected by a number of factors, including earnings in the secondary trading market for our securities;United States.

 

We are subject to taxation in multiple jurisdictions. As a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financingresult, any adverse development in the future.tax laws of any of these jurisdictions or any disagreement with our tax positions could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants are listed on the NYSE, and, as a result, are covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on the NYSE, our securities would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of the initial public offering and the Private Placement are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, because we have net tangible assets in excess of  $5,000,000 and have filed a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means that we will have a longer period of time to complete our initial business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419.

Moreover, if the initial public offering had been subject to Rule 419, that rule would have prohibited the release of any interest earned on funds held in the Trust Account to us unless and until the funds in the Trust Account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 20% of the public shares, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 20% of the public shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the public shares without our prior consent, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold the Excess Shares and, in order to dispose of such Excess Shares, would be required to sell your Excess Shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.


Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only an estimated $10.00 per share on our redemption, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries, including consumer products or services or food and beverage business, or adjacent manufacturing or industrial services businesses. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, we are obligated to offer holders of our public shares the right to redeem their shares for cash at the time of our initial business combination in conjunction with a shareholder vote or via a tender offer. Target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

If our funds held outside the Trust Account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.

Following the consummation of our initial public offering and payment of expenses in connection therewith, we had approximately $1.0 million available to us outside the Trust Account to fund our working capital requirements. The funds available to us outside of the Trust Account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate until January 22, 2020 assuming that our initial business combination is not completed during that time. We believe that the funds available to us outside of the Trust Account are sufficient to allow us to operate until at least January 22, 2020; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business.

If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. Consequently, our public shareholders may only receive an estimated $10.00 per share on our redemption of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless.


If our funds held outside the Trust Account are insufficient, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination, and we will depend on loans from the Sponsor or management team to fund our search and to complete our business combination.

Following the consummation of our initial public offering and payment of expenses in connection therewith, we had approximately $1.0 million available to us outside the Trust Account to fund our working capital requirements. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our founder, his affiliates, our management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Neither our sponsor, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the Trust Account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. Consequently, our public shareholders may only receive an estimated $10.00 per share, or possibly less, on our redemption of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges in connection with the business combination that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and stock price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Our debt financing may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to fund our operations or growth.

Provisions in our organizational documents may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A common stock and could entrench management.

Risks Related to Our Business

The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted our business and could in the future materially and adversely affect our business.

The novel strain of the coronavirus identified in late 2019 and now affecting the global community has impacted and is expected to continue to impact our business and operations, and the full nature and extent of the impact is highly uncertain and may be beyond our control. Among other things, uncertainties relating to COVID-19 include the duration of the outbreak, the severity of the virus, and the actions, or perception of actions that may be taken, to contain or treat its impact, by governments and others, including declarations of states of emergency, business closures, manufacturing restrictions and a prolonged period of travel, commercial and/or other similar restrictions and limitations.


As many governmental measures providing for business shutdowns generally exclude critical infrastructure and the businesses that support critical infrastructure, such as packaging companies like us, all of our manufacturing facilities currently remain operational.  Nevertheless, the impact of these measures over time, as well as additional measures we have adopted or may adopt in the future that are intended to protect the health and safety of our employees, is uncertain and could limit our manufacturing productivity. Likewise, in the event large numbers of our manufacturing workforce become ill with COVID-19 or otherwise, our productivity could be adversely affected.   Any such reduction in our manufacturing productivity, whether resulting from governmental or our internal policies intended to contain the spread of the COVID-19 virus or from employee illness could hinder our ability to meet customer demand, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.

Similarly, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and measures taken in response to it, our suppliers and vendors may not have the materials, capacity, or capability to enable the manufacture of the parts we use to assemble our packaging machines or the paper we convert into packaging consumables. To date, we experienced delays in obtaining certain supplies used in the assembly of our packaging machines that we source from China.  While these delays have not resulted in our inability to deliver packaging machines to any of our distributors or end-users, to the extent they continue, or other of our suppliers or vendors are unable to provide us with the supplies we need according to our schedule and specifications, we may need to seek alternate suppliers or vendors, which may be more expensive, may not be available or may result in delays in shipments to us and subsequently to our distributors or end-users, each of which would affect our results of operations. Additionally, restrictions or disruptions in transportation logistics, such as reduced availability of sea or ground transport, port closures and increased border controls or closures, may result in delays and could result in higher costs, either of which could harm our profitability, make our products less competitive, or cause our distributors or end-users to seek alternative suppliers.

Additionally, social distancing and similar measures adopted in many jurisdictions around the world have impacted our ability to demonstrate and install our protective packaging systems and Automation products and, as a result, such demonstrations and installations have been delayed, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.  

Furthermore, many of our end-users have been and could continue to be negatively impacted as a result of disruption in demand for their products due to the decline in global economic activity resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic.  To the extent demand for the products sold by our end-users continues to decline or the duration of any decline is longer than they anticipate, our distributors’ and end-users’ demand for our packaging systems will also decline, which could negatively impact our sales and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve and its duration and ultimate disruption to our operations, supply chain, distributors and end-users, and the related financial impact on us, cannot be estimated at this time. Should any such disruptions continue for an extended period of time, the impact could have a more severe adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may be unable to secure a sufficient supply of paper to meet our production requirements given the limited number of suppliers that produce paper suitable for our products.

A limited number of paper mills produce paper that is suitable for use in our products in the markets in which we operate, and if they fail, experience interruptions in service, or are otherwise unable or unwilling to fill our purchase orders, we may not be able to produce enough of our paper consumables to meet our own production requirements. In addition, there are several grades or types of paper that we use in our products that we obtain from a single source due to the specificity of our requirements and limitations in the available paper products in a given market. For example, in 2020, we purchased approximately 44.9% of our raw paper requirements in North America from a single supplier, WestRock Company (“WestRock”). Increasing consolidation among our suppliers or the paper supply market more broadly may increase our reliance on existing suppliers or impact our ability to obtain alternative suppliers, if necessary.

If WestRock or one of our other major suppliers of paper in any of the markets in which we operate, fails or experiences an interruption or delay in service, there may be short-term or long-term disruption in our ability to secure paper from qualified sources and we may not have enough inventory to maintain our production schedule or continue to provide paper consumables to our distributors and end-users on a timely basis, or at all. For example, at most of our facilities, quantities of raw paper stored on-site represent approximately five days of paper consumables production at such facilities due to cost savings and storage limitations. Any such failure, interruption or delay may result in on-site paper storage at our paper consumable production facilities being depleted and, as a result, a reduction in the volume of production and sales of our paper consumables, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.


Paper pricing may negatively impact our results of operations, including our profit margins, and financial condition.

Our primary input is kraft paper, which we purchase from various paper suppliers around the world. Increases in global or regional market demand for paper-based products could increase the cost of the kraft paper we purchase. Increases in the price of kraft paper could also result from, among other things, increases in the cost of the raw materials used in paper production or increases in the cost of the energy our suppliers use to manufacture paper.

While historically, we have been able to successfully manage the impact of higher paper costs both by entering into annual fixed-price contracts with our suppliers, as well as by increasing the selling prices of our products, if we are unable to minimize the effects of any increases in paper costs through sourcing, pricing or other actions, our results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

Our business is exposed to risks associated with our reliance on third-party suppliers to provide both the components used in our protective packaging systems as well as certain fully assembled protective packaging systems.

These risks include, but are not limited to:

the risk that our supplier agreements will be terminated, or that we will not be able to renew our agreements on favorable economic terms, and as a result our cost of goods will increase;

the risk that our suppliers, including those in China that supply a majority of the components and systems provided to our end-users, will experience operational delays or disruptions, including as a result of the ongoing coronavirus outbreak, that will affect our ability to produce protective packaging systems or provide them to our distributors and end-users;

the risk that our suppliers will fail, or will no longer be able to provide the components which we use to produce our protective packaging systems;

the risk that our suppliers will not be able to meet an increase in demand for the components which we use to produce our protective packaging systems;

the risk that our suppliers’ costs will increase, and that they will increase the prices of components or fully assembled protective packaging systems;

the risk that suppliers of fully assembled protective packaging systems will increase their prices or will no longer be able to provide us with protective packaging systems; and

the risk that our suppliers in China will be subject to increased trade barriers as a result of U.S.-Chinese trade measures, and such trade barriers will increase the costs of these components and systems or negatively impact our ability to purchase these components and systems.

For example, since the outbreak of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, we have experienced delays in the supply of certain components used in the assembly of certain of our protective packaging systems. Should these delays continue or should our supply of such components be interrupted, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

In addition, some of our third-party suppliers for components and fully assembled systems, including certain suppliers impacted by the ongoing coronavirus outbreak, represent our only source for such products. If we are unable to continue to purchase such components and systems from such suppliers, we may face additional costs or delays, or be unable to obtain similar components and systems. These and other factors may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation or financial condition.

Demand for our products could be adversely affected by changes in end-user or consumer preferences, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our net revenue depends primarily on the volume of purchases by our end-users in the e-commerce industry and other industries it serves. End-user preferences for packaging formats, as well as the preferences of our end-users, can influence net revenue. Changes in these preferences, as well as changes in consumer behavior generally, could negatively impact demand for our products which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Moreover, we position ourselves in the protective packaging market as the leading environmentally sustainable protective packaging solutions provider. Although we believe a market and consumer preference for environmentally sustainable solutions is a trend that is likely to continue, there is no guarantee that it will do so or that we will benefit from the continuing trend. If the current trend in favor of environmental sustainability does not continue, diminishes, or shifts away from paper and fiber-based products, demand for our products could decrease, which could have an adverse impact on our business or results of operations, including through reduced net revenue and a subsequent decrease in gross margin and earnings. Additionally, the advent of emerging or improved technologies, such as the potential widespread availability of lower cost bio-plastics or increased recyclability of resin-based packaging solutions, could


satisfy market and consumer demand for environmentally sustainable packaging solutions and negatively impact our business, financial condition or results of operations even if the current trend in favor of environmentally sustainable solutions continues.

Continued consolidation in sectors in which many of our end-users operate may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Many of the sectors in which many of our end-users operate, such as the e-commerce, automotive after-market, electronics, machinery and home goods markets, have been consolidating in recent years, and this trend may continue. Because our business relies on integrating our protective packaging systems into end-users’ existing operations and generating revenue through the sale of our paper consumables, increased consolidation may have an adverse impact on our or our distributors’ ability to attract additional end-users or retain existing end-users, or on the pricing of our products and services, which could in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The loss of end-users, particularly our e-commerce end-users, or a reduction in their production requirements, could have a significant adverse impact on our net revenue and profitability.

Although we have a diverse base of end-users, the loss of significant end-users or a large group of end-users, or a reduction in their production requirements, could have an adverse effect on our net revenue and, depending on the magnitude of the loss or reduction, our financial condition or results of operations. There can be no assurance that our existing end-user relationships will continue or be renewed at the same level of production, or at all, in the future.

In particular, a number of our e-commerce end-users that currently use our paper consumables for void-fill, cushioning or wrapping have established internal goals or initiatives relating to reducing the quantity of consumables that they utilize in their product packaging as part of environmental responsibility initiatives. If these end-users achieve their goals or if additional end-users pursue similar initiatives, they may require a reduced quantity of our paper consumables for protective packaging of their products. The loss of any e- commerce end-users, or a reduction in their purchasing levels, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our investments in R&D may not yield the results expected.

In order to compete in the protective packaging market, we must, among other things, adapt to changing consumer preferences and a competitive market through technological innovation. As a result of technological innovation as well as changing consumer preferences, new products can become standardized rapidly, leading to more intense competition and ongoing price erosion. In order to maintain our competitive advantage, we have invested, and will continue to invest, in R&D of new products and technologies. However, these investments may not yield the innovation or results expected on a timely basis, or at all, and any resulting technological innovations may not lead to successful new products or otherwise improve our performance and competitive advantage. Furthermore, our competitors may develop new products that are better suited to meet consumer demands, may develop and introduce such products before we are able to do so or may otherwise negatively impact the success of our new products, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The global nature of our operations exposes us to numerous risks that could materially adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We maintain production facilities in three countries and territories, and our products are distributed to approximately 50 countries and territories around the world. A substantial portion of our operations are located outside of the United States and 61.0% of our 2020 revenue was generated outside of the United States. These operations, particularly in developing regions, are subject to various risks that may not be present or as significant for our U.S. and European operations. Economic uncertainty in some of the geographic regions in which we operate, including developing regions, could result in the disruption of commerce and negatively impact our cash flows or operations in those areas. Risks inherent in our international operations include:

foreign currency exchange controls and tax rates, and exchange rate fluctuations, including devaluations;

the potential for changes in regional and local economic conditions, including local inflationary pressures;

laws and regulations governing foreign investment, foreign trade and currency exchange, such as those on transfer or repatriation of funds, which may affect our ability to repatriate cash as dividends or otherwise and may limit our ability to convert foreign cash flows into U.S. dollars;

restrictive governmental actions such as those on trade protection matters, including antidumping duties, tariffs, embargoes and prohibitions or restrictions on acquisitions or joint ventures;

the imposition of tariffs and other trade barriers, and the effects of retaliatory trade measures;


compliance with U.S. laws and regulations, including those affecting trade and foreign investment and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “Foreign Corrupt Practices Act”);

compliance with tax laws, or changes to such laws or the interpretation of such laws, affecting taxable income, tax deductions, or other attributes relating to our non-U.S. earnings or operations;

difficulties of enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems;

difficulties of enforcement and variations in protection of intellectual property and other legal rights;

more expansive legal rights of foreign unions or works councils;

changes in labor conditions and difficulties in staffing and managing international operations;

import and export delays caused, for example, by an extended strike at the port of entry, or major disruptions to international or domestic trade routes due to strikes, shortages, acts of terrorism or acts of war could cause a delay in our supply chain operations;

geographic, language and cultural differences between personnel in different areas of the world;

political, social, legal and economic instability, civil unrest, war, catastrophic events, acts of terrorism, and widespread outbreaks of infectious diseases. including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic; and

compliance with data protection and privacy regulations in many of the countries in which we operate, including the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) in the EU which has been in effect since May 2018. Under this regulation, our collection, processing storage, use and transmission of personal data could give rise to liabilities as a result of governmental regulation, conflicting legal requirements, differing views on data privacy or security breaches.

These and other factors may have a material adverse effect on our international operations and, consequently, on our financial condition or results of operations.

If significant tariffs or other restrictions are placed on the import of Chinese goods, or if China places tariffs or other restrictions on the import of U.S. goods, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

If significant tariffs or other restrictions are placed on the import of Chinese goods or if China places significant tariffs or other restrictions on the import of U.S. goods, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be materially adversely affected. For example, in September 2018, the U.S. government assessed a 10% tariff on thousands of categories of goods, including parts that we import from China to our domestic facilities to assemble our protective systems. Additionally, the U.S. government continues to signal that it may alter trade agreements and terms between China and the United States, including limiting trade with China, and may impose additional tariffs on imports from China. If additional duties are imposed or increasingly retaliatory trade measures taken by either the United States or China, we could need to materially increase our capital expenditures relating to the assembly of our protective systems, which could require us to raise our prices and result in the loss of end-users and harm our operating performance. Alternatively, we may seek alternative supply sources outside of China which may result in significant costs and disruption to our operations. In any such event, our business could be impacted by retaliatory trade measures taken by China or other countries in response to existing or future tariffs, or the imposition of additional tariffs, any of which could cause us to raise prices or make changes to our operations, and could materially harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

A major loss of or disruption in our assembly and distribution operations could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

A disruption in operations at one or more of our assembly and distribution facilities, or those of our suppliers, could have a material adverse effect on our business or operations. Disruptions could occur for many reasons, including fire, natural disasters, weather, unplanned maintenance or other manufacturing problems, outbreaks of infectious diseases, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, strikes or other labor unrest, transportation interruption, government regulation, contractual disputes, political unrest or terrorism. For example, we operate in leased facilities in Reno, Nevada, Raleigh, North Carolina, Kansas City, Missouri, and Nyrany, Czech Republic. If we are unable to renew leases at existing facilities on favorable terms or to relocate our operations to nearby facilities in an orderly fashion upon the expiration of those leases, we could suffer interruptions in our production and significant increases in costs.

Furthermore, alternative facilities with sufficient capacity or capabilities may not be available, may cost substantially more or may take a significant time to start production, each of which could negatively affect our business and financial performance. If one of our key assembly or paper converter facilities is unable to assemble our products or convert raw paper into our paper consumables, respectively, for an extended period of time, our net revenue may be reduced by the shortfall caused by the disruption and we may not


be able to meet our distributors’ and end-users’ needs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Fluctuations between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar could materially impact our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

Approximately 61.0% of our net revenue in 2020 was generated outside the United States. We translate net revenue and other results denominated in foreign currency into U.S. dollars for our consolidated financial statements. As a result, we are exposed to currency fluctuations both in receiving cash from our international operations and in translating our financial results back to U.S. dollars. During periods of a strengthening U.S. dollar, we reported international net revenue and net earnings could be reduced because foreign currencies may translate into fewer U.S. dollars. Foreign exchange rates can also impact the competitiveness of products produced in certain jurisdictions and exported for sale into other jurisdictions. These changes may impact the value received for the sale of our goods versus those of our competitors.

Foreign exchange rates may also impact the ability of our customers to secure sufficient funds in U.S. dollars or European currency to purchase goods for export. For example, many of our distributors are local entities in the markets in which they operate and utilize foreign currencies to operate their business. Such distributors must convert their local currency into U.S. dollars or European currency in their business with us, for which foreign exchange rate fluctuations may present additional challenges for the operation of their business. We cannot predict the effects of exchange rate fluctuations on our future operating results or business. As exchange rates vary, our results of operations and profitability may be harmed.

We could experience disruptions in operations and/or increased labor costs.

In Europe, most of our employees, including most of our employees in the Netherlands, are represented by either labor unions or workers councils and are covered by collective bargaining agreements that are generally renewable on an annual or bi-annual basis. In addition, as our business expands globally, we may be subject to new labor-related requirements that may impose additional requirements or costs on our business. As is the case with any negotiation, we may not be able to negotiate or renew acceptable collective bargaining agreements in such cases, which could result in strikes or work stoppages by affected workers. Renewal of collective bargaining agreements could also result in higher wages or benefits paid to union members. A disruption in operations or higher ongoing labor costs could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are subject to a variety of environmental and product registration laws that expose us to potential financial liability and increased operating costs.

We are subject to a number of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety laws and regulations that govern, among other things, the manufacture and assembly of our products, the discharge of pollutants into the air, soil and water and the use, handling, transportation, storage and disposal of hazardous materials.

Many jurisdictions require us to have operating permits for our assembly and warehouse facilities and operations. Any failure to obtain, maintain or comply with the terms of these permits could result in fines or penalties, revocation or non-renewal of our permits, or orders to temporarily or permanently cease certain operations, and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Some jurisdictions in which we operate have laws and regulations that govern the registration and labeling of some of our products. For example, we expect significant future environmental compliance obligations for our European operations as a result of the European Union (“EU”) Directive “Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals” (EU Directive No. 2006/1907) enacted on December 18, 2006. The directive, known as REACH, imposes several requirements related to the identification and management of risks related to chemical substances manufactured or marketed in Europe. The EU also enacted in 2008 a “Classification, Labeling and Packaging” regulation, known as the CLP Regulation, which aligns the EU system of classification, labeling and packaging of chemical substances to the Globally Harmonized System. Other jurisdictions may impose similar requirements. Compliance with these requirements can be costly.

We cannot predict with reasonable certainty the future cost of environmental compliance, industrial hygiene within our facilities, product registration, or environmental remediation. Environmental laws have become more stringent and complex over time and may continue to do so. Our environmental costs and operating expenses will be subject to these evolving regulatory requirements and will depend on the scope and timing of the effectiveness of requirements in these various jurisdictions. As a result of such requirements, we may be subject to an increased regulatory burden, including significant future environmental compliance, hygiene, health and safety obligations.


Increased compliance costs, increasing risks and penalties associated with violations, or our inability to market some of our products in certain jurisdictions may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

If we are not able to protect or maintain our trademarks, patents and other intellectual property, we may not be able to prevent competitors from developing similar products or from marketing their products in a manner that capitalizes on our trademarks, and this loss of a competitive advantage may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position or results of operations.

Our ability to compete effectively with other companies depends, in part, on our ability to maintain the proprietary nature of our owned and licensed intellectual property. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our intellectual property, this loss of a competitive advantage could result in decreased net revenue or increased operating costs, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We own a large number of patents and pending patent applications on our products, aspects thereof, methods of use and/or methods of manufacturing. There is a risk that our patents may not provide meaningful protection and patents may never be issued for our pending patent applications. Furthermore, we have historically focused and expect to continue to focus on strategically protecting our patents, including through pursuing infringement claims, which, especially in Europe, carries the risk that a court will determine our patents are invalid or unenforceable.

Trademark and trade name protection is important to our business. Although most of our trademarks are registered in the United States and in the foreign countries/regions in which we operate, we may not be successful in asserting trademark or trade name protection. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries/regions may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. The costs required to protect our trademarks and trade names may be substantial.

We cannot be certain that we will be able to assert these intellectual property rights successfully in the future or that they will not be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. Other parties may infringe on our intellectual property rights and may thereby dilute the value of our intellectual property in the marketplace. Third parties, including competitors, may assert intellectual property infringement or invalidity claims against us that could be upheld.

Intellectual property litigation, which could result in substantial cost to and diversion of effort by us, may be necessary to protect our proprietary technology or for us to defend against claimed infringement of the rights of others and to determine the scope and validity of others’ proprietary rights. We may not prevail in any such litigation, and if we are unsuccessful, we may not be able to obtain any necessary licenses on reasonable terms or at all.

Any failure by us to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property rights may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our acquisition and integration of businesses could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

From time to time, we consider acquisitions that either complement or expand our existing lines of business as part of our growth strategy. We are unable to predict the size, timing and number of acquisitions we may complete, if any, in the future. Integrating acquired businesses may create substantial costs, delays or other problems for us that could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, we may incur expenses associated with sourcing, evaluating and negotiating acquisitions (including those that are not completed), and we also may pay fees and expenses associated with financing acquisitions to investment banks and other advisors. We may also assume the liabilities of an acquired company, there can be no assurances that all potential liabilities will be identified or known to us and any such liabilities could materially adversely impact our business and financial condition.

Furthermore, we may not be able to successfully integrate any acquired businesses or realize all of the expected synergies from previously acquired businesses or related strategic initiatives. If we are unable to achieve the benefits that we expect to achieve from our strategic initiatives, we could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Additionally, while we execute these acquisitions and related integration activities, it is possible that our attention may be diverted from our ongoing operations which may have a negative impact on our business.

We are subject to taxation in multiple jurisdictions. As a result, any adverse development in the tax laws of any of these jurisdictions or any disagreement with our tax positions could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

We are subject to taxation in, and to the tax laws and regulations of, multiple jurisdictions as a result of the international scope of our operations and corporate and financing structure. Tax laws are dynamic and subject to change as new laws are passed and new


interpretations of the law are issued or applied. Many countries in the European Union, as well as a number of other countries and organizations such as the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, are actively considering changes to existing tax laws that, if enacted, could increase our tax obligations in countries where we do business. Additional changes in tax laws could increase our overall taxes and our business, consolidated financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected in a material way. In addition, the tax authorities in any applicable jurisdiction, including the U.S., may disagree with the positions we have taken or intend to take regarding the tax treatment or characterization of any of our transactions. If any applicable tax authorities, including U.S. tax authorities, were to successfully challenge the tax treatment or characterization of any of our transactions, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial condition or results of our operations.

We may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges in connection with the business combination that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our sharestock price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even ifAlthough we conductconducted due diligence on a target business with whichRack Holdings before we combine,acquired it, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surfacerevealed all material issues with a particular targetthat may be present in Rack Holdings’ business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target businessour and outside of ourRack Holdings’ control will not later arise. As a result, of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifiesidentified certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cashnoncash items and may not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public shareholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements, they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative.


Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders could be less than the $10.00 per public share initially held in the Trust Account, due to claims of such creditors. Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a transaction agreement, reduce the amounts in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Our sponsor may not have sufficient funds available to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for our business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public shareholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below the lesser of  (i) $10.00 per share and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and executive officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account and to not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if  (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the Trust Account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.


If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

restrictions on the issuance of securities,

each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading of securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete a business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.


We do not believe that our principal activities subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the Trust Account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. The Trust Account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of either: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering; or (iii) absent an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, our return of the funds held in the Trust Account to our public shareholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

We are subject to laws, regulations and rules enacted by national, regional and local governments and the NYSE. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements or regulations. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws, regulations and rules and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations or rules, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination, our public shareholders may be forced to wait up to 24 months before redemption from our Trust Account.

If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination by January 22, 2020, the proceeds then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, as further described herein. Any redemption of public shareholders from the Trust Account will be effected automatically by function of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior to any voluntary winding up. If we are required to wind-up, liquidate the Trust Account and distribute such amount therein, pro rata, to our public shareholders, as part of any liquidation process, such winding up, liquidation and distribution must comply with the applicable provisions of the Companies Law. In that case, investors may be forced to wait beyond 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering before the redemption proceeds of our Trust Account become available to them, and they receive the return of their pro rata portion of the proceeds from our Trust Account. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to the date of our redemption or liquidation unless we consummate our initial business combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought to redeem their Class A ordinary shares. Only upon our redemption or any liquidation will public shareholders be entitled to distributions if we are unable to complete our initial business combination.

Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable to a fine of  $18,293 and to imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.


We may not hold an annual meeting of shareholders until after the consummation of our initial business combination.

We will not hold our first annual meeting until after our first fiscal year. There is no requirement under the Companies Law for us to hold annual or general meetings to elect directors. Until we hold an annual meeting of shareholders, public shareholders may not be afforded the opportunity to elect directors and to discuss company affairs with management.

We are not registering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants and causing such warrants to expire worthless.

We have not registered the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our best efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such shares and maintain a current prospectus relating to the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. However, no warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, unless an exemption is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A ordinary shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement or register or qualify the shares under blue sky laws. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the Class A ordinary shares included in the units. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.


The grant of registration rights to our initial shareholders and holders of our Private Placement Warrants may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Pursuant to the registration rights agreement entered into concurrently with the closing of our initial public offering, the holders of the private placement warrants, the warrants that may be issued upon conversion of the working capital loans, and the founder shares are entitled to registration rights with respect to such warrants and the ordinary shares underlying such warrants and founder shares. The registration rights are exercisable with respect to the founder shares, the private placement warrants (including any Class A ordinary shares or Class C ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of such private placement warrants) and the warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans (including any Class A ordinary shares that may be issued upon the exercise of such warrants). Pursuant to the forward purchase agreements and the strategic partnership agreement, we have agreed that we will use our reasonable best efforts (i) to file within 30 days after the closing of the initial business combination (and, with respect to clause (B) below, within 30 days following announcement of the results of the shareholder vote relating to our initial business combination or the results of our offer to shareholders to redeem their Class A ordinary shares in connection with our initial business combination (whichever is later), which we refer to as the “disclosure date”) a registration statement with the SEC for a secondary offering of  (A) the forward purchase securities and Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares underlying the anchor investors’ forward purchase warrants and the anchor investors’ and the BSOF Entities’ founder shares, and (B) any other Class A ordinary shares or warrants acquired by the anchor investors and the BSOF Entities, including any time after we complete our initial business combination, (ii) to cause such registration statement to be declared effective promptly thereafter, but in no event later than 60 days after the closing of the initial business combination or the disclosure date, as the case may be and (iii) to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement until the earliest of  (A) the date on which the anchor investor or BSOF Entity ceases to hold the securities covered thereby and (B) the date all of the securities covered thereby can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) under the Securities Act, subject to certain conditions and limitations set forth in the forward purchase agreements and the strategic partnership agreement. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the shareholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares that is expected when the securities owned by our initial shareholders or their respective permitted transferees are registered.

Because we are not limited to a particular industry or any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the meritsobtain future financing on favorable terms or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

We will seek to complete a business combination with an operating company in the consumer products or services or food and beverage industries, or adjacent manufacturing or industrial services industries, but may also pursue business combination opportunities in other sectors, except that we will not, under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet identified or approached any specific target business with respect to a business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.


We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries outside of the consumer products or services or food and beverage industries, or adjacent manufacturing or industrial services industries (which industries may or may not be outside of our management’s areas of expertise).

Although we intend to focus on identifying business combination candidates in the consumer products or services or food and beverage sectors, or adjacent manufacturing or industrial services sectors, we will consider a business combination outside of these industries if a business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company or we are unable to identify a suitable candidate in the consumer products or services or food and beverage industries, or adjacent manufacturing or industrial services industries, after having expended a reasonable amount of time and effort in an attempt to do so. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to our public shareholders than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue an investment outside of the consumer products or services or food and beverage industries, or adjacent manufacturing or industrial services industries, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained herein regarding the consumer products or services or food and beverage industries, or adjacent manufacturing or industrial services industries, would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash.

In addition, if shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only an estimated $10.00 per share on our redemption of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may seek acquisition opportunities with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue or earnings.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include volatile revenues or earnings and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting or investment banking firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting firm or investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.


We will not be required to obtain a fairness opinion from an independent investment banking firm as to the fair market value of the target business if our board of directors is able to determine independently the fair market value of the target business.

The fair market value of a target business or businesses will be determined by our board of directors based upon standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as actual and potential sales, the values of comparable businesses, earnings and cash flow, and book value. If, however, our board of directors is less familiar or experienced with the target company’s business, there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of the target company’s assets or prospects, including if such company is at an early stage of development, operations or growth, or if the anticipated transaction involves a complex financial analysis or other specialized skills and the board determines that outside expertise would be helpful or necessary in conducting such analysis our board, and our board of directors is not able to determine independently that the target business has a sufficient fair market value to meet the threshold criterion, we will obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criterion. Since any opinion, if obtained, would merely state that the fair market value of the target business meets the 80% of assets threshold, unless such opinion includes material information regarding the valuation of a target business or the consideration to be provided, it is not anticipated that copies of such opinion would be distributed to you. However, if required under applicable law, any proxy statement that we deliver to shareholders and file with the SEC in connection with a proposed transaction will include such opinion.

However, in all other instances, we will have no obligation to obtain a fairness opinion. As a result, if no opinion is obtained or an opinion is not delivered to you, our shareholders will be relying solely on the judgment of our board in effecting our initial business combination.

We may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares upon the conversion of the founder shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained therein. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

all.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorizes the issuance of up to 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 25,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 200,000,000 Class C ordinary shares, par value $0.0001, and 1,000,000 preference shares, $0.0001 per share. At December 31, 2017, there are 200,000,000 and 12,625,000 authorized but unissued Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, respectively, available for issuance which amount does not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon exerciselevel of outstanding warrants and the forward purchase warrants, shares issuable upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares or shares issued upon the sale of the forward purchase shares. The Class B ordinary shares are automatically convertible into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination unless the holder elects to have such shares converted into Class C ordinary shares, as described herein. Following the consummation of our initial business combination, the Class C ordinary shares are convertible into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis (i) at the election of the holder with 65 days’ written notice or (ii) upon the transfer of such Class C ordinary share to an unaffiliated third party. At December 31, 2017, there were no Class C ordinary shares or preference shares issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares or Class C ordinary shares upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained therein. However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the Trust Account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination. The issuance of additional ordinary or preference shares:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in the initial public offering;

may subordinate the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares if preference shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our Class A ordinary shares;

could cause a change in control if a substantial number of Class A ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A ordinary shares and/or warrants.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may be a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder (as defined in the section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation — United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — General”) of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants, the U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our PFIC status for our current and subsequent taxable years may depend on whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception (see the section of this prospectus captioned ’‘Taxation — United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — U.S. Holders — Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules’’). Depending on the particular circumstances the application of the start-up exception may be subject to uncertainty, and there cannot be any assurance that we will qualify for the start-up exception. Accordingly, there can be no assurances with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. Moreover, if we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year (of which there can be no assurance), we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” election, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information, and such election would be unavailable with respect to our warrants in all cases. We urge U.S. investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules.

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination and such reincorporation may result in taxes imposed on shareholders.

We may, in connection with our initial business combination and subject to requisite shareholder approval under the Companies Law, reincorporate in the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located or in another jurisdiction. The transaction may require a shareholder to recognize taxable income in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder is a tax resident or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity. We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders to pay such taxes. Shareholders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after the reincorporation.


After our initial business combination, it is possible that a majority of our directors and officers will live outside the United States and all of our assets will be located outside the United States; therefore, investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights.

It is possible that after our initial business combination, a majority of our directors and officers will reside outside of the United States and all of our assets will be located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon us or any of our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on our directors and officers under United States laws, including federal securities laws. See “Description of Securities — Certain Differences in Corporate Law — Enforcement of Civil Liabilities.”

We are dependent upon our executive officers and directors and their lossindebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular,fulfill our executive officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our executive officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. Other than key-man insurance on the life of Mr. Asali that we are required to obtain under the terms of the forward purchase agreements, we do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or executive officers could have a detrimental effect on us.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel, and restrictions in the forward purchase agreements on hiring certain employees related to our sponsor, could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our initial business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements. In addition, certain terms of the forward purchase agreements may limit the hiring of individuals affiliated with our sponsor by us and/or the target business in connection with or following an initial business combination. For example, unless we obtain approval of anchor investors that have committed to purchase more than 50% of the total forward purchase shares we will not be permitted to pay any transaction, monitoring or similar fee to our sponsor or any of its’ employees, directors or controlled affiliates. We must also obtain approval from a majority of our anchor investors prior to hiring, employing or appointing to our board of directors any employee, officer or director of our sponsor.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with our company after the completion of our initial business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to remain with us after the completion of our business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our business combination


We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may effect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target business’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The loss of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.

Our executive officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. Our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Our independent directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. If our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Certain of our officers and directors are now, and any of them in the future may become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our sponsor and officers and directors are, or may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business. Our officers and directors also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary or contractual duties. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law.

For a complete discussion of our executive officers’ and directors’ business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, please see “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” and “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.”


Our executive officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

obligations.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, executive officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or our executive officers, although we do not intend to do so. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest. If this were the case, it would be a breach of their fiduciary duties to us as a matter of Cayman Islands law and we or our shareholders might have a claim against such individuals for infringing on our shareholders’ rights. However, we might not ultimately be successful in any claim we may make against them for such reason.

We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our sponsor, executive officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or existing holders. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Our sponsor, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our initial business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no substantive discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public shareholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Since our sponsor, the anchor investors (including our founder and each of our other executive officers), the BSOF Entities and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may acquire), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

At December 31, 2017, our sponsor held an aggregate of 8,100,000 founder shares. On March 8, 2018, our sponsor forfeited 1,125,000 founder shares to the Company following expiration of the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters in our initial public offering. If we do not complete our initial business combination by January 22, 2020, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. Further, 2,250,000 founder shares, which constitute the earnout shares, will be subject to forfeiture by our sponsor (or its permitted transferees)outstanding debt, and the BSOF Entities on the fifth anniversary of our initial business combination unless following our initial business combination, either (A) the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares (or any successor class of ordinary shares or common shares) equals or exceeds, in the case of our sponsor, $12.50 per share and, in the case of the BSOF Entities, $12.25 per share (in each case as adjusted for share splits, dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30 consecutive trading day period or (B) we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our ordinary shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for consideration in cash, securities or other property which equals or exceeds, in the case of our sponsor, $12.50 per share and, in the case of the BSOF Entities, $12.25 per share (in each case as adjusted for share splits, dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like). The personal and financial interests of our executive officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination. This risk may become more acute as the 24-month anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering nears, which is the deadline for our completion of an initial business combination.outstanding indebtedness may:


We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.

Although we have no commitments as of the date of this Annual Report to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial business combination. We and our officers have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the Trust Account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per share amount available for redemption from the Trust Account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

 

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting

adversely impact our ability to obtain suchadditional financing whilein the debt security is outstanding;future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate purposes;

 

our inability

require us to pay dividends on our Class A ordinary shares;

usingdedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to paypayment of principal and interest on our debt which will reduce the funds available for dividendsand fees on our Class A ordinary shares if declared, expenses,letters of credit, which reduces the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;purposes;

 

subject us to the risk of increased sensitivity to interest rate increases based upon variable interest rates, including our outstanding borrowings (if any);

limitations on our flexibility in planning for

increase the possibility of an event of default under the financial and reacting to changesoperating covenants contained in our businessexisting debt instruments; and in the industry in which we operate;

 

increased vulnerability

limit our ability to adverse changesadjust to rapidly changing market conditions, reduce our ability to withstand competitive pressures and make it more vulnerable to a downturn in general economic industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to ourbusiness than their competitors who havewith less debt.

We may only be ableOur ability to complete one business combinationmake scheduled payments of principal or interest with the proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants and forward purchase shares, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

The net proceeds from the initial public offering and the Private Placement provided us with $300,000,000 that we may use to complete our initial business combination (excluding $10,500,000 of deferred underwriting commissions being held in the Trust Account). We also expect to receive $150,000,000 of additional funds from the sale of forward purchase shares in connection with our business combination.


We may effectuate our initial business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or

dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequentrespect to our initial business combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinderdebt will depend on our ability to completegenerate cash and our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business.future financial results. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impactgenerate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future to service our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable asdebt obligations, we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. By definition, very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we couldmight be required to makerefinance all or a portion of our decision on whetherexisting debt or to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable asobtain new or additional such facilities. However, we suspected, if at all.

Our management maymight not be able to maintain control of a target business afterrefinance our initial business combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualificationsexisting debt or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to our initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s shares than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain control of the target business.


We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete our initial business combination with which a substantial majority of our shareholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). As a result, we may be able to complete our initial business combination even though a substantial majority of our public shareholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination that our shareholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds, changed industry focus and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. Amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require a special resolution of our shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law, meaning the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, and amending our warrant agreement will require a vote of holders of at least 65% of the public warrants. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or other governing instruments in order to effectuate our initial business combination. In addition, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association requires us to provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if we propose an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months of the closing of our initial public offering. To the extent any of such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of any of the securities offered through this registration statement, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities.


The provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account) may be amended with the approval of holders of not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our shareholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-business combination activity, without approval by a certain percentage of the company’s shareholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions typically requires approval by between 90% and 100% of the company’s public shareholders. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that any of its provisions related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of our initial public offering and the private placement of warrants into the Trust Account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public shareholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by special resolution, meaning holders of not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our ordinary shares. Our initial shareholders, who will collectively beneficially own, on an as-converted basis, approximately 26.4% of our Class A ordinary shares upon the closing of our initial public offering (assuming they do not purchase any additional Class A ordinary shares and excluding 493,750 Class B ordinary shares held by one of our anchor investors who is expected to elect to convert such shares into Class C ordinary shares), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree. Our shareholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Our sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to agreements with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by January 22, 2020, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval ofobtain any such amendmentnew or additional facilities on favorable terms or at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. These agreements are contained in letter agreements that we have entered into with the sponsor, our executive officers and directors. Our shareholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsor, executive officers or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our shareholders would need to pursue a shareholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of our initial public offering, the Private Placement and the sale of the forward purchase shares will be sufficient to allow us to complete our initial business combination, because we have not yet identified any prospective target business we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds from the initial public offering, the Private Placement and the sale of the forward purchase shares prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of shares from shareholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. The recent economic environment has made it difficult for companies to obtain acquisition financing. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination.


Our initial shareholders control a substantial interest in us and thus may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Our initial shareholders own , on an as-converted basis, 26.4% of our issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares (assuming they do not purchase any additional Class A ordinary shares and excluding 493,750 Class B ordinary shares held by one of our anchor investors who is expected to elect to convert such shares into Class C ordinary shares). Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. If our initial shareholders purchase any additional Class A ordinary shares, this would increase their control. To our knowledge, none of our officers or directors, has any current intention to purchase additional securities, other than as disclosed in this prospectus. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A ordinary shares.

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants and forward purchase warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of our Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants and forward purchase warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants and forward purchase warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants and forward purchase warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of  $0.01 per warrant, provided that the closing price of our public shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to proper notice of such redemption provided that on the date we give notice of redemption. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you to (i) exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by the anchor investors, the BSOF Entities or their respective permitted transferees.


Our warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and make it more difficult to effectuate our initial business combination.

We issued warrants to purchase 15,000,000 of our Class A ordinary shares as part of the units sold in the initial public offering and, simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, we issued in the Private Placement an aggregate of 8,000,000 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share or one Class C ordinary share, as applicable, at $11.50 per share. We also agreed to issue 5,000,000 forward purchase warrants concurrently with the closing of the sale of the forward purchase shares. In addition, if our founder or an affiliate of our founder makes any working capital loans, he or it may convert those loans into up to an additional 1,500,000 private placement warrants, at the price of  $1.00 per warrant. To the extent we issue ordinary shares to effectuate a business transaction, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares or Class C ordinary shares (which are convertible into Class A ordinary shares following the consummation of our initial business combination) upon exercise of these warrants could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Such warrants, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and reduce the value of the Class A ordinary shares issued to complete the business transaction. Therefore, our warrants may make it more difficult to effectuate a business transaction or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

Because each unit contains one-half of one warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

Each unit contains one-half of one warrant. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, no fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units, and only whole units will trade. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued to the warrantholder. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one ordinary share and one warrant to purchase one whole share. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of a business combination since the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for half of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a whole warrant to purchase one share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if it included a warrant to purchase one whole share.

Because we must furnish our shareholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financing reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emergingemerging growth company”company within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbindingnon-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could beremain an emerging growth company for up to five years from the date of our IPO, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A ordinary sharescommon stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30th before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will


rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.


Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountantaccounting standards used.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act mayOur management was unable to make it more difficult for us to effectuate a business combination, require substantialfull assessment regarding internal control over financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-Kreporting for the year endingended December 31, 2018. Only2019, and our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective at December 31, 2019.

The Company completed the Ranpak Business Combination on June 3, 2019. Prior to the Ranpak Business Combination, the Company was a publicly traded, blank check company and the Ranpak business was part of a private, Delaware limited partnership. As a result, the design of public company internal controls over financial reporting for the Company post-Ranpak Business Combination has required and will continue to require significant time and resources from our management and other personnel. Therefore, management was unable, without deploying an unreasonable level of resources, to conduct an assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019.

Despite the fact that our management was unable to make a full assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting, in the eventcourse of preparing our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, we are deemedidentified certain deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting that we believed to be material weaknesses. A material weakness is a large accelerated filerdeficiency, or an accelerated filer will wea combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that a reasonable possibility exists that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements would not be required to comply withprevented or detected on a timely basis. Based on the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement ondetermination that material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Further,reporting existed as a result of an insufficient number of trained professionals with an appropriate level of public-company accounting knowledge, training and experience, our management concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were ineffective. Management developed and executed a plan to remedy these material weaknesses, which were fully remediated in 2020.  There can be no guarantee that potential material weaknesses will be alleviated in the time anticipated by management. Moreover, there can be no guarantee material weaknesses, so long as they prevail, do not lead to errors in our financial statements.

In addition, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The factThere can be no guarantee that, we areonce such requirement applies to us, the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement will not result in the identification of additional deficiencies or material weaknesses with respect to Ranpak’s internal control over financial reporting. Any such deficiencies or material weaknesses could lead to errors in our financial statements and will also require us to expend time and resources in executing a blank check company makes compliance withremediation.

Risk Related to Ownership of Our Securities

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the requirementsmarket in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of common stock in the public market could occur at any time, either pursuant to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on June 13, 2019, as amended, or otherwise. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. As of December 31, 2020, JS Capital holds approximately 39.7% of our total outstanding shares. Pursuant to the terms of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our initial business combinationforward purchase agreements entered into at the time of the IPO and the reallocation agreement, the founder shares may not be transferred until the earlier to occur of (i) one year after the closing or (ii) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in complianceall of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their common stock for cash, securities or other property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the last sale price of our common stock equals or exceeds $12.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and other similar transactions) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the closing, the common stock into which the founder shares convert will be released from these transfer restrictions. Additional sales of our common stock into the market may cause the market price of our common to


drop significantly.  In the first quarter of 2021, our stock exceeded $15.00 for the necessary 20-day trading period, removing all applicable restrictions on our common stock.

Certain of our stockholders, including JS Capital, own a significant portion of the outstanding voting stock of the Company.

As of December 31, 2020, JS Capital holds approximately 39.7% of our total outstanding shares. As long as JS Capital owns or controls a significant percentage of outstanding voting power, JS Capital will have the ability to strongly influence all corporate actions requiring shareholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and the size of our Board of Directors, any amendment of our organizational documents, or the approval of any merger or other significant corporate transaction, including a sale of substantially all of our assets. The interests of JS Capital may not align with the provisionsinterests of our other shareholders. JS Capital is in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacybusiness of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliancemaking investments in companies and may acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with the Sarbanes-Oxley Actus. JS Capital may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courtsalso pursue acquisition opportunities that may be limited.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Ascomplementary to our business, and, as a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companiesthose acquisition opportunities may not have standingbe available to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.


We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be (i) in respect of taxes, a fine or penalty, (ii) inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, (iii) impeachable on the grounds of fraud or (iv) obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.

us.

Provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of associationorganizational documents may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A ordinary sharescommon stock and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of associationorganizational documents contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include the ability of the boardBoard of directorsDirectors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preference shares, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities. In addition, public shareholders are restricted from redeeming their Class A ordinary shares

Our organizational documents designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between the Company and our stockholders, to the fullest extent permitted by law, which could limit the Company’s stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with the Company or our directors, officers, stockholders, employees or agents.

Our organizational documents provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, unless the Company consents to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for:

any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company;

any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to the Company or the Company’s stockholders by any of the Company’s directors, officers or other employees;

any action asserting a claim against the Company or any of the Company’s directors, officers or employees arising out of or relating to any provision of the DGCL or the proposed organizational documents; or

any action asserting a claim against the Company or any of the Company’s directors, officers, stockholders or employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.

This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with the Company or any of the Company’s directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to more than an aggregate of 20%such claims. However, stockholders will not be deemed to have waived the Company’s compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder and this provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act, which provides for the exclusive jurisdiction of the public shares. See “—federal courts with respect to all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Furthermore, this provision applies to Securities Act claims and Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provision with respect to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in the Company’s proposed organizational documents to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, the Company may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

The NYSE may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our, Class A common stock is listed on the NYSE. We cannot guarantee that our securities will remain listed on the NYSE. In order to continue listing our securities on the NYSE, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels. If the anchor investors purchase large amountsNYSE delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we


expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

reduced liquidity for our securities;

a determination that our Class A common stock are a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The price of publicour securities may be volatile.

The price of our securities can vary due to general market and economic conditions and forecasts, our general business condition and the release of our financial reports. During 2020, our Class A common shares traded between $5.94 and $13.44 per share. Fluctuations in the openprice of our securities could contribute to the loss of all or part of your investment. In an active market for our securities, the trading price of our securities following the business combination could be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. Any of the factors listed below could have a material adverse effect on your investment in our securities and our securities may trade at prices significantly below the price you paid for them. In such circumstances, the trading price of our securities may not recover and may experience a further decline.

Factors affecting the trading price of our securities following the business combination may include:

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our annual or quarterly financial results or the annual or quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;

changes in the market’s expectations about our operating results;

success of competitors;

our operating results failing to meet the expectation of securities analysts or investors in a particular period;

changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts concerning the Company or the market in general;

operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to the Company;

changes in laws and regulations affecting our business;

commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving the Company;

changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;

the volume of common stock available for public sale;

any major change in our Board of Directors or management;

sales of substantial amounts of common stock by our directors, executive officers or significant shareholders or the perception that such sales could occur; and

general economic and political conditions such as recessions, interest rates, fuel prices, international currency fluctuations and acts of war or terrorism.

Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our securities irrespective of our operating performance. The stock market in general and NYSE have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. The trading prices and valuations of these stocks, and of our securities, may not be predictable. A loss of investor confidence in the market for retail stocks or the stocks of other companies which investors perceive to be similar to the Company could depress our stock price regardless of our business, prospects, financial conditions or results of operations. A decline in the market price for our securities also could adversely affect our ability to issue additional securities and our ability to obtain additional financing in the future.


If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our common stock adversely, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may attemptpublish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our common stock would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease their coverage or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our debt financing may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.

We are a borrower under senior secured credit facilities provided by Goldman Sachs Merchant Banking Division consisting of a $270.9 million dollar-denominated first lien term facility, a €138.6 million euro-denominated first lien term facility and a $45.0 million revolving facility. Our senior secured credit facilities, impose, and future financing agreements are likely to impose, operating and financial restrictions on our activities which may adversely affect our ability to finance capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements or to engage in new business activities or otherwise adversely affect our ability to execute our business strategy compared to our competitors who have less debt. In some cases, these restrictions require us to comply with or maintain certain financial tests and ratios. Subject to certain exceptions, such agreements restrict our ability to, among other things:

incur additional indebtedness, issue disqualified stock and make guarantees;

incur liens on assets;

engage in mergers or consolidations or fundamental changes;

sell assets;

pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock;

make investments, loans and advances, including acquisitions;

amend organizational documents;

enter into certain agreements that would restrict the ability to incur liens on assets;

repay certain junior indebtedness;

enter into sale-leasebacks;

engage in transactions with affiliates; and

in the case of the direct parent holding company of the U.S. Borrower, engage in activities other than passively holding the equity interests in the U.S. Borrower.

Further, various risks, uncertainties and events beyond our control could affect our ability to comply with these covenants. Failure to comply with any of the covenants in our existing or future financing agreements, including with respect to the senior secured credit facilities, could result in a default under those agreements and under other agreements containing cross-default provisions. Such a default would permit lenders to accelerate the maturity of the debt under these agreements and to foreclose upon any collateral securing the debt. Under these circumstances, we might not have sufficient funds or other resources to satisfy all of our obligations. In addition, the limitations imposed by our existing and future financing agreements on our ability to incur additional debt and to take other actions might significantly impair our ability to obtain other financing. We cannot assure you that we will be granted waivers or amendments to these agreements if for any reason we are unable to comply with these agreements or that we will be able to refinance our debt on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

General Risk Factors

We experience competition in the markets for our products and services

We compete with a number of companies that produce and/or sell similar or competing packaging products from a variety of materials. We have several foreign and domestic competitors that are well established in the protective packaging market, including some with substantially greater financial, technical and other resources than we have or broader geographic reach. Many of our existing competitors also invest substantial resources in ongoing R&D, and we anticipate increased competition as consumer


preferences and other trends increase the appeal of our product areas. To the extent that our competitors introduce new products or technologies, such developments could render our products obsolete, less competitive or uneconomical.

We compete with these companies on, among other factors, the performance characteristics of our products, service, price, and the ability to develop new packaging products and solutions. Accordingly, we may not be able to maintain a competitive advantage over our competitors with respect to these or other factors, which may adversely affect our net revenue, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Unfavorable end-user responses to price increases could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

From time to time, and especially in periods of rising paper costs, we increase the prices of our products. Significant price increases, particularly if not taken by competitors in respect of similar products, could result in lower net revenue. For instance, interruptions in paper supply may lead us to increase the price of our paper consumables while plastic-based packaging competitors would not similarly increase the price of their redemption rightsproducts, which may result in a reduction in our market share and net revenue. Such loss of end-users or lower net revenue may materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our performance, competitive position and prospects for future growth could be negatively impacted if new products we develop do not meet sales or margin expectations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our performance is dependent in part on our continuing ability to develop products that appeal to end-users by providing new or enhanced value propositions and provide us with a favorable return on the products’ cost through sales of paper consumables. The development and introduction cycle of each of these new products can be lengthy and involve high levels of investment. New products may not meet sales or margin expectations due to many factors, including our inability to (i) accurately predict demand, end-user preferences and evolving industry standards; (ii) resolve technical and technological challenges in a timely and cost-effective manner; or (iii) achieve manufacturing efficiencies. To the extent any new products do not meet our sales or margin expectations, our competitive position and future growth prospects may be negatively impacted, which could have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our efforts to expand beyond our core product offerings and into adjacent markets may not succeed and could adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may seek to expand beyond our core fiber-based protective packaging systems and develop products or business strategies that have wider applications for manufacturers, end-users, or consumers. Expanding into new markets would require us to devote substantial additional resources to such expansion, and our ability to succeed in developing such products to address such markets is not certain. It is likely that we would need to take additional steps, such as hiring additional personnel, partnering with new third parties and incurring considerable R&D expenses, in order to pursue such an expansion successfully.

Any such expansion would be subject to additional uncertainties. For example, we could encounter difficulties in attracting new end-users due to lower levels of familiarity with our brand among potential distributor partners and end-users in markets we do not currently serve. As a result, we may not be successful in future efforts to expand into or achieve profitability from new markets, new business models or strategies or new product types, and our ability to generate net revenue from our current products and continue our existing business may be negatively affected. If any such expansion does not enhance our ability to maintain or grow net revenue or recover any associated development costs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

Uncertain global economic conditions have had and could continue to have an adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Uncertain global economic conditions have had and may continue to have an adverse impact on our business in the form of lower net revenue due to weakened demand, unfavorable changes in product price/mix, or lower profit margins. For example, global economic downturns have adversely impacted some of our end-users, such as automotive companies, distributors, electronic manufacturers, machinery manufacturers, home goods manufacturers and e-commerce and mail order fulfillment firms, and other end-users that are particularly sensitive to business and consumer spending.

During economic downturns or recessions, there can be heightened competition for net revenue and increased pressure to reduce selling prices as end-users may reduce their volume of purchases. Also, reduced availability of credit may adversely affect the outcomeability of some of our end-users and suppliers to obtain funds for operations and capital expenditures. This could negatively impact our ability to obtain necessary supplies as well as the sales of materials and equipment to affected end-users. This could also result in reduced or delayed collections of outstanding accounts receivable from distributors or end-users. If we lose significant sales volume,


are required to reduce our selling prices significantly or are unable to collect amounts due, there could be a potential initialnegative impact on our profitability and cash flows, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, combination.”

financial condition or results of operations.

Cyber incidentsrisk and the failure to maintain the integrity of our operational or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/security systems or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure, and cloud applications and services, includingor those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticateddo business, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are subject to an increasing number of information technology vulnerabilities, threats and deliberate attacks on,targeted computer crimes which pose a risk to the security of our systems and networks and the confidentiality, availability, and integrity of our data.

Disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our businesses and end-users, or cyber-attacks or security breaches of our networks or systems, could result in the loss of end-users and business opportunities, legal liability, regulatory fines, penalties or intervention, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensatory costs, and additional compliance costs, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. While we attempt to mitigate these risks, our systems, networks, products, solutions and services remain potentially vulnerable to advanced and persistent threats.

We also maintain and have access to sensitive, confidential or infrastructure,personal data or theinformation in certain of our businesses that are subject to privacy and security laws, regulations and end-user controls. Despite our efforts to protect such sensitive, confidential or personal data or information, our facilities and systems and those of our end- users and third-party service providers may be vulnerable to security breaches, theft, misplaced or infrastructure of third parties lost data, programming and/or the cloud,human errors that could lead to corruptionthe compromising of sensitive, confidential or misappropriationpersonal data or information, improper use of our assets, proprietarysystems, software solutions or networks, unauthorized access, use, disclosure, modification or destruction of information, defective products, production downtimes and sensitiveoperational disruptions, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition or confidential data. As an early stage company withoutresults of operations.

We are subject to anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws with respect to both our domestic and international operations, and non-compliance with such laws can subject us to criminal and civil liability and harm our business.

We are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, and possibly other anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit us from authorizing, offering, or directly or indirectly providing improper payments or benefits to recipients in the public or private sector. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third parties, our employees, representatives, contractors and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities. In addition, although we have implemented policies and procedures to ensure compliance with anticorruption and related laws, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, or agents will comply with these laws at all times. Noncompliance with these laws could subject us to whistleblower complaints, investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, other enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, significant investmentsfines, damages, other civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, suspension and debarment from contracting with certain governments or other persons, the loss of export privileges, reputational harm, adverse media coverage, and other collateral consequences. If any subpoenas or investigations are launched, or governmental or other sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in data security protection,any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially harmed. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a materially significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could further harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Product liability claims or regulatory actions could adversely affect our financial results or harm our reputation or the value of our brands.

Claims for losses or injuries purportedly caused by some of our products arise in the ordinary course of business. In addition to the risk of substantial monetary judgments, product liability claims or regulatory actions could result in negative publicity that could harm our reputation in the marketplace or adversely impact the value of our brands or ability to sell our products in certain jurisdictions. We could also be required to recall possibly defective products, or voluntarily do so, which could result in adverse publicity and significant expenses and reduced net revenue. Although we maintain product liability insurance coverage, potential product liabilities claims could be excluded or exceed coverage limits under the terms of our insurance policies or could result in increased costs for such coverage.

Political and economic instability and risk of government actions affecting our business and our end-users or suppliers may adversely impact our business, results of operations and cash flows.

We are exposed to risks inherent in doing business in each of the countries/regions or regions in which we or our end-users or suppliers operate including: civil unrest, acts of terrorism, sabotage, epidemics, force majeure, war or other armed conflict and related government actions, including sanctions/embargoes, the deprivation of contract rights, the inability to obtain or retain licenses required by us to operate our plants or import or export our goods or raw materials, the expropriation or nationalization of our assets,


and restrictions on travel, payments or the movement of funds. In particular, if additional restrictions on trade with Russia were adopted by the European Union or the United States, and were applicable to our products, we could lose revenue and experience lower growth rates in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We rely on third-party distributors to store, sell, market, service and distribute our products.

We rely on our network of third-party distributors to store, sell (in the case of paper consumables), market, service and distribute our protective packaging systems and paper consumables to a majority of our end-users. Because we rely on third-party distributors, we are subject to a number of risks, including:

the risk that distributors may terminate or decline to renew their contractual relationship with us;

the risk that we may not be able to renew our contracts with distributors on the same contractual terms;

the risk that distributors, or the services that they rely on, will fail, or will be unable to deliver our protective packaging systems and paper-based products in a timely manner;

the risk that distributors will be otherwise unable or unwilling to sell, market, service and distribute our products to end-users at the same rate they have historically, or at all; and

the risk that end-users will increasingly seek to purchase consumables directly from suppliers, which would require us to alter our business model in order to accommodate direct-to-consumer sales.

If we fail to maintain our relationships with our distributors, or if our distributors do not meet the sales, marketing and service expectations of our end-users, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be sufficiently protected againstmaterially adversely affected.

We depend on third parties for transportation services.

We rely primarily on third parties for delivery of our raw materials, as well as for transportation to certain select end-users to which we directly sell our products. In particular, a significant portion of the raw materials we use are transported by ship, railroad or trucks, which modes of transportation are highly regulated. If any of our third-party transportation providers were to fail to deliver raw materials to us in a timely manner, or fail to deliver our products to our direct end-users in a timely manner, we might be unable to manufacture our products in response to end-user demand. For example, at most of our facilities, quantities of raw paper stored on-site represent approximately five days of paper consumables production at such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resourcesfacilities due to adequately protect against, or to investigatecost savings and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible thatstorage limitations. In addition, if any of these occurrences,third parties were to cease operations or cease doing business with us, it might be unable to replace them at reasonable cost. Any failure of a third-party transportation provider to deliver raw materials or finished products in a timely manner could harm our reputation, negatively impact our end-user relationships and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a combinationfailure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of them,operations.

We are subject to laws, regulations and rules enacted by national, regional and local governments and the NYSE. In particular, we are required to comply with certain SEC, NYSE and other legal or regulatory requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws, regulations and rules may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws, regulations and rules and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse consequenceseffect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and rules, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business and lead to financial loss.results of operations.

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business in Foreign Countries

If we effect our initial business combination with a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would beWe are subject to litigation in the ordinary course of business, and uninsured judgments or a rise in insurance premiums may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to a variety of legal proceedings and legal compliance risks in our areas of operation around the world, including product liability claims, actions brought against us by our employees and other legal proceedings. Any such claims, regardless of merit, could be time-consuming and expensive to defend and could divert management’s attention and resources.

In accordance with customary practice, we maintain insurance against some, but not all, of these potential claims. We may elect not to obtain insurance if we believe that the cost of available insurance is excessive relative to the risks presented. The levels of insurance we maintain may not be adequate to fully cover any special considerationsand all losses or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations;

rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;

exchange listing and/or delisting requirements;

tariffs and trade barriers;

regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

local or regional economic policies and market conditions;

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

longer payment cycles;

tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

rates of inflation;

challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

cultural and language differences;

employment regulations;

underdeveloped or unpredictable legal or regulatory systems;

corruption;

protection of intellectual property;

social unrest, crime, strikes, riots and civil disturbances;

regime changes and political upheaval;

terrorist attacks and wars; and

deterioration of political relations with the United States.

Weliabilities. Further, we may not be able to adequately addressmaintain insurance at commercially acceptable premium levels or at all.


If any significant accident, judgment, claim (or a series of claims) or other event is not fully insured or indemnified against, the cost of such accident, judgment, claim(s) or other event could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. There can be no assurance as to the actual amount of these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, weliabilities or the timing thereof. We cannot be certain that the outcome of current or future litigation will not have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our insurance policies may be unable to complete such initial business combination, or, if we complete such combination,not cover all operating risks and a casualty loss beyond the limits of our operations might suffer, either of which maycoverage could adversely impact our business.

Our business is subject to operating hazards and risks relating to handling, storing, transporting and use of the products we sell. We maintain insurance policies in amounts and with coverage and deductibles that we believe are reasonable and prudent. Nevertheless, our insurance coverage may not be adequate to protect us from all liabilities and expenses that may arise from claims for personal injury or death or property damage arising in the ordinary course of business, and our current levels of insurance may not be maintained or available in the future at economical prices. If a significant liability claim is brought against us that is not adequately covered by insurance, we may have to pay the claim with our own funds, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our annual effective income tax rate can change materially as a result of changes in our mix of U.S. and foreign earnings and other factors, including changes in tax laws and changes made by regulatory authorities.

Our overall effective income tax rate is equal to our total tax expense as a percentage of total earnings before tax. However, income tax expense and benefits are not recognized on a global basis but rather on a jurisdictional or legal entity basis. Losses in one jurisdiction may not be used to offset profits in other jurisdictions and may cause an increase in our tax rate. Changes in the mix of earnings (or losses) between jurisdictions and assumptions used in the calculation of income taxes, among other factors, could have a significant effect on our overall effective income tax rate, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

The full realization of our deferred tax assets may be affected by a number of factors, including earnings in the United States.

We have deferred tax assets including state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards, accruals not yet deductible for tax purposes, employee benefit items, interest expense carryforwards, and other items. We have established valuation allowances to reduce the deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Our ability to utilize the deferred tax assets depends in part upon our ability to generate future taxable income, including the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities that have been generated as a result of the transaction, within each respective jurisdiction during the periods in which these temporary differences reverse or our ability to carryback any losses created by the deduction of these temporary differences. We expect to realize the assets over an extended period. If we are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income in the U.S. and/or certain foreign jurisdictions, or if there is a significant change in the time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, we could be required to increase our valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets. Our effective tax rate would increase if we were required to increase our valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets. In addition, changes in statutory tax rates or other legislation or regulation may change our deferred tax assets or liability balances, with either favorable or unfavorable impacts on our effective tax rate.

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

If our management following our initial business combination is unfamiliar withWe are subject to income and other taxes in the United States, securities laws, they may haveand our domestic tax liabilities are subject to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, whichthe allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following our initial business combination, our management may resign from their positions as officers or directors of the company and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination will remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue will be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.


The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. Economic growth could be uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturnvolatility or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial business combination and if we effect our initial business combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

Exchange rate fluctuations and currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

In the event we acquire a non-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, and the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the valuea number of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currencyfactors, including:

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;

tax effects of stock-based compensation;

costs related to intercompany restructurings;

changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or

lower than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory tax rates.

In addition, we may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following consummationbe subject to audits of our initial business combination,income, sales and other taxes by U.S. federal and state authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally,


We may record a significant amount of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets and we may never realize the full carrying value of the related assets.

We record a significant amount of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets, including end-user relationships, trademarks and developed technologies. We test goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives for possible impairment annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. Amortizable intangible assets are periodically reviewed for possible impairment whenever there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment may result from, among other things, (i) a currency appreciatesdecrease in our expected net earnings; (ii) adverse equity market conditions; (iii) a decline in current market multiples; (iv) a decline in our common stock price; (v) a significant adverse change in legal factors or business climates; (vi) heightened competition; (vii) strategic decisions made in response to economic or competitive conditions; or (viii) a more- likely-than-not expectation that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or disposed of. In the event that we determine that events or circumstances exist that indicate that the carrying value againstof goodwill or identifiable intangible assets may no longer be recoverable, we might have to recognize a non-cash impairment of goodwill or other identifiable intangible assets, which could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

We are dependent upon certain key personnel.

Our ability to successfully operate our business is dependent upon the dollar prior toefforts of certain key personnel, including our senior management. The unexpected loss of the consummationservices of one or more of our initial business combination,directors or executive officers and our inability to hire and retain replacements could have a detrimental effect on us and negatively impact our operations and profitability.

Disruption and volatility of the costfinancial and credit markets could affect our external liquidity sources.

Our principal sources of liquidity are accumulated cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, cash flow from operations and amounts available under our lines of credit, including secured credit facilities, term loans and a target business as measuredrevolving credit facility. We may be unable to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Additionally, conditions in dollars will increase,financial markets could affect financial institutions with which may make it less likely that we are ablehave relationships and could result in adverse effects on our ability to consummate such transaction.

utilize fully our committed borrowing facilities.

We may reincorporatebe unable to obtain additional financing to fund our operations or growth.

We may require additional financing to fund our operations or growth. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the Company.

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

Our global headquarters are in another jurisdictionConcord Township, Ohio. Our wholly owned subsidiary, Ranpak B.V., maintains our European headquarters in connection with our initial business combination, andHeerlen, The Netherlands.  

We have facilities for the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or allassembly of our future material agreementssystems in Concord Township, Ohio; Heerlen, The Netherlands; and Nyrany, Czech Republic. We convert our paper consumables in Concord Township, Ohio; Kansas City, Missouri; Raleigh, North Carolina; Reno, Nevada; Heerlen, The Netherlands; and Nyrany, Czech Republic. We have a dedicated Ranpak Automation facility in Kerkrade, the Netherlands.

We also maintain sales offices in Shanghai, China; Laoshan, China; Paris, France; Tokyo, Japan; and Singapore.

The geographic dispersion of our manufacturing facilities gives us the flexibility to make our products available to our distributors and direct end-use customers at a location that is closer to their own facilities.

From time to time, we may not be ableinvolved in various legal proceedings, lawsuits, and claims incidental to enforce our legal rights.

In connection with our initial business combination, we may relocate the home jurisdictionconduct of our business from the Cayman Islandsbusiness.  Our businesses are also subject to another jurisdiction. If we determine to do this, the laws of such jurisdictionextensive regulation, which may govern some or all of our future material agreements. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.

Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.Properties

We currently maintain our executive offices at 3 East 28th Street, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10016. The cost for our use of this space is included in the $10,000 per month fee we will pay to our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, administrative and support services. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Item 3.Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pendingregulatory proceedings against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such.

Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures

None.us.


ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.  

PART II

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrantsCommon Shares are listed on The New York Exchangethe NYSE under the symbols “OMAD.U”, “OMAD” and “OMAD WS”, respectively. The following table sets forth the rangesymbol, “PACK.”

Holders of high and low sales prices for the units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants for the periods indicated since the units commenced public trading on January 18, 2018, and since the Class A ordinary shares and warrants commenced public trading separately on February 21, 2018.

  Common shares(1)  Warrants(1)  Units 
  High  Low  High  Low  High  Low 
                         
Quarter ended March 31, 2018 (January 18, 2018 through March 28, 2018) $9.65  $9.55  $1.00  $0.70  $10.21  $9.90 

(1)       Beginning on February 21, 2018 with respect to the common shares and warrants.

Holders

Record

As of March 28, 2018,2, 2021, there was one holder of record of our units, one holderwere 23 holders of record of our Class A ordinary sharesCommon Shares and one holdertwo holders of our Class C Common Shares. The actual number of holders is greater than the number of record holders and includes holders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of our public warrants.

holders of record also does not include holders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinarycommon shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior toin the completion of our business combination.foreseeable future. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors.condition. In addition, our boardBoard of directorsDirectors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our business combination, ourOur ability to declare dividends may beis limited by restrictive covenants contained within our Facilities.  Refer to Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements for further information.

Performance Graph

The following stock price performance graph should not be deemed incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating by reference this Report into any filing under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, except to the extent that we may agree tospecifically incorporate this information by reference, and shall not otherwise be deemed filed under such acts.

The graph below compares the cumulative total return of our common stock from June 3, 2019 through December 31, 2020, with the comparable cumulative return of two indices, the Russell 2000 Index (“RTY”) and the Dow Jones U.S. Containers and Packaging Index (“DJUSCP”).

The graph plots the growth in connection therewith.value of a $100.00 initial investment in our common and in each of the indexes over the indicated time periods, and assumes reinvestment of all dividends, if any, paid on the securities. We have not paid any cash dividends and, therefore, the cumulative total return calculation for us is based solely upon share price appreciation and not upon reinvestment of cash dividends. The share price performance shown on the graph is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.


 

Recent SalesITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

On June 3, 2019, we consummated the acquisition of Unregistered Securities; Useall outstanding and issued equity interests of Proceeds from Registered Offerings

PriorRack Holdings, Inc. (“Rack Holdings”) pursuant to our initial public offering, we issued 8,625,000 founder sharesa stock purchase agreement (the “Ranpak Business Combination”). The Company (then One Madison Corporation) was deemed to our sponsorbe the accounting acquirer in exchange forthe Ranpak Business Combination, as a capital contributionresult of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share. Subsequently, our sponsor transferred 525,000 founder shareswhich the Company allocated its purchase price to the BSOF Entities. In addition, in connection with the forward purchase agreements, we issued to the anchor investors an aggregateRack Holdings’ assets and liabilities at fair value, which created a new basis of 3,750,000 founder shares for $0.01 per share prior to our initial public offering. Our sponsor, the BSOF Entities and the anchor investors currently own 6,735,000, 525,000 and 3,750,000 founder shares, respectively. Substantially concurrently withaccounting. Until the consummation of the initial public offering,Ranpak Business Combination, Rack Holdings operated as a separate business holding all of the Company completedhistorical assets and liabilities related to our business. Except as otherwise provided herein, our financial statement presentation includes (i) the private sale (the “Private Placement”)results of 8,000,000 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) to certain investors at a purchase priceRack Holdings and its subsidiaries in Predecessor periods, and (ii) the consolidated results of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, generating gross proceedsRack Holdings and its subsidiaries and One Madison Corporation for Successor periods.

Pursuant to the Company of $8,000,000.

On January 22, 2018,November 2020 Amendments, we elect to provide disclosure consistent with the Company consummatedrecent amendments to Regulation S-K, Item 301, which eliminate the initial public offering of 30,000,000 units. Each unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-half of one warrant. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated acted as joint book-running managers for the offering and I-Bankers Securities, Inc. acted as the co-manager for the offering. The units were sold at a price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceedsrequirement to the Company of $300,000,000, which has been deposited into a Trust Account with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee.


Item 6.Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth selected historical financial information derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this report for the period from July 13, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017. You should read the followingprovide selected financial data in conjunction with “Itemcomparative tabular form for each of our last five fiscal years.

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The information in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and theOperations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhereset forth in this report.

December 31, 2017
(US$)
Statement of Operations Data:
Formation and operating costs8,515
Net loss(8,515)
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (1)7,157,895
Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share(0.00)
Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
Total assets870,815
Total liabilities816,830
Shareholders’ equity53,985
Other Financial Data:
Net cash used in operating activities(19,401)
Net cash provided by financing activities21,297

(1)This number excludes an aggregate of up to 2,250,000 ordinary shares (of which 157,500 are initially held by an affiliated investor and 2,092,500 are initially held by the sponsor) subject to forfeiture upon failure to satisfy certain earnout conditions.

Item 7A.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

References to the “Company,” “our,” “us” or “we” refer to One Madison Corporation. The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this report. Certain information contained inPart II, Item 8, as well as the discussion included in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” of this Report. All amounts and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.

percentages are approximate due to rounding.

Cautionary NoteNotice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this Annual Report, on Form 10-K including, without limitation, statements under “Management’sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”Operations regarding our financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward lookingforward-looking statements. When used in this Form 10-K,Report, words such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “continue,” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions, as they relate to us or our management, identify forward lookingforward-looking statements.  Factors that might cause or contribute to such a discrepancy include, but are not limited to, those described in our other Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”)SEC filings. Such forward lookingforward-looking statements are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. No assurance can be given that results in any forward-looking statement will be achieved and actual results could be affected by one or more factors, which could cause them to differ materially. The cautionary statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read as being applicable to all forward-looking statements whenever they appear in this Annual Report.  For these statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act.  Actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by the forward lookingforward-looking statements as a result of certain factors detailed in our filings with the SEC. All subsequent written or oral forward lookingforward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are qualified in their entirety by this paragraph.


Overview

WeThe forward-looking statements contained in this Report and the Exhibits attached hereto are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us taking into account information currently available to us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a blank check company incorporated on July 13, 2017 as a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated for the purposenumber of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganizationrisks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or similar business combination withother assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Should one or more businesses. We intendof these risks or uncertainties materialize, they could cause our actual results to effectuate our initial Business Combination using cashdiffer materially from the proceeds of the initial public offering and the Private Placement of the private placement warrants, our shares, debtforward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or a combination of cash, equity and debt.

On January 22, 2018, we consummated our initial public offering (the “initial public offering”) of 30,000,000 units (the “units”). Each unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-half of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder thereofcontribute to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. The units were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds, before expenses, of $300 million. Prior to the consummation of the initial public offering, the Sponsor purchased 8,625,000 Class B ordinary shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share, and certain other investors (the “anchor investors”) purchased 3,750,000 Class B ordinary shares for an aggregate purchase price of $37,500, or approximately $0.01 per share (together, the “founder shares”). The founder shares were issued to the anchor investors in connection with their agreement to purchase an aggregate of 15,000,000 ordinary shares (13,025,000 Class A ordinary shares and 1,975,000 Class C ordinary shares) (“forward purchase shares”), plus an aggregate of 5,000,000 redeemable warrants (“forward purchase warrants”) for $10.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $150 million, in a private placement to occur concurrently with the closing of the initial business combination (the “forward purchase agreements”). We also entered into the strategic partnership agreement (the “Strategic Partnership Agreement), pursuant to which the sponsor transferred 525,000 founder shares to BSOF Master Fund L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, and BSOF Master Fund II L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, both affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. (together, the “BSOF Entities”). On March 8, 2018, the Sponsor surrendered 1,125,000 Class B ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration, which the Company cancelled, following the expiration of the underwriters’ over-allotment option granted in the initial public offering.

Upon execution of the forward purchase agreements, each anchor investor elected to receive a fixed number of Class A ordinary shares or Class C ordinary shares. The Class C ordinary shares have identical terms as the Class A ordinary shares, except the Class C ordinary shares do not grant their holders any voting rights. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, following the consummation of our initial business combination, the Class C ordinary shares may be converted into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis (i) at the election of the holder with 65 days’ written notice or (ii) upon the transfer of such Class C ordinary share to an unaffiliated third party.

Pursuant to the Strategic Partnership Agreement, the BSOF Entities have agreed to act as our strategic partner and may provide debt or equity financing in connection with our initial business combination,differences include, but are not required to do so. The founder shares held by the BSOF Entities are subject to certain transfer restrictions, forfeiture and earnout provisions similarlimited to, those imposed upon our sponsor and the anchor investors. If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, the BSOF Entities have agreed to vote any founder shares they may own in favor of such initial business combination. The BSOF Entities may designate one observer to our board of directors until the consummation of our initial business combination. The BSOF Entities have also separately purchased an aggregate of 560,000 Private Placement Warrants, at a price of  $1.00 per warrant,identified in the Initial Private Placement. Such Private Placement Warrants have the same terms and conditionssection titled, “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this Report. Except as those purchasedrequired by our anchor investors. The BSOF Entities will be entitledlaw, we are not undertaking any obligation to registration rights with respectupdate or revise any ordinary shares and warrants held by them. We believeforward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You should not take any statement regarding past trends or activities as a representation that the combination of capital provided by our anchor investors and a strategic partnership with the BSOF Entitiestrends or activities will provide us with a material advantage in effecting an initial business combination.

Simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, the Company consummated the Initial Private Placement of 8,000,000 Private Placement Warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share or Class C ordinary share, as applicable, at $11.50 per share, at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, generating gross proceeds of $8 million.

Upon the closing of the initial public offering and the Initial Private Placement, $300 million ($10.00 per unit) from the net proceeds thereof was placed in a U.S.-based Trust Account at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee (“Trust Account”), and is invested in a money market fund selected by the Company until the earlier of: (i) the completion of the initial business combination or (ii) the redemption of the Company’s public shares if the Company is unable to complete a business combination by January 22, 2020, subject to applicable law.


After the payment of underwriting discounts and commissions (excluding the deferred portion of $10,500,000 in underwriting discounts and commissions, which amount will be payable upon consummation of our initial business combination if consummated) and approximately $1,000,000 in expenses relating to the initial public offering, approximately $1,000,000 of the net proceeds of the initial public offering and Initial Private Placement was not deposited into the Trust Account and was retained by us for working capital purposes. The net proceeds deposited into the Trust Account remain on depositcontinue in the Trust Account earning interest.future. Accordingly, you should not put undue reliance on these statements.  

Overview

Our management has broad discretionRanpak is a leading provider of environmentally sustainable, systems-based, product protection solutions and end-of-line automation solutions for e-commerce and industrial supply chains.  Since our inception in 1972, we have delivered high quality protective packaging solutions, while maintaining our commitment to environmental sustainability.  We assemble our protective packaging systems and provide the systems and paper consumables to customers, which include direct end-users and our network of exclusive paper packaging solution distributors, who in turn place the systems with respectand sell paper to commercial and industrial users for the specific applicationconversion of the net proceeds of the initial public offering, the Over-allotment,paper into packaging materials.  We operate manufacturing facilities in Concord Township, Ohio; Kansas City, Missouri; Raleigh, North Carolina; and the Private Placement, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied toward consummating a Business Combination.

Critical Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements of the Company are presented in U.S. dollars in conformity with accounting principles generally acceptedReno, Nevada in the United States, in Heerlen and Kerkrade, the Netherlands as well as


Nyrany, Czech Republic.  In the second quarter of America (“GAAP”). In connection with2020, we opened a new production facility for our automation business in Kerkrade, the Company’s assessmentNetherlands, located approximately three miles from our Heerlen location, to enhance our production capacity in our automation business.  We also maintain sales and administrative offices in Paris, France; Laoshan, China; Shanghai, China; Tokyo, Japan; and Singapore.  We are a global business that generated approximately 61.0% of going concern considerations in accordance with ASU 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern”, as of December 31, 2017, the Company does not have sufficient liquidity to meet its current obligations. However, on January 22, 2018, the Company consummated its initial public offering of 30,000,000 units generating gross proceeds of $300,000,000 which alleviated any liquidity concerns.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dateour 2020 net revenue outside of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near-term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution which, at times may exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage of $250,000. At December 31, 2017, the Company had not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Deferred Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirements of FASB ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 5A--“Expenses of Offering.” Deferred offering costs of $868,919, consist of costs incurred in connection with preparation for the Proposed Offering. These costs, together with the underwriter discount, will be charged to capital upon completion of the Proposed Offering or charged to operations if the Proposed Offering is not completed.


Results of Operations and Known Trends or Future Events

We have not generated any revenues to date, and we will not be generating any operating revenues until the closing and completion of our initial Business Combination. Our entire activity from inception to December 31, 2017 relates to our formation, consummation of the initial public offering, the Strategic Partnership Agreement, the forward purchase agreements, and, since the closing of the initial public offering, the search for a Business Combination candidate. Going forward, we expect to incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses. We expect our expenses to increase substantially after this period.

For the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017, we had net losses of $8,515, which consisted solely of operating expenses.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, at December 31, 2017, we had approximately $1,900 in our operating bank account. As noted above, in connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with ASU 2014-15, as of December 31, 2017, the Company does not have sufficient liquidity to meet its current obligations. However, on January 22, 2018, the Company consummated its initial public offering of 30,000,000 units generating gross proceeds of $300,000,000 which alleviated any liquidity concerns.

Through December 31, 2017, our liquidity needs also have been satisfied through receipt of a $25,000 capital contribution from our Sponsor in exchange for the issuance of the founder shares to our Sponsor, a $37,500 capital contribution from the anchor investors in exchange for the issuance of founder shares to such investors, $92,844 in loans from our Sponsor, and the proceeds not held in the Trust Account resulting from the consummation of the Private Placement.

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, our Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us the funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If we complete a Business Combination, we would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to us. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans, other than the interest on such proceeds that may be released to pay our tax obligations. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant. Such warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants.

Based on the foregoing, we believe that we will have sufficient working capital and borrowing capacity to meet our needs through the earlier of consummation of a Business Combination or January 22, 2020. Over this time period, we will be using these funds for paying existing accounts payable, identifying and evaluating prospective Business Combination candidates, performing due diligence on prospective target businesses, paying for travel expenditures, selecting the target business, and structuring, negotiating and consummating the Business Combination.

Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

Our sponsor currently holds an aggregate of 6,735,000 founder shares, the BSOF Entities hold an aggregate of 525,000 founder shares and the anchor investors hold an aggregate of 3,750,000 founder shares. The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares (or Class C ordinary shares, at the election of the holder) on the first business day following the consummation of our initial business combination at a ratio such that the total number of Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of  (i) the total number of public shares, plus (ii) the sum of  (a) the total number of Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by us in connection with or in relation to the consummation of our initial business combination (including the forward purchase shares, but not the forward purchase warrants), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any warrants issued in a private placement to our founder or an affiliate of our founder upon conversion of working capital loans, minus (b) the number of public shares redeemed by public shareholders in connection with our initial business combination. 


Our initial shareholders (other than our sponsor, its controlled affiliates and any sponsor-affiliate) have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares and any Class A ordinary shares or Class C shares issued upon conversion thereof until the earlier to occur of: (i) one year after the closing of our initial business combination or (ii) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction after our initial business combination that results in all of our ordinary shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property; and our sponsor, its controlled affiliates and any sponsor-affiliate have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares and any Class A ordinary shares or Class C shares issued upon conversion thereof until the earlier of  (i) the third anniversary of the consummation of our initial business combination or (ii) the waiver of the foregoing restriction by anchor investors representing over 50% of the forward purchase shares (in either case, except pursuant to limited exceptions).

In addition, 30% of the number of founder shares held by our sponsor, the BSOF Entities and their permitted transferees immediately following the consummation of our initial public offering, which we refer to as the “earnout shares,” are subject to forfeiture on a pro rata basis by our sponsor and the BSOF Entities on the fifth anniversary of our initial business combination unless following our initial business combination, either (A) the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares (or any successor class of ordinary shares or common shares) equals or exceeds, in the case of our sponsor, $12.50 per share, and in the case of the BSOF Entities, $12.25 per share (in each case as adjusted for share splits, dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30 consecutive trading day period or (B) we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our ordinary shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for consideration in cash, securities or other property which equals or exceeds, in the case of our sponsor, $12.50 per share, and in the case of the BSOF Entities, $12.25 per share (in each case as adjusted for share splits, dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) (each, an “earnout condition”). The number of earnout shares subject to forfeiture will initially be 2,250,000 (of which 157,500 are initially held by the BSOF Entities and 2,092,500 are initially held by our sponsor). In connection with the foregoing, our sponsor and the BSOF Entities have also agreed to not transfer, assign or sell any of its earnout shares until the earlier of (i) the date on which one or more of the earnout conditions has been satisfied and (ii) the date on which our sponsor and the BSOF Entities forfeit the earnout shares.

Private Placement Warrants

Our anchor investors and the BSOF Entities have purchased, pursuant to separate written agreements, an aggregate of 8,000,000 Private Placement Warrants, of which our founder purchased 2,006,041. If we do not complete our initial business combination by January 22, 2020, the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants will be nonredeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the anchor investors, the BSOF Entities or their respective permitted transferees (except under limited circumstances). If the private placement warrants are held by holders other than the initial anchor investors and the BSOF Entities or their permitted transferees, the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the warrants included in the units sold in our initial public offering.

Forward Purchase Agreements; Strategic Partnership Agreement

In connection with our initial public offering, we entered into forward purchase agreements pursuant to which the anchor investors agreed to subscribe for an aggregate of 15,000,000 ordinary shares (13,025,000 Class A ordinary shares and 1,975,000 Class C ordinary shares) plus 5,000,000 redeemable warrants (of which 4,341,667 will be exercisable for Class A ordinary shares and 658,333 will be exercisable for Class C ordinary shares) for a purchase price of  $10.00 multiplied by the number of Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares purchased, or $150,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination. In connection with these agreements, we also issued to the anchor investors an aggregate of 3,750,000 founder shares for $0.01 per share prior to the consummation of our initial public offering. In connection with the strategic partnership agreement, our sponsor transferred 525,000 founder shares to the BSOF Entities. Subject to certain exceptions to forfeiture, transfer and earnout provisions, the founder shares issued to the anchor investors and held by the BSOF Entities are subject to similar contractual conditions and restrictions as the founder shares issued to our sponsor. The forward purchase warrants will have the same terms as our public warrants except that one of the anchor investors will receive forward purchase warrants exercisable only for Class C ordinary shares, as described above.


Upon execution of the forward purchase agreements, each anchor investor elected to receive a fixed number of Class A ordinary shares or Class C ordinary shares. The Class C ordinary shares have identical terms as the Class A ordinary shares, except the Class C ordinary shares do not grant their holders any voting rights. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, following the consummation of our initial business combination, the Class C ordinary shares may be converted into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis (i) at the election of the holder with 65 days’ written notice or (ii) upon the transfer of such Class C ordinary share to an unaffiliated third party.

The forward purchase agreements and the strategic partnership agreement also provide that the anchor investors and the BSOF Entities are entitled to (i) a right of first refusal with respect to any proposed issuance of additional equity or equity-linked securities (including working capital loans from our founder that are convertible into private placement warrants) by us, including for capital raising purposes, or if we offer or seek commitments for any equity or equity-linked securities to backstop any such capital raise, in connection with the closing of our initial business combination (other than the units we are offering by this prospectus and their component public shares and warrants, the founder shares (and Class A ordinary shares and/or Class C ordinary shares for which such founder shares are convertible), the forward purchase shares, forward purchase warrants and the private placement warrants, and any securities issued by us as consideration to any seller in our initial business combination and warrants issued upon the conversion of working capital loans to us made by our founder that are convertible into private placement warrants) and (ii) registration rights with respect to (A) the forward purchase securities and Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares underlying the anchor investors’ forward purchase warrants and the anchor investors’ and the BSOF Entities’ founder shares, and (B) any other Class A ordinary shares or warrants acquired by the anchor investors and the BSOF Entities, including any time after we complete our initial business combination.

The forward purchase agreements provide that prior to signing a definitive agreement with respect to a potential initial business combination, and prior to making any material amendment to such definitive agreement following signing, anchor investors representing over 50% of the forward purchase shares must approve such potential initial business combination or amendment, as applicable.

In addition, the forward purchase agreements for two of our anchor investors provide each such anchor investor with (i) the right to designate (prior to the consummation of a business combination) and the right to request the designation of (following the consummation of a business combination) one observer to our board of directors and (ii) the right to acquire, at the same price paid by, directly or indirectly, and on the same terms and conditions as, our founder, a number of founder shares equal to its pro rata share, based on its allocation of forward purchase shares, of five percent of the founder shares of any special purpose acquisition company sponsored by our founder for 10 years following the closing of our initial business combination, which we refer to as the new acquisition company. Further, such forward purchase agreements for the same two anchor investors provide such investors with the right to purchase up to an aggregate of  $63,000,000 in equity securities of the new acquisition company substantially similar to the forward purchase securities on the same or more favorable terms as new investors in such equity securities.

The strategic partnership agreement provides that, so long as the Company remains a “blank check company” as such term is defined in Rule 419 under the Securities Act and prior to our initial business combination, the BSOF Entities have the right to designate one observer to our board of directors. In addition, on the date set for the shareholder vote to approve the initial business combination or on the business day immediately prior to the scheduled closing date of the initial business combination, if the BSOF Entities do not hold at least 4,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, the BSOF Entities will forfeit a pro rata number of their founder shares to our sponsor.


Due to Related Parties

Our sponsor and other related parties have loaned us an aggregate amount of $92,844 to be used for the payment of costs related to the initial public offering. These borrowings are non-interest bearing, unsecured and due upon the closing of the initial public offering. We had not yet repaid this amount as of December 31, 2017. All borrowings under the promissory note were repaid on February 7, 2018.

Administrative Service Fee

We have agreed, commencing on January 17, 2018 through the earlier of our consummation of a Business Combination and liquidation, to pay an affiliate of our Sponsor a monthly fee of $10,000 for office space, and secretarial and administrative services.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

United States.

As of December 31, 2017,2020, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangementshad an installed base of approximately 117.4 thousand protective packaging systems serving a diverse set of distributors and end-users.  We generated net revenue of $298.2 million in 2020.  Additionally, we generated net revenue of $163.1 million in the Successor Period and $106.4 million in the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period.

The Ranpak Business Combination

On June 3, 2019, we consummated the acquisition of all outstanding and issued equity interests of Rack Holdings, Inc. (“Rack Holdings”) pursuant to a stock purchase agreement for consideration of $794.9 million, which reflects a post-closing adjustment of $0.7 million for net working capital and additional consideration, and €140.0 million ($160.8 million) in cash, (i) $341.5 million and €140.0 million of which, respectively, was used by the Seller to repay outstanding indebtedness and unpaid transaction expenses as definedcontemplated by the stock purchase agreement and (ii) the remainder of which was paid to Rack Holdings L.P. (“Seller”).

The Company (then One Madison Corporation) was deemed to be the accounting acquirer in Item 303(a)(4)(ii)the Ranpak Business Combination, as a result of Regulation S-K.

Contractual Obligations

We do not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities other than an administrative agreement to reimburse the Sponsor for office space, secretarial and administrative services provided towhich the Company in an amount notallocated its purchase price to exceed $10,000 per month. Upon completionRack Holdings’ assets and liabilities at fair value, which created a new basis of aaccounting.  Until the consummation of the Ranpak Business Combination, orRack Holdings operated as a separate business holding all of the Company’s liquidation,historical assets and liabilities related to our business.

The Ranpak Business Combination was financed, in part, with debt of approximately $534.6 million, which became Ranpak’s direct obligation upon the consummation of the Ranpak Business Combination.  Upon the consummation of the Ranpak Business Combination on June 3, 2019, Rack Holdings’ then-existing debt, which amounted to approximately $487.6 million as of such date, was repaid in full.  In December 2019, the Company will cease paying these monthly fees.closed a public offering of its Class A common stock generating net proceeds of approximately $107.7 million that was used to pay down the First Lien Dollar Term Facility.

The underwriters are entitled to underwriting discounts and commissions of 5.5%, of which 2.0% ($6,000,000) was deferred. The deferred underwriting discount will become payable toFollowing the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes an initialRanpak Business Combination, subjectwe have hired, and expect to the terms of the underwriting agreement. The underwriters are not entitledhire additional staff and implement procedures and processes to any interest accrued on the deferred underwriting discount.

JOBS Act

The JOBS Act contains provisions that,address regulatory and other customary requirements applicable to operating public companies. We have incurred additional annual expenses for, among other things, relaxdirectors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, and additional internal and external accounting, legal and administrative resources, including increased audit and legal fees.  We estimated that these incremental costs on an annual basis would amount to approximately $2.0 million or more per year, resulting in higher operating expenses in future periods.  The closing of the Ranpak Business Combination also resulted in the elimination of certain reporting requirementsnon-recurring expenses incurred prior to the Ranpak Business Combination, which amounted to $35.4 million for qualifying public companies.the year ended December 31, 2019.

Factors Affecting the Comparability of Our Results of Operations

The following factors may have affected the comparability of Ranpak’s results of operations between the periods presented in this Report and may affect the comparability of its results of operations in future periods.

Effect of Currency Fluctuations.  As a result of the geographic diversity of Ranpak’s operations, it is exposed to the effects of currency translation. Currency transaction exposure results when Ranpak generates net revenue in one currency at one time and incurs expenses in another currency at another time, or when it realizes gain or loss on intercompany transfers. While Ranpak seeks to limit its currency transaction exposure by matching the currencies in which it incurs sales and expenses, it may not always be able to do so.

In addition, Ranpak is subject to currency translation exposure because the operations of its subsidiaries are measured in their functional currency which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the subsidiary operates. Any currency balances that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the subsidiary are re-measured into the functional currency, with the resulting gain or loss recorded in the foreign currency (gains) losses line-item in Ranpak’s income statement.  In turn, subsidiary income statement balances that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars, Ranpak’s functional currency, in consolidation using the average exchange rate in effect during each fiscal month during the period, with any related gain or loss recorded as foreign currency translation adjustments in other comprehensive income (loss). The assets and liabilities of subsidiaries that use functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars in consolidation using period end exchange rates, with the effects of foreign currency translation adjustments included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).


Ranpak does not currently hedge its foreign currency transaction or translation exposure. As a result, significant currency fluctuations could impact the comparability of its results between periods, while such fluctuations coupled with material mismatches in net revenue and expenses could also adversely impact its cash flows. See “Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Acquisitions.  On February 28, 2017, Ranpak acquired e3neo for total consideration of $3.3 million, including contingent consideration of $1.1 million which was paid in full in 2018, plus an earn-out opportunity, which was not earned and, in April 2020, we entered into a settlement arrangement with the former majority owner of e3neo to provide, among other things, for a payment to the earn-out counterparties in the amount of approximately$1.6 million.  All amounts were paid by the end of October 2020.  See Note 10, “Acquisition” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.  

In October 2020, we acquired certain amortizable intangible assets, including patents and other intellectual property, from a European manufacturer in a €1.1 million (or $1.3 million) asset acquisition transaction.  Please refer to Note 9, “Goodwill, Long-Lived, and Intangible Assets, net” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for further detail.  

While recent acquisitions have been relatively small, any significant future business acquisitions may impact the comparability of Ranpak’s results in future periods with those for prior periods.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic.  The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in rapid changes in market and economic conditions around the world as COVID-19 continues to spread.  We qualify as an “emerging growth company”derive a significant portion of our revenue from sales of Void-Fill, Cushioning and underWrapping solutions to e-commerce end-users and demand from these end-users has been strong, offsetting reductions in demand for these products from customers in other industries.  However, social distancing and similar measures adopted in many jurisdictions around the JOBS Act are allowedworld have impacted our ability to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards,demonstrate and install our protective packaging systems and Automation products and, as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As such, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

To date, our effortsdemonstrations and installations have been delayed.  If social distancing measures continue for an extended period of time, growth in our protective packaging system base, acquisition of new customers and sales of Automation products may be adversely affected.  We believe that these impacts are not unique to us and that our industry competitors have been impacted in a similar fashion.  We are deemed an essential business under the Memorandum on Identification of Essential Critical Infrastructure Workers During COVID-19 Response issued by the United States Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency and pursuant to state decisions in states where our domestic production and distribution facilities are located.  We continue to operate our production and distribution facilities, both domestically and internationally, albeit subject to social distancing and other measures to promote a safe operating environment.  While we have experienced limited delays in receiving certain supplies we use to organizational activitiesassemble our packaging systems, to date, these measures have not materially impacted the cost of producing and activities relatingdistributing our products, the cost and availability of raw materials and components, and we have encountered minimal disruption in our ability to the initial public offeringfulfill customer orders.  We continue to monitor our liquidity position closely and the identification and evaluationhave extended payment terms to certain of prospective acquisition targets for a business combination. We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues. At December 31, 2017, the net proceedsour customers when necessary, while correspondingly seeking extended terms from our initial public offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account were comprised entirely of cash. We invested the funds held in the Trust Account in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act, which invest solely in United States Treasuries. Due to the short-term nature of the money market fund’s investments,key suppliers.  While we do not believe that there will be an associatedcurrently expect COVID-19 to have a material exposure to interest rate risk.

At December 31, 2017, $300,000,000 was held inimpact on our business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity, at the Trust Account fortime of this filing, we cannot predict the purposes of consummating a business combination. If we complete a business combination within 24 months after the closing of our initial public offering, funds in the Trust Account will be used to pay for the business combination, redemptions of Class A ordinary shares, if any, deferred underwriting compensation of $6,000,000 and accrued expenses related to the business combination. Any funds remaining will be made available to us to provide working capital to finance our operations.

We have not engaged in any hedging activities since our inception. We do not expect to engage in any hedging activities with respect to the market riskextent to which we are exposed.


Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

will ultimately be impacted due to the evolving and highly uncertain nature and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic.  See “Risk Factors” located previously in this Report.  We will continue to evaluate the nature and extent of the impact to our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

ONE MADISON CORPORATIONKey Performance Indicators and Other Factors Affecting Performance

Ranpak uses the following key performance indicators and monitors the following other factors to analyze its business performance, determine financial forecasts, and help develop long-term strategic plans:

Index to Financial Statements

Page
Audited Financial Statements of One Madison Corporation:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmF-2
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2017F-3
Statement of Operations for the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017F-4
Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017F-5
Statement of Cash Flows for the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017F-6
Notes to Financial StatementsF-7


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

ToProtective Packaging Systems Base — Ranpak closely tracks the Boardnumber of Directorsprotective packaging systems installed with end-users as it is a leading indicator of underlying business trends and Shareholdernear-term and ongoing net revenue expectations. Ranpak’s installed base of

One Madison Corporation

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet protective packaging systems also drives its capital expenditure budgets.  The following table presents Ranpak’s installed base of One Madison Corporation (the “Company”)protective packaging systems by product line as of December 31, 2017,2020 and the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows, for the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.2019:

 

Basis for Opinion

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

Change

 

 

% Change

 

Protective Packaging Systems

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Cushioning machines

 

 

33.6

 

 

 

32.3

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

4.0

 

Void-fill machines

 

 

68.0

 

 

 

60.6

 

 

 

7.4

 

 

 

12.2

 

Wrapping machines

 

 

15.8

 

 

 

11.7

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

35.0

 

Total

 

 

117.4

 

 

 

104.6

 

 

 

12.8

 

 

 

12.2

 

 

These financial statements are the responsibilityPaper Costs.  Paper is a key component of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)Ranpak’s cost of sales and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities lawspaper costs can fluctuate significantly between periods. Ranpak purchases both 100% virgin and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit are accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management,100% recycled paper, as well as evaluatingblends, from various suppliers for conversion into the overall presentationpaper consumables it sells. The cost of paper supplies is Ranpak’s largest input cost, and it negotiates supply and pricing arrangements with


most of its paper suppliers annually, with a view towards mitigating fluctuations in paper cost. Nevertheless, as paper is a commodity, its price on the open market, and in turn the prices Ranpak negotiates with suppliers at a given point in time, can fluctuate significantly, and is affected by several factors outside of Ranpak’s control, including supply and demand and the cost of other commodities that are used in the manufacture of paper, including wood, energy and chemicals. The market for Ranpak’s solutions is competitive and it may be difficult for Ranpak to pass on increases in paper prices to its customers immediately, or at all, which has in the past and could in the future adversely affect its operating results.

Basis of Presentation

Net Revenue.  Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized using a five-step model consisting of the financial statements. We believe that our audit providefollowing: (1) identify the contract with a reasonable basiscustomer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation. Performance obligations are satisfied when we transfer control of a good or service to a customer, which can occur over time or at a point in time. The amount of revenue recognized is based on the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for our opinion.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

those goods or services, including the expected value of variable consideration. The customer’s ability and intent to pay the transaction price is assessed in determining whether a contract exists with the customer. If collectability of substantially all of the consideration in a contract is not probable, consideration received is not recognized as revenue unless the consideration is nonrefundable and we no longer have an obligation to transfer additional goods or services to the customer or collectability becomes probable.

We have servedsell our paper products to end-users primarily through an established distributor network and direct sales to select end-users. Our protective packaging solutions fall into four broad categories: Void-Fill, Cushioning, Wrapping, and End-of-Line Automation. The Void-Fill protective systems convert paper to fill empty spaces in secondary packages and protect objects. The Cushioning protective systems convert paper into cushioning pads. The Wrapping protective systems create pads or paper mesh to securely wrap and protect fragile items as well as to line boxes and provide separation when shipping multiple objects. The end-of-line Automation solutions include capital equipment which can size, pad, fill, flap, lid, tape and/or label the Company’s auditor since 2017.product in an integrated fashion with the speed and flow of the customer’s packaging line.

Charges for rebates and other allowances are recognized as a deduction from revenue on an accrual basis in the period in which the associated revenue is recorded. When we estimate our rebate accruals, we consider customer-specific contractual commitments including stated rebate rates and history of actual rebates paid.

New York, New YorkWe also charge many customers a quarterly/annual fee for the use of our protective packaging systems on a per-unit basis, which is generally billed in advance, recorded as deferred revenue upon billing and subsequently recorded as net revenue on a straight-line basis when earned over the period. Net revenue also includes sales of Ranpak Automation’s highly automated box sizing system to certain higher volume customers. See Note 8, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.

Cost of Goods Sold.  Cost of goods sold consists primarily of raw materials, mainly paper, depreciation of protective packaging systems and salaries, wages, benefits and bonuses for employees and contractors engaged in the conversion and production of paper. For Ranpak Automation cost of sales consists of equipment components and related labor to assemble the end-of-line solutions. Costs related to systems maintenance billed to customers are recorded as cost of goods sold as incurred.

March 29, 2018Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses consist primarily of salaries, benefits, and bonuses for sales and marketing, executive, finance and accounting, human resources and administrative employees, third-party legal, accounting and other professional services, insurance (including auto, workers’ compensation and general liability), corporate travel and entertainment and facilities rent and utilities.


ONE MADISON CORPORATION
BALANCE SHEET
December 31, 2017

ASSETS:    
Current asset – cash $1,896 
Deferred offering costs  868,919 
Total Assets $870,815 
     
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY    
Current liabilities    
Accrued formation and offering costs $723,986 
Note payable - sponsor  92,844 
Total liabilities  816,830 
     
Commitments and contingencies    
     
Shareholders’ Equity:    
Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding  - 
Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding  - 
Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized, 11,250,000 shares issued and outstanding (1)  1,125 
Class C ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding  - 
Additional paid-in capital  61,375 
Accumulated deficit  (8,515)
Total Shareholders’ Equity  53,985 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $870,815 

(1)This number includes an aggregate of up to 2,250,000 ordinary shares (of which 157,500 are initially held by an affiliated investor and 2,092,500 are initially held by the Sponsor) subject to forfeiture upon satisfaction of certain earnout conditions as defined in the Securities Subscription Agreement. 

Transaction Costs. Transaction costs consist primarily of one-time professional fees and costs related to acquiring a business or engaging in equity transactions that are unable to be capitalized.

See accompanying notesDepreciation and Amortization Expense.  Depreciation and amortization expense is comprised primarily of amortization of customer and distributor relationships and to financial statements.


ONE MADISON CORPORATION
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017

Formation and operating costs $8,515 
     
Net loss $(8,515)
    
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (1)  7,157,895 
     
Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share $(0.00)

(1)This number excludes an aggregate of up to 2,250,000 ordinary shares (of which 157,500 are initially held by an affiliated investor and 2,092,500 are initially held by the Sponsor) subject to forfeiture upon satisfaction of certain earnout conditions as defined in the Securities Subscription Agreement.

See accompanying notesa lesser extent building and leasehold improvements. Our intangible customer and distributor relationship assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the asset. All of these assets reflect the valuations ascribed to financial statements.

them through fair value accounting in conjunction with the Ranpak’s Business Combination.  Depreciation related to production equipment and our protective packaging systems is included in cost of goods sold.  


ONE MADISON CORPORATIONOther Operating Expense (Income), Net.  Other operating expense (income), net, includes losses on the return of equipment, mainly protective packaging systems, by customers, R&D expenses and litigation-related settlements. Returned systems are typically refurbished or disposed for salvage value.

Interest Expense.  Interest expense includes mainly the interest incurred and accrued on our outstanding indebtedness, as well as amortization of deferred financing costs, mainly debt origination and commitment fees.

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITYForeign Currency (Gain) Loss.  Foreign currency (gain) loss consists of foreign currency remeasurement, mainly consisting of conversion gains and losses on our Euro-denominated term facility, and, to a lesser extent, transaction losses and gains. See “— Factors Affecting the Comparability of Ranpak’s Results of Operations — Effect of Currency Fluctuations” above.

ForIncome Tax Expense (Benefit).  Income tax expense (benefit) consists mainly of taxes payable to national, state and local authorities. We follow the Period from July 13, 2017 (dateasset and liability method of inception) to December 31, 2017

  Class B Ordinary
Shares (1)
  Additional Paid-in  Accumulated  Total
Shareholders’
 
  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit  Equity 
Issuance of Class B ordinary shares to sponsor at approximately $0.003 per share  7,500,000  $750  $24,250  $-  $25,000 
Issuance of Anchor shares  3,750,000   375   37,125   -   37,500 
Net loss  -   -   -   (8,515)  (8,515)
Balances – December 31, 2017  11,250,000  $1,125  $61,375  $(8,515) $53,985 

(1)This number includes an aggregate of up to 2,250,000 ordinary shares (of which 157,500 are initially held by an affiliated investor and 2,092,500 are initially held by the Sponsor) subject to forfeiture upon satisfaction of certain earnout conditions as defined in the Securities Subscription Agreement.

See accompanying notes to financial statements.


ONE MADISON CORPORATION

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:   
Net loss $(8,515)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities    
Changes in accrued formation and offering costs  (10,886)
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities  (19,401)
     
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:    
Proceeds from issuance of Class B ordinary shares to sponsor  25,000 
Proceeds from issuance of Anchor shares  37,500 
Proceeds from sponsor note  86,000 
Payment of offering costs  (127,203)
Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities  21,297 
     
Net change in cash  1,896 
     
Cash - Beginning of period  - 
     
Cash - Ending of period $1,896 
     
Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Financing Activities:    
     
Deferred offering costs included in accrued formation and offering costs $734,872 
Payment of formation costs by issuance of sponsor note $6,844 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.


One Madison Corporation

Notes to Financial Statements

NOTE 1.   DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

One Madison Corporation (the “Company”) is a newly incorporated blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on July 13, 2017. The Company was formedaccounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the purposetax consequences of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses thattemporary differences between the Company has not yet identified (“Initial Business Combination”). Althoughfinancial statement carrying amounts and the Company is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating its Initial Business Combination, the Company intends to focus on North American or Western European Consumer Products related businesses with a particular sub-focus on companies in onetax basis of the following categories: (i) consumer productsassets and liabilities. In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion, or services, (ii) food and beverage and (iii) adjacent manufacturing or industrial services businesses linked to a consumer end-user. The Company is an ’‘emerging growth company,’’ as defined in Section 2(a)all, of the Securities Actdeferred tax assets will not be realized. We evaluate for uncertain tax positions at each reported balance sheet date.

Emerging Growth Company.  Section 102(b)(1) of 1933, as amended, or the ’’Securities Act,’’ as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the ’‘(“JOBS Act’’Act”).

At December 31, 2017, the exempts an Emerging Growth Company had not yet commenced operations. All activity for the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) through December 31, 2017 relates to the Company’s formation and the proposed initial public offering (’‘Proposed Offering’’(“EGC”) described below. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of its Initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents from the proceeds derived from the Proposed Offering. The Company has selected December 31st as its fiscal year end.

The Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through a proposed initial public offering of 30,000,000 units at $10.00 per unit (or 34,500,000 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) (“Units” and, with respect to the Class A ordinary shares included in the Units being offered, the “Public Shares”) which is discussed in Note 3 (the “Proposed Offering”) and the sale of 8,000,000 warrants (or 8,900,000 warrants if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) (“Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of  $1.00 per warrant in a private placement to the Company’s founder, Omar M. Asali, and the other Anchor Investors (as defined below) that will close simultaneously with the Proposed Offering. Upon the closing of the Proposed Offering, management has agreed that an amount equal to at least $10.00 per Unit sold in the Proposed Offering, including the proceeds of the Private Placement Warrants, will be held in a trust account (“Trust Account”) and invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 180 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of paragraphs (c)(2), (c)(3) and (c)(4) of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of the Initial Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account as described below. On January 22, 2018, the Company consummated the Public Offering of 30,000,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Company’s Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value per share, included in the Units being offered, the “Public Shares”) generating gross proceeds of $300,000,000 which is described in Note 3.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of its Proposed Offering and Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating an Initial Business Combination. The Company’s Initial Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the Initial Business Combination. However, the Company will only complete an Initial Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act.


The Company will provide its shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of an Initial Business Combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the Initial Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of an Initial Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The public shareholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account (initially approximately $10.00 per share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations). The per-share amount to be distributed to public shareholders who redeem their Public Shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriter (as discussed in Note 6). These Public Shares will be recorded at a redemption value and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Proposed Offering, in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (’‘FASB’’) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.”In such case, the Company will proceed with an Initial Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of an Initial Business Combination and a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Initial Business Combination. If a shareholder vote is not required by the law and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing an Initial Business Combination. If, however, a shareholder approval of the transactions is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain shareholder approval for business or legal reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the initial shareholders (as defined below) have agreed to vote their Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5) (subject to restrictions on voting applicable to one of the initial shareholders) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Proposed Offering in favor of an Initial Business Combination. In addition, the initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and, with respect to our initial shareholders other than the Anchor Investors (as defined below), Public Shares in connection with the completion of an Initial Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association provides that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% or more of the Public Shares, without the prior consent of the Company.

The Company’s sponsor, One Madison Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Sponsor”) and the Anchor Investors, together with any permitted transferees (collectively, the “initial shareholders”), have agreed not to propose an amendment to the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete an Initial Business Combination, unless the Company provides the public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

If the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Proposed Offering (the “Combination Period”), the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding Public Shares which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining shareholders and the Company’s board of directors, proceed to commence a voluntary liquidation and thereby a formal dissolution of the Company, subject in each case to its obligations to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of applicable law.


In connection with the redemption of 100% of the Company’s outstanding Public Shares for a portion of the funds held in the Trust Account, each holder will receive a full pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay the Company’s taxes payable (less taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses).

The initial shareholders have agreed to waive their liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete an Initial Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the initial shareholders should acquire Public Shares in or after the Proposed Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such Public Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within in the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Company’s Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be only $10.00 per share initially held in the Trust Account. In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, our Sponsor has agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account or to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriter of the Proposed Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that our Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than the Company’s independent auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

NOTE 2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation

The accompanying financial statements of the Company are presented in U.S. dollars in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with ASU 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern”, as of December 31, 2017, the Company does not have sufficient liquidity to meet its current obligations. However, on January 22, 2018, the Company consummated its Public Offering of 30,000,000 units generating gross proceeds of $300,000,000 which alleviated any liquidity concerns.

Emerging growth company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the JOBS Act, and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act of 1933, as amended, registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards.  The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable.  The Company hasWe have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company,we, as an emerging growth company,EGC, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard.  This may make comparison of the Company’sour financial statements with another public company whichthat is neithernot an emerging growth company norEGC or that is an emerging growth companyEGC which has opted out of using the extended transition period, difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth Ranpak’s results of operations for 2020, the Successor Period, and the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, with line items presented in millions of dollars.

The Ranpak Business Combination is accounted for under the scope of business combination guidance in ASC 805.  Accordingly, the Ranpak Business Combination is accounted for using the acquisition method which requires the Company to record the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed from Rack Holdings (see Note 10, “Acquisition”).

In addition, in our discussion below, we include certain unaudited, non-GAAP pro forma data for 2020, the Successor Period, and the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period.  This data is based on our historical financial statements included elsewhere in this Report, adjusted (where applicable) to remove the effect of costs incurred to consummate the Ranpak Business Combination, other one-time costs incurred due to the Company entering into the Ranpak Business Combination and for purchase accounting adjustments related to the Ranpak Business Combination as well as to reflect a constant currency presentation between periods for the convenience of readers.  We refer to these data as pro forma data in our discussion.  However, such pro forma data have not been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X.  We reconcile this data to our GAAP data for the same period under “Presentation and Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measures” for 2020 and 2019.


Comparison of 2020 to the Successor Period and 1H 2019 Predecessor Period  

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

June 3, 2019 – December 31, 2019

 

 

 

January 1, 2019 – June 2, 2019

 

 

 

2020

 

 

% Net revenue

 

 

2019

 

 

% Net revenue

 

 

 

2019

 

 

% Net revenue

 

Net revenue

 

$

298.2

 

 

 

 

$

163.1

 

 

 

 

 

$

106.4

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

175.6

 

 

 

58.9

 

 

 

97.4

 

 

 

59.7

 

 

 

 

61.2

 

 

 

57.5

 

Gross profit

 

 

122.6

 

 

 

41.1

 

 

 

65.7

 

 

 

40.3

 

 

 

 

45.2

 

 

 

42.5

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

72.5

 

 

 

24.3

 

 

 

37.7

 

 

 

23.1

 

 

 

 

23.8

 

 

 

22.4

 

Transaction costs

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

 

7.4

 

 

 

7.0

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

31.5

 

 

 

10.6

 

 

 

17.2

 

 

 

10.5

 

 

 

 

17.7

 

 

 

16.6

 

Other operating expense, net

 

 

4.7

 

 

 

1.6

 

 

 

2.4

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

2.1

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

11.7

 

 

 

3.9

 

 

 

8.1

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

 

(5.9

)

 

 

(5.5

)

Interest expense

 

 

30.2

 

 

 

10.1

 

 

 

27.3

 

 

 

16.7

 

 

 

 

20.2

 

 

 

19.0

 

Foreign currency (gain) loss

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

 

(2.2

)

 

 

(2.1

)

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

(24.6

)

 

 

(8.2

)

 

 

(19.9

)

 

 

(12.2

)

 

 

 

(23.9

)

 

 

(22.5

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

(2.7

)

 

 

(1.7

)

 

 

 

(4.9

)

 

 

(4.6

)

Net loss

 

$

(23.4

)

 

 

(7.8

)

 

$

(17.2

)

 

 

(10.5

)

 

 

$

(19.0

)

 

 

(17.9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA

 

$

67.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

39.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

22.9

 

 

 

 

 

AEBITDA

 

$

93.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro Forma

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

% Net revenue

 

 

2019

 

 

% Net revenue

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Net revenue

 

$

298.9

 

 

 

 

$

277.4

 

 

 

 

$

21.5

 

 

 

7.8

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

175.9

 

 

 

58.8

 

 

 

158.6

 

 

 

57.2

 

 

 

17.3

 

 

 

10.9

 

Gross profit

 

 

123.0

 

 

 

41.2

 

 

 

118.8

 

 

 

42.8

 

 

 

4.2

 

 

 

3.5

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

72.9

 

 

 

24.4

 

 

 

55.6

 

 

 

20.0

 

 

 

17.3

 

 

 

31.1

 

Transaction costs

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

31.7

 

 

 

10.6

 

 

 

34.8

 

 

 

12.5

 

 

 

(3.1

)

 

 

(8.9

)

Other operating expense, net

 

 

4.7

 

 

 

1.6

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

(6.0

)

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

11.5

 

 

 

3.8

 

 

 

23.4

 

 

 

8.4

 

 

 

(11.9

)

 

 

(50.9

)

Interest expense

 

 

30.1

 

 

 

10.1

 

 

 

35.9

 

 

 

12.9

 

 

 

(5.8

)

 

 

(16.2

)

Foreign currency (gain) loss

 

 

6.2

 

 

 

2.1

 

 

 

(1.5

)

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

7.7

 

 

 

(513.3

)

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

(24.8

)

 

 

(8.3

)

 

 

(11.0

)

 

 

(4.0

)

 

 

(13.8

)

 

 

125.5

 

Income tax benefit

 

 

(1.4

)

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1.4

)

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(23.4

)

 

 

(7.8

)

 

$

(11.0

)

 

 

(4.0

)

 

$

(12.4

)

 

 

112.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA

 

$

67.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

84.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(16.6

)

 

 

(19.6

)

AEBITDA

 

$

93.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

87.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

6.4

 

 

 

7.3

 

Net Revenue

The following table and the discussion that follows compares Ranpak’s net revenue by geographic region and by product line for 2020 and 2019 on a GAAP basis and on a non-GAAP, pro forma basis as described above and in the discussion below. See also “Presentation and Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measures” for further details:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

June 3, 2019 – December 31, 2019

 

 

 

January 1, 2019 – June 2, 2019

 

 

 

2020

 

 

% Net revenue

 

 

2019

 

 

% Net revenue

 

 

 

2019

 

 

% Net revenue

 

North America

 

$

127.4

 

 

 

42.7

 

 

$

81.8

 

 

 

50.2

 

 

 

$

50.1

 

 

 

47.1

 

Europe/Asia

 

 

170.8

 

 

 

57.3

 

 

 

81.3

 

 

 

49.8

 

 

 

 

56.3

 

 

 

52.9

 

Net revenue

 

$

298.2

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

$

163.1

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

$

106.4

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cushioning machines

 

$

125.7

 

 

 

42.2

 

 

$

72.3

 

 

 

44.3

 

 

 

$

46.4

 

 

 

43.6

 

Void-fill machines

 

 

125.0

 

 

 

41.9

 

 

 

69.1

 

 

 

42.4

 

 

 

 

42.7

 

 

 

40.1

 

Wrapping machines

 

 

38.8

 

 

 

13.0

 

 

 

17.6

 

 

 

10.8

 

 

 

 

8.8

 

 

 

8.3

 

Other

 

 

8.7

 

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

 

8.5

 

 

 

8.0

 

Net revenue

 

$

298.2

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

$

163.1

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

$

106.4

 

 

 

100.0

 


 

 

Pro Forma

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

% Net revenue

 

 

2019

 

 

% Net revenue

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

North America

 

$

127.4

 

 

 

42.6

 

 

$

132.4

 

 

 

47.7

 

 

$

(5.0

)

 

 

(3.8

)

Europe/Asia

 

 

171.5

 

 

 

57.4

 

 

 

145.0

 

 

 

52.3

 

 

 

26.5

 

 

 

18.3

 

Net revenue

 

$

298.9

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

$

277.4

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

$

21.5

 

 

 

7.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cushioning machines

 

$

125.9

 

 

 

42.1

 

 

$

125.4

 

 

 

45.2

 

 

$

0.5

 

 

 

0.4

 

Void-fill machines

 

 

125.1

 

 

 

41.9

 

 

 

113.5

 

 

 

40.9

 

 

 

11.6

 

 

 

10.2

 

Wrapping machines

 

 

38.8

 

 

 

13.0

 

 

 

26.9

 

 

 

9.7

 

 

 

11.9

 

 

 

44.2

 

Other

 

 

9.1

 

 

 

3.0

 

 

 

11.6

 

 

 

4.2

 

 

 

(2.5

)

 

 

(21.6

)

Net revenue

 

$

298.9

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

$

277.4

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

$

21.5

 

 

 

7.8

 

Net revenue for 2020 was $298.2 million.  Net revenue for the Successor Period was $163.1 million, and $106.4 million in the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, for a combined $269.5 million in 2019.  Net revenue increased $28.7 million or 10.6% as a result of an increase in the volume of Ranpak’s paper consumable products of approximately 13.1 percentage points (“pp”), partially offset by a 5.2 pp decrease in the price of Ranpak’s paper consumable products and a decrease of approximately 0.6 pp in sales of automated box sizing equipment.  Net revenue on a combined basis was positively impacted by increases in cushioning, void-fill, and wrapping, partially offset by decreases in other sales.  On a combined basis, cushioning increased $7.0 million, or 5.9%, to $125.7 million from $118.7 million, void-fill increased $13.2 million, or 11.8%, to $125.0 million from $111.8 million, wrapping increased $12.4 million, or 47.0%, to $38.8 million from $26.4 million, while other sales decreased $3.9 million, or 31.0% to $8.7 million from $12.6 million, in each case for 2020 compared to 2019.  Other net revenue includes automated box sizing equipment and non-paper revenue from packaging systems installed in the field.  Pro forma net revenue was $298.9 million for 2020, a $21.5 million, or 7.8%, increase on a constant currency basis from pro forma net revenue of $277.4 million for 2019 after adjusting to a constant currency in both periods and purchase accounting adjustments related to revenue recognition in 2019.

Net revenue in North America for 2020 totaled $127.4 million.  Net revenue in North America was $81.8 million in the Successor Period and $50.1 million in the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period for a combined $131.9 million in 2019.  Net revenue in North America decreased $4.5 million, or 3.4% attributable to a decline in cushioning and void-fill volumes, partially offset by an increase in wrapping sales.  Pro forma net revenue in North America was $127.4 million for 2020, a $5.0 million, or 3.8%, decrease from pro forma net revenue in North America of $132.4 million for 2019 after purchase accounting adjustments.

Net revenue in Europe/Asia for 2020 totaled $170.8 million.  Net revenue in Europe/Asia was $81.3 million in the Successor Period and $56.3 million in the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, for a combined $137.6 million in 2019.  Net revenue in Europe/Asia increased $33.2 million or 24.1% driven primarily by growth in wrapping, void-fill, and cushioning sales.  Pro forma net revenue in Europe/Asia was $171.5 million for 2020, a $26.5 million, or 18.3%, increase from pro forma net revenue of $145.0 million for 2019 after purchase accounting adjustments and adjusting for constant currency.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold for 2020 totaled $175.6 million.  Cost of goods sold was $97.4 million in the Successor Period and $61.2 million in the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, for a combined $158.6 million in 2019.  Cost of goods sold increased $17.0 million or 10.7% due to increases in sales year over year and higher depreciation expense of $7.6 million due to the Ranpak Business Combination fair value adjustments, an increase in non-recurring operating costs in automation, offset by a decrease in the price of paper.  Pro forma cost of goods sold increased by $17.3 million, or 10.9%, to $175.9 million in 2020 from $158.6 million for 2019 after adjusting to a constant currency in both periods and purchase accounting adjustments of $2.1 million for 2019.  As a result, on a pro forma basis, net revenue minus cost of goods sold as a percentage of net revenue decreased by 1.6 pp to 41.2% in 2020 from 42.8% for 2019.

Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses

SG&A expenses for 2020 was $72.5 million.  SG&A was $37.7 million in the Successor Period and $23.8 million in the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, for a combined $61.5 million in 2019.  SG&A expenses increased $11.0 million or 17.9% due to severance costs, non-cash equity compensation costs, increased support of growth initiatives, and increased costs associated with being a public company.  Pro forma SG&A expenses increased by $17.3 million, or 31.1%, to $72.9 million in 2020 from $55.6 million for 2019 after adjusting to a constant currency in both periods.  As a percentage of pro forma net revenue, pro forma SG&A increased to 24.4% in 2020 from 20.0% in 2019 on a constant currency basis.


Transaction Costs

We incurred transaction costs of $2.2 million associated with the Warrant Exchange and other transactions in 2020.  We incurred approximately $0.3 million in the Successor Period and $7.4 million in the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period for a combined $7.7 million associated with the Ranpak Business Combination.  

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expenses for 2020 were $31.5 million.  Depreciation and amortization expenses were $17.2 million in the Successor Period and $17.7 million in the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, for a combined $34.9 million in 2019.  Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased $3.4 million, or 9.7% due to the Ranpak Business Combination fair value adjustments, their related amortizable lives and changes in currency rates.  Pro forma depreciation and amortization expenses decreased by $3.1 million, or 8.9%, to $31.7 million in 2020 from $34.8 million for 2019 on a constant currency basis.  As a percentage of pro forma net revenue, pro forma depreciation and amortization expenses decreased to 10.6% in 2020 from 12.5% in 2019 on a constant currency basis.

Other Operating Expense, Net

Other operating expense, net for 2020 was $4.7 million. Other operating expense, net was $2.4 million in the Successor Period and $2.2 million in the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, for a combined $4.6 million in 2019, nearly flat to the current year.  Pro forma other operating expense, net, was $5.0 million in 2020 and 2019 on a constant currency basis.  As a percentage of pro forma net revenue, pro forma other operating expense, net, decreased to 1.7% in 2020 from 1.8% in 2019 on a constant currency basis.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for 2020 was $30.2 million.  Interest expense was $27.3 million in the Successor Period and $20.2 million in the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, for a combined $47.5 million in 2019.  Interest expense decreased $17.3 million, or 36.4%.  Interest expense decreased due to decreased debt levels and lower interest rates, as well as transaction-related expenses in June 2019 and December 2019, which included a write-off of deferred financing fees and the termination of an interest rate swap.  Interest expense in 2020 also includes the $8.2 million Exit Payment (defined herein, refer to “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 7 for further information).  Pro forma interest expense decreased by $5.8 million, or 16.2%, to $30.1 million in 2020 compared to $35.9 million for 2019 on a constant currency basis.  As a percentage of pro forma net revenue, pro forma interest expense decreased to 10.1% in 2020 from 12.9% in 2019.

Foreign Currency (Gain) Loss

Foreign currency loss for 2020 was $6.1 million.  Foreign currency loss was $0.7 million in the Successor Period and foreign currency gain was $2.2 million in the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, for a combined gain of $1.5 million in 2019.  Foreign currency loss increased $7.6 million due to favorable movements in Euro exchange rates, as well as the net impact of the re-measurement of Ranpak’s Euro-denominated term facility and its Euro-denominated intercompany note to a Dutch subsidiary in the Predecessor periods.  Pro forma foreign currency loss was $6.2 million in 2020 compared to a gain of $1.5 million for 2019 on a constant currency basis.  As a percentage of pro forma net revenue, pro forma foreign currency (gain) loss decreased to 2.1% in 2020 from 0.5% in 2019.

Income Tax Benefit

Income tax benefit for 2020 was $1.2 million, or an effective tax rate of 6.2%.  Income tax benefit was $2.7 million in the Successor Period and $4.9 million in the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, for a combined benefit of $7.6 million in 2019.  The fluctuation in the effective tax rate between periods was primarily attributable to a jurisdictional mix of income between periods and discrete tax expense of $1.3 million recorded in the third quarter of 2020.  The effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate due primarily to benefits derived from the U.S. foreign derived intangible income deduction, tax credits available in the United States, and income in foreign jurisdictions that are taxed at different rates than the U.S. statutory tax rate.

Net Loss

Net loss for 2020 was $23.4 million.  Net loss was $17.2 million in the Successor Period and $19.0 million in the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, for a combined net loss of $36.2 million in 2019.  Net loss decreased $12.8 million, or 35.4%.  Pro forma net loss was $23.4 million in 2020 compared to pro forma net loss of $11.0 million for 2019 on a constant currency basis.  The change was primarily due to the reasons discussed above.


EBITDA and AEBITDA

EBITDA for 2020 was $67.9 million compared to a combined $84.5 million in 2019.  Adjusting for transaction costs associated with the Ranpak Business Combination, constant currency and other one-time costs, pro forma AEBITDA for 2020 totaled $93.7 million, an increase of $6.4 million, or 7.3% on a constant currency basis from $87.3 million in 2019.

Comparison of 2019 to 2018

Discussions of 2018 items and full year comparisons between 2019 and 2018 that are not included in this Report can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2019.

Presentation and Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measures

As noted above, we believe that in order to better understand the performance of the Company, providing non-GAAP financial measures to users of our financial information is helpful.  Ranpak believes presentation of these non-GAAP measures is useful because they are many of the key measures that allow management to evaluate more effectively its operating performance and compare the results of its operations from period to period and against its peers without regard to financing methods or capital structure.  Management does not consider these non-GAAP measures in isolation or as an alternative to similar financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP.  Additionally, as a result of the Ranpak Business Combination, we believe that users of our financial information will find that non-GAAP, pro forma data is useful when comparing the current and prior periods.  The computations of EBITDA and AEBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.  These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered as alternatives to, or more meaningful than, measures of financial performance as determined in accordance with GAAP or as indicators of operating performance.

The following tables and related notes reconcile certain non-GAAP measures including the non-GAAP pro forma measures, to GAAP information presented in this Report for 2020 and 2019:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2020

 

 

 

As reported

 

 

Adjustments(6)

 

 

Non-GAAP Pro Forma

 

Net revenue

 

$

298.2

 

 

$

0.7

 

 

$

298.9

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

175.6

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

175.9

 

Gross profit

 

 

122.6

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

123.0

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

72.5

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

72.9

 

Transaction costs

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2.2

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

31.5

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

31.7

 

Other operating expense, net

 

 

4.7

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4.7

 

Income from operations

 

 

11.7

 

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

11.5

 

Interest expense

 

 

30.2

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

30.1

 

Foreign currency loss

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

6.2

 

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

(24.6

)

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

(24.8

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

(1.4

)

Net loss

 

$

(23.4

)

 

$

(0.0

)

 

 

(23.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add(4):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense - COS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Depreciation and amortization expense - D&A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.6

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.1

 

Income tax benefit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1.5

)

EBITDA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments(5):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized (gain) loss translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.9

 

Constant currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.3

)

Non-cash impairment losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5

 

M&A, restructuring, severance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.9

 

Amortization of restricted stock units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.2

 

Warrant Exchange and transaction costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.2

 

Other non-core and non-cash adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.4

 

AEBITDA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

93.7

 


 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 3, 2019 –

 

 

January 1, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

– June 2, 2019

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2019

 

 

 

As reported

 

 

As reported

 

 

Combined

 

 

Adjustments(6)

 

 

Non-GAAP Pro Forma

 

Net revenue

 

$

163.1

 

 

$

106.4

 

 

$

269.5

 

 

$

7.9

 

(1)

$

277.4

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

97.4

 

 

 

61.2

 

 

 

158.6

 

 

 

-

 

(2)

 

158.6

 

Gross profit

 

 

65.7

 

 

 

45.2

 

 

 

110.9

 

 

 

7.9

 

 

 

118.8

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

37.7

 

 

 

23.8

 

 

 

61.5

 

 

 

(5.9

)

 

 

55.6

 

Transaction costs

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

7.4

 

 

 

7.7

 

 

 

(7.7

)

 

 

-

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

17.2

 

 

 

17.7

 

 

 

34.9

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

34.8

 

Other operating expense, net

 

 

2.4

 

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

4.6

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

5.0

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

8.1

 

 

 

(5.9

)

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

21.2

 

 

 

23.4

 

Interest expense

 

 

27.3

 

 

 

20.2

 

 

 

47.5

 

 

 

(11.6

)

 

 

35.9

 

Foreign currency (gain) loss

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

(2.2

)

 

 

(1.5

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1.5

)

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(19.9

)

 

 

(23.9

)

 

 

(43.8

)

 

 

32.8

 

 

 

(11.0

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

(2.7

)

 

 

(4.9

)

 

 

(7.6

)

 

 

7.6

 

(3)

 

-

 

Net loss

 

$

(17.2

)

 

$

(19.0

)

 

$

(36.2

)

 

$

25.2

 

 

 

(11.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add(4):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense - COS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.8

 

Depreciation and amortization expense - D&A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34.8

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35.9

 

Income tax benefit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

EBITDA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

84.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments(5):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized (gain) loss translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1.5

)

Non-cash impairment losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5

 

Amortization of restricted stock units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.7

 

Contingent liability adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1.2

)

Other non-core and non-cash adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.3

 

AEBITDA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

87.3

 


 

 

Non-GAAP Pro Forma

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Net revenue

 

$

298.9

 

 

$

277.4

 

 

$

21.5

 

 

 

7.8

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

175.9

 

 

 

158.6

 

 

 

17.3

 

 

 

10.9

 

Gross profit

 

 

123.0

 

 

 

118.8

 

 

 

4.2

 

 

 

3.5

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

72.9

 

 

 

55.6

 

 

 

17.3

 

 

 

31.1

 

Transaction costs

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

31.7

 

 

 

34.8

 

 

 

(3.1

)

 

 

(8.9

)

Other operating expense, net

 

 

4.7

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

(6.0

)

Income from operations

 

 

11.5

 

 

 

23.4

 

 

 

(11.9

)

 

 

(50.9

)

Interest expense

 

 

30.1

 

 

 

35.9

 

 

 

(5.8

)

 

 

(16.2

)

Foreign currency (gain) loss

 

 

6.2

 

 

 

(1.5

)

 

 

7.7

 

 

 

(513.3

)

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

(24.8

)

 

 

(11.0

)

 

 

(13.8

)

 

 

125.5

 

Income tax benefit

 

 

(1.4

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1.4

)

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(23.4

)

 

 

(11.0

)

 

 

(12.4

)

 

 

112.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add(4):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense - COS

 

 

31.1

 

 

 

24.8

 

 

 

6.3

 

 

 

25.4

 

Depreciation and amortization expense - D&A

 

 

31.6

 

 

 

34.8

 

 

 

(3.2

)

 

 

(9.2

)

Interest expense

 

 

30.1

 

 

 

35.9

 

 

 

(5.8

)

 

 

(16.2

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

(1.5

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1.5

)

 

 

EBITDA

 

 

67.9

 

 

 

84.5

 

 

 

(16.6

)

 

 

(19.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments(5):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized (gain) loss translation

 

 

5.9

 

 

 

(1.5

)

 

 

7.4

 

 

 

(493.3

)

Constant currency

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

Non-cash impairment losses

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

M&A, restructuring, severance

 

 

5.9

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5.9

 

 

 

Amortization of restricted stock units

 

 

7.2

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

5.5

 

 

 

323.5

 

Warrant Exchange and transaction costs

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

Contingent liability adjustment

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

(100.0

)

Other non-core and non-cash adjustments

 

 

2.4

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

84.6

 

AEBITDA

 

$

93.7

 

 

$

87.3

 

 

$

6.4

 

 

 

7.3

 

(see subsequent footnotes)

(1)

Adjust for percentage of completion revenue recognition change.

(2)

Adjust for percentage of completion revenue recognition change for cost of sales.

(3)

Adjust tax provision at 21.0% corporate rate for items adjusted above.

(4)

Reconciliations of EBITDA and AEBITDA for each period presented are to net (loss) income, the nearest GAAP equivalent, and accordingly include the adjustments shown in the “Adj.” column to net (loss) income of each table.

(5)

Adjustments are related to non-recurring costs such as: unrealized non-cash (gains) losses on translation of the Predecessor debt, private equity monitoring fees, non-cash (gain) loss on the disposal of machines, acquisition costs, severance and a revenue recognition adjustment related to e3neo acquisition. Certain costs related to being a public company, such as additional staff, legal and accounting costs that were not included in the Predecessor are also included in AEBITDA.

(6)

Effect of Euro constant currency adjustment to a rate of $1.15 U.S. Dollar to €1.00 as follows:


 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Net revenue

 

$

0.7

 

 

$

3.8

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

2.2

 

Gross profit

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

1.6

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

0.8

 

Transaction costs

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.4

 

Other operating expense (income), net

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.4

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

-

 

Interest expense

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

0.2

 

Foreign currency loss

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

-

 

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

(0.2

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

-

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(0.0

)

 

$

(0.2

)

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity describes the ability of a company to generate sufficient cash flows to meet the cash requirements of its business operations, including working capital needs, capital expenditures, debt service, acquisitions, other commitments and contractual obligations.  We evaluate liquidity in terms of cash flows from operations and other sources and the sufficiency of such cash flows to fund our operating, investing, and financing activities.

We believe that our estimated cash from operations together with borrowing capacity under the revolving portion of the Facilities will provide us with sufficient resources to cover our current requirements.  We may also, from time to time, seek to access the equity markets, if appropriate.  Our main liquidity needs relate to capital expenditures and expenses for the production and maintenance of protective packaging systems placed at end-user facilities, working capital, including the purchase of paper raw materials, and payments of principal and interest on our outstanding debt.  We expect our capital expenditures to increase as we continue to grow our business.  Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors, and if we are unable to obtain needed additional funds, we may have to reduce our operating costs or incur additional debt, which could impair our growth prospects and/or otherwise negatively impact our business.  Further, volatility in the equity and credit markets resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic could make obtaining new equity or debt financing more difficult or expensive.

We had $48.5 million in cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2020 and $19.7 million as of December 31, 2019.  Excluding deferred financing costs, we had $439.8 million in debt, $1.7 million of which was classified as short-term, as of December 31, 2020, compared to $428.2 million in debt, $1.6 million of which was classified as short-term, as of December 31, 2019.  In December 2019, we closed a public offering of our Class A common stock generating net proceeds of approximately $107.7 million that was used to pay down long-term debt.  At December 31, 2020, we did not have amounts outstanding under our $45.0 million revolving credit facility, and we had no borrowings under such facility through March 4, 2021.

Debt Profile

Ranpak’s previous credit facilities were repaid in connection with the consummation of the Ranpak Business Combination, and were replaced with the following facilities: (i) a $378.2 million dollar-denominated first lien term facility (the “First Lien Dollar Term Facility”) and a €140.0 million euro-denominated first lien term facility (the “First Lien Euro Term Facility” and, together with the First Lien Dollar Term Facility, the “First Lien Term Facility”), and (ii) a $45.0 million revolving facility (together, the “New Credit Facilities”). The material terms of the New Credit Facilities are summarized in Note 11, “Long-Term Debt” to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.

Debt Before the Ranpak Business Combination

Prior to the Ranpak Business Combination, the Company had two first lien credit facilities, a United States Dollar Tranche (“US$ Tranche”) and a Euro Tranche (“Euro Tranche”), a revolving credit facility and a second lien credit facility. The first lien credit facilities included: (i) a seven-year Term Loan (US$ Tranche) facility in the amount of $233.4 million, (ii) a seven-year Term Loan (Euro Tranche) facility in the amount of €157.0 million, and (iii) a five-year $30.0 million revolving credit facility, of which the equivalent of $13.0 million may be denominated in Euros (collectively, the “Old Credit Facilities”). In March 2017, Ranpak raised $45 million of incremental First Lien (US$ Tranche) debt and used the proceeds to pay down a portion of the Second Lien (US$ Tranche), the results of which saved Ranpak 400 basis points on the applicable interest rate on $45 million of its outstanding debt. Borrowings under the US$ Tranche bore interest in an amount based on either the Adjusted Eurodollar rate (the greater of 1.00% or LIBOR) plus 3.25% or a Base Rate plus 2.75% (the higher of the Federal Funds effective rate plus ½ of 1%, prime, or the Adjusted Eurodollar rate plus 1%). Borrowings under the Euro Tranche bore interest in an amount based on the Adjusted EURIBOR rate (the


greater of 1.00% or EURIBOR) plus 3.25%. Interest on LIBOR and EURIBOR rate loans were payable at the end of the applicable interest periods.

Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bore interest in an amount based on either the base rate or Adjusted Eurodollar rate plus a variable margin that is dependent on the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio. The first lien credit facilities were secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the Company’s assets.  Principal payments on the first lien term loan facilities were due quarterly and were based on 1% of the annual outstanding balances. Additionally, per the credit agreement, Ranpak was required to make additional annual pre-payments, based on consolidated excess cash flow calculation results.

The second lien credit facility was an eight-year US$ Tranche in the amount of $135.0 million. Borrowings under the US$ Tranche bore interest in an amount based on either the Adjusted Eurodollar rate (the greater of 1.00% or LIBOR) plus 7.25% or a base rate plus 6.25%. The second lien credit agreement was secured by a second priority security interest in substantially all of Ranpak’s assets and includes default provisions and contained a covenant similar to the first lien credit facility described above.

The Old Credit Facilities were repaid in full upon the consummation of the Ranpak Business Combination and replaced with the New Credit Facilities.

Debt After the Ranpak Business Combination

In connection with the stock purchase agreement related to the Ranpak Business Combination, One Madison obtained a debt commitment letter (as amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “debt commitment letter”), pursuant to which the Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC and certain affiliated investment entities thereof (collectively, the “Lenders”) committed to provide senior secured credit facilities to, in part, (i) fund the Ranpak Business Combination, (ii) repay and terminate the existing indebtedness of Ranpak (the “debt refinancing”) and (iii) pay all fees, premiums, expenses and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the foregoing. The aggregate commitment of the senior secured credit facilities consists of a $289.2 million dollar-denominated first lien term facility and a €140.0 million euro-denominated first lien term facility (with the ability to reduce the dollar-denominated first lien term facility and correspondingly increase the euro-denominated first lien term facility in an amount of up to €60.0 million), a $45.0 million revolving facility (including the right to bring in additional lenders to provide commitments with respect to the revolving facility in an amount of up to $30.0 million and additional borrowing capacity available for letters of credit in an amount of up to $5.0 million), a $100.0 million first lien contingency term facility and a $100.0 million second lien contingency term facility. Upon the consummation of the Ranpak Business Combination, the New Credit Facilities became the direct obligations of certain subsidiaries of Ranpak (collectively, the “borrowers”) and were secured by substantially all of Ranpak’s assets.

Each of the First Lien Term Facility, and the first lien contingency term facility accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 3.75% (assuming a first lien net leverage ratio of less than 5.00:1.00). The second lien contingency term facility accrues interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 7.50%.  No amounts have been drawn on under the second lien contingency.  The first lien term facility and first lien contingency term facility mature on the seventh anniversary of the date of the closing of the Ranpak Business Combination, June 3, 2026. The revolving facility matures on the fifth anniversary of the date of the Closing June 3, 2024. The second lien contingency term facility matures on the eighth anniversary of the date of the Closing, June 3, 2027 but was not available for us to borrow against at December 31, 2020.

The revolving facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit of up to $5 million. Any issuance of letters of credit will reduce the amount available under the revolving facility.

In addition, the debt financing provides the borrowers with the option to increase commitments under the debt financing in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $95 million and 100% of trailing-twelve months consolidated EBITDA, plus any voluntary prepayments of the debt financing (and, in the case of the revolving facility, to the extent such voluntary prepayments are accompanied by permanent commitment reductions under the revolving facility), plus unlimited amounts subject to the relevant net leverage ratio tests and certain other conditions.

The obligations of the borrowers under the debt financing and certain of their respective obligations under hedging arrangements and cash management arrangements are unconditionally guaranteed by the direct parent of each borrower and each existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect wholly-owned U.S. or Dutch restricted subsidiary (collectively, the “guarantors”), in each case, other than certain excluded subsidiaries and subject to other customary limitations set forth in the definitive documentation with respect to the debt financing. The debt financing is secured by a security interest in substantially all of the assets of the borrowers and the guarantors (and including a pledge of the equity interests of each borrower and of each guarantor and of their respective direct, wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries), in each case subject to customary exceptions.


The revolving facility requires the borrowers to maintain a maximum first lien net leverage ratio 9.10:1.00 based on the amount of the initial first lien term loans under the debt financing actually borrowed on the closing date based on providing at least a 35% cushion to consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four fiscal quarter periods ending prior to the date of the closing. This “springing” financial covenant is tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter, but only if on such date the sum of (i) the principal amount of outstanding revolving loans under the revolving facility, (ii) drawings on letters of credit under the revolving facility and (iii) the face amount of non-cash collateralized letters of credit under the revolving facility in excess of an amount to be set forth in the definitive documentation with respect to the debt financing exceeds 35% of the total revolving commitments under the revolving facility.

The senior secured credit facilities also contain a number of customary negative covenants. Such covenants, among other things, will limit or restrict the ability of each of the borrowers, their restricted subsidiaries, and where applicable, the direct parent holding companies of the borrowers, to:

incur additional indebtedness, issue disqualified stock and make guarantees;

incur liens on assets;

engage in mergers or consolidations or fundamental changes;

sell assets;

pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock;

make investments, loans and advances, including acquisitions;

amend organizational documents;

enter into certain agreements that would restrict the ability to pay dividends;

repay certain junior indebtedness;

engage in transactions with affiliates; and

in the case of the direct parent holding companies of the borrowers, engage in activities other than passively holding the equity interests in the borrowers.

The aforementioned restrictions are subject to certain exceptions including (i) the ability to incur additional indebtedness, liens, investments, dividends and distributions, and prepayments of junior indebtedness subject, in each case, to compliance with certain financial metrics and certain other conditions and (ii) a number of other traditional exceptions that grant the borrowers continued flexibility to operate and develop their businesses. The senior secured credit facilities also contain certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default.

Under the First Lien Term Facility agreement, our lower leverage ratio at December 31, 2020 requires us to pay our lenders an $8.2 million exit payment fee (the “Exit Payment”), which we expect to pay in the first quarter of 2021.

Amendment to First Lien Credit Facilities

On February 14, 2020, Ranger Packaging LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“U.S. Borrower”), Ranpak B.V., a private limited liability company under the laws of the Netherlands (the “Dutch Borrower”; the U.S. Borrower and the Dutch Borrower, the “Borrowers”), Ranger Pledgor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), certain other subsidiaries of Holdings, certain lenders party to Amendment No. 1 (as defined below) and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC (the “Administrative Agent”) entered into the Amendment No. 1 to First Lien Credit Agreement (“Amendment No. 1”) to amend the New Credit Facilities.

Among other things, the Amendment No. 1 amends the New Credit Facilities such that (x) the requirement of the Borrowers to apply a percentage of excess cash flow to mandatorily prepay term loans under the New Credit Facilities commences with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 (instead of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020) and (y) the aggregate amount per fiscal year of capital stock of any parent company of the U.S. Borrower that is held by directors, officers, management, employees, independent contractors or consultants of the U.S. Borrower (or any parent company or subsidiary thereof) that the U.S. Borrower may repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire or retire for value has been increased to the greater of $10,000,000 and 10% of Consolidated AEBITDA (as defined in the New Credit Facilities) (increased from the greater of $7,000,000 and 7% of Consolidated AEBITDA) as of the last day of the most recently ended quarter for which financial statements have been delivered.


Borrower Assumption Agreement

On July 1, 2020, in the following order, (i) Rack Holdings Inc. merged with and into Ranger Packaging LLC, with Ranger Packaging LLC as the surviving entity of such merger and (ii) Ranger Packaging LLC merged with and into Ranpak Corp., with Ranpak Corp. as the surviving entity of such merger (clauses (i) and (ii) collectively, the “Reorganization”).  Contemporaneously with the Reorganization, Ranger Packaging LLC, Ranpak Corp., Ranger Pledgor LLC, certain other subsidiaries of Ranger Pledgor LLC and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC entered into the Borrower Assumption Agreement whereby, among other things, Ranpak Corp. assumed all obligations, liabilities and rights of Ranger Packaging LLC as the “U.S. Borrower” under the New Credit Facilities.

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth Ranpak’s summary cash flow information for the periods indicated:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

June 3, 2019

 

 

 

January 1, 2019

 

 

 

2020

 

 

– December 31, 2019

 

 

 

– June 2, 2019

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

63.8

 

 

$

9.6

 

 

 

$

16.7

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(34.5

)

 

 

(657.1

)

 

 

 

(10.8

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

(1.6

)

 

 

665.4

 

 

 

 

(14.4

)

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

1.2

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

28.8

 

 

 

18.0

 

 

 

 

(7.3

)

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

19.7

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

 

17.5

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period

 

$

48.5

 

 

$

19.7

 

 

 

$

10.2

 

Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $63.8 million in 2020.  Cash used in operating activities in the Successor Period of $9.6 million and cash provided by operating activities in the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period of $16.7 million combined for $26.3 million in cash provided by operating activities in 2019.  The changes in operating cash flows are due to cash earnings and increases in the changes in working capital.  The $8.2 million Exit Payment is included in operating activities.  

Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $34.5 million in 2020.  Cash used in investing activities in the Successor Period of $657.1 million and $10.8 million in the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period combined for $667.9 million in cash used by investing activities in 2019.  The changes are predominantly due to cash used for the Ranpak Business Combination and capital expenditures related to our protective packaging systems, as well as cash used in an acquisition of intangible assets.

Cash Flows Provided (Used in) by Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $1.6 million in 2020 and reflects payment of debt.  Net cash provided by financing activities in the Successor Period of $665.4 million and cash used in financing activities in the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period of $14.4 million combined for $651.0 million in cash provided by financing activities in 2019, primarily related to the debt and stock transactions relative to the Ranpak Business Combination.

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

Ranpak has leased production facilities in Reno, Nevada; Kansas City, Missouri; and Raleigh, North Carolina in the United States and in Nyrany, Czech Republic, as well as several leased sales and administrative offices. The leases for the four leased production facilities expire in September 2023, July 2025, December 2024 and April 2026, respectively.  Ranpak recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the relevant lease period.

Ranpak has various contractual obligations and commercial commitments that are recorded as liabilities in its audited consolidated financial statements. Other items, such as purchase obligations and other executory contracts, are not recognized as liabilities, but are required to be disclosed.  The table below presents Ranpak’s significant enforceable and legally binding obligations and future commitments as of December 31, 2020.


 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Less than 1 Year

 

 

1-3 Years

 

 

3-5 Years

 

 

More than 5 Years

 

Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Facilities(1)

 

$

439.8

 

 

$

1.7

 

 

$

3.4

 

 

$

3.4

 

 

$

431.3

 

Operating Leases

 

 

8.5

 

 

 

2.8

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

0.2

 

Capital Lease Obligations

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Other non-current liabilities reflected on the registrant's balance sheet under GAAP(2)

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.2

 

Total

 

$

449.3

 

 

$

4.8

 

 

$

7.3

 

 

$

5.5

 

 

$

431.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of cash obligations under the First Lien Term Facility, which are described in more detail in Note 11, "Long-Term Debt" in the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Interest payments on the First Lien Term Facility are calculated quarterly using variable interest rates based on market indices and, as a result, are not readily determinable for this analysis.

 

(2) Asset retirement obligation.  See Note 17, "Asset Retirement Obligation" in the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further detail.

 

Ranpak does not have any other material contractually binding obligations to make cash payments. While Ranpak enters into agreements, generally annually, to fix the supplier price for the purchase of paper raw materials, none of these agreements provide for minimum purchase volumes.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Ranpak did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2020.

Critical Accounting Policies

The accounting principles followed by Ranpak and the methods of applying these principles are in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which often require the judgment of management in the selection and application of certain accounting principles and methods. Ranpak considers the following accounting policies to be critical to understanding its financial statements because the application of these policies requires significant judgment on the part of management, which could have a material impact on Ranpak’s financial statements. The following accounting policies include estimates that require management’s subjective or complex judgments about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. For information on Ranpak’s significant accounting policies, including the policies discussed below, see Note 2, “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.

Revenue Recognition.  Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized using a five-step model consisting of the following: (i) identify the contract with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies a performance obligation. Performance obligations are satisfied when the Company transfers control of a good or service to a customer, which can occur over time or at a point in time. The amount of revenue recognized is based on the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services, including the expected value of variable consideration. The customer’s ability and intent to pay the transaction price is assessed in determining whether a contract exists with the customer. If collectability of substantially all of the consideration in a contract is not probable, consideration received is not recognized as revenue unless the consideration is nonrefundable and the Company no longer has an obligation to transfer additional goods or services to the customer or collectability becomes probable.

The Company sells its products to end-users primarily through an established distributor network and direct sales to select end-users. The Company’s protective packaging solutions fall into four broad categories: Void-Fill, Cushioning, Wrapping, and End-of-Line Automation. The Void-Fill protective systems convert paper to fill empty spaces in secondary packages and protect objects. The Cushioning protective systems convert paper into cushioning pads. The Wrapping protective systems create pads or paper mesh to securely wrap and protect fragile items as well as to line boxes and provide separation when shipping multiple objects.

Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and therefore are excluded from net revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Charges for rebates and other allowances are recognized as a deduction from revenue on an accrual basis in the period in which the associated revenue is recorded. When we estimate our rebate accruals, we consider customer-specific contractual commitments including stated rebate rates and history of actual rebates paid. Our rebate accruals are reviewed at each reporting period and adjusted to reflect data available at that time. We adjust the accruals to reflect any differences between estimated and actual amounts. These adjustments impact the amount of net revenue recognized by us in the period of adjustment. Charges for rebates and other allowances were approximately 10.9%, 11.3%, and 11.3% of revenue in 2020, Successor Period and the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, respectively. Refer to Note 8, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers,” of the Notes to consolidated financial statements for further discussion of revenue.


The Company recognizes incremental costs to fulfill a contract as an asset if such incremental costs are expected to be recovered, relate directly to a contract or anticipated contract, and generate or enhance resources that will be used to satisfy performance obligations in the future.  

The Company recognizes incremental costs to obtain a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that otherwise would have been recognized is one year or less. For example, the Company generally expenses sales commissions when incurred because the contract term is less than one year. These costs are recorded within sales and marketing expenses.

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets, net.  Goodwill represents the excess of the total purchase consideration over the fair value of the underlying net assets, largely arising from the assembled workforce, new customers and the replacement of customer and technology attrition.  Goodwill is not subject to amortization but is tested for impairment annually as of October 1, through a qualitative or quantitative assessment and when events and circumstances indicate that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit may no longer exceed its carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

Identifiable intangible assets consist primarily of patents, customer/distributor relationships, and trademarks. We amortize finite lived identifiable assets over the shorter of their stated or statutory duration or their estimated useful lives, generally ranging from 10 to 15 years, on a straight-line basis and periodically review them for impairment. Trademarks are accounted for as indefinite-lived intangible assets and, accordingly, are not subject to amortization.

We use the acquisition method of accounting for all business combinations and do not amortize goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for possible impairment annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. See Note 9, “Goodwill, Long-Lived and Identifiable Intangible Assets, net” of the Notes to consolidated financial statements for further details.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.  The Company reviews its long-lived assets, including finite-lived intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For long-lived assets, except goodwill, an impairment loss is indicated when the undiscounted future cash flows estimated to be generated by the asset group are not sufficient to recover the unamortized balance of the asset group. If indicators exist, the loss is measured as the excess of carrying value over the asset groups’ fair value, as determined based on discounted future cash flows, asset appraisals or market values of similar assets.

See Note 5, “Property, Plant and Equipment” of the Notes to consolidated financial statements for further details.

Derivative Financial Instruments.  The Company uses derivatives as part of the normal business operations to manage its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates associated with variable interest rate debt. The Company has established policies and procedures that govern the risk management of these exposures. The primary objective in managing these exposures is to decrease the volatility of cash flows affected by changes in interest rates.

We use interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate exposures. Derivatives are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. If a derivative is deemed to be ineffective, the change in fair value of the derivative is recognized directly in earnings. The changes in the fair values of derivatives not designated as hedges are recognized directly in earnings, as a component of interest expense. Prior to September 25, 2019, the Company did not apply hedge accounting to its outstanding interest rate swap, and changes in fair value were recorded directly to interest expense.

See Note 12, “Derivative Instruments,” of the Notes to consolidated financial statements for further details.

Income Taxes.  The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, the Company determines deferred tax assets and liabilities on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.


The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that we believe that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”) on the basis of a two-step process in which (i) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (ii) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

For recently issued and adopted accounting pronouncements, see Note 2, “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate Risk

Changes in interest rates affect the amount of interest income we earn on cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and the amount of interest expense we pay on borrowings under the floating rate portions of our credit facilities.  We use fixed interest rate swap agreements to manage this exposure.  These derivative instruments are reported at fair value in accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities.  Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded each period in other comprehensive income.  For derivatives not designated as hedges, the gain or loss is recognized in current earnings.  Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable amounts from a counterparty in exchange for making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional value.  The gain or loss on the interest rate swap is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss and subsequently reclassified into interest expense in the same period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings.  Refer to Note 11, “Long-Term Debt” and Note 12, “Derivative Instruments” to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information on our indebtedness and interest rate swap agreements

A hypothetical 100 basis point increase or decrease in the applicable base interest rates under our credit facilities would have resulted in a $4.4 million impact on our cash interest expense in 2020.  

On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. It is expected that most, if not all, banks currently reporting information to set LIBOR will stop doing so at such time, which could either cause LIBOR publication to stop immediately or cause LIBOR’s regulator to announce the discontinuation of its publication (and, during any such transition period, LIBOR may perform differently than in the past).

On November 30, 2020, ICE Benchmark Administration (“IBA”), the administrator of LIBOR, with the support of the United States Federal Reserve and the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, announced plans to consult on ceasing publication of USD LIBOR on December 31, 2021 for only the one week and two month USD LIBOR tenors, and on June 30, 2023 for all other USD LIBOR tenors. While this announcement extends the transition period to June 2023, the United States Federal Reserve concurrently issued a statement advising banks to stop new USD LIBOR issuances by the end of 2021

These reforms may also result in new methods of calculating LIBOR to be established, or alternative reference rates to be established. For example, in the U.S., a group convened by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, called the Alternative Reference Rate Committee (“ARRC”) and comprised of a diverse set of private sector entities, has identified the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as its preferred alternative rate for the U.S. LIBOR and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York has begun publishing SOFR daily, and central banks in several other jurisdictions have also announced plans for alternative reference rates for other currencies. The potential consequences of these changes cannot be fully predicted and could have an adverse impact on Ranpak’s interest payment obligations under the New Credit Facilities and related interest rate swaps.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk related to our transactions and subsidiaries’ balances that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, our functional currency. See Factors Affecting the Comparability of Ranpak’s Results of Operations - Effect of Currency Fluctuations” in Item 7 previously for more information about Ranpak’s foreign currency exchange rate exposure.  We seek to naturally hedge our foreign exchange transaction exposure by matching the transaction currencies for our


cash inflows and outflows and maintaining access to credit in the principal currencies in which we conduct business.  Currently, we do not hedge our foreign exchange transaction or translation exposure but may consider doing so in the future.

For 2020, net revenue denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars amounted to $170.8 million or 57.3% of our net revenue for the period.  Substantially all of this amount was denominated in Euro.  A 10% increase or decrease in the value of the Euro to the U.S. dollar would have caused our reported net revenue for 2020 to increase or decrease by approximately $17.1 million.

Commodity Price Risk

While our business is significantly impacted by price fluctuations related to the purchase, production and sale of paper products, we are not directly exposed to market price fluctuations in paper purchase or sale prices as we negotiate prices with suppliers on an annual basis and negotiate prices with distributors reflecting competitive market terms.  Our strategy has generally been to obtain competitive prices for our products and services and allow operating results to reflect market price movements dictated by supply and demand.

 

F-9


 

UseITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The following consolidated financial statements are filed as part of estimatesthis Report.

Ranpak Holdings Corp.

 


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ranpak Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Successor), the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows, for the year ended December 31, 2020 (Successor), the period from June 3, 2019 to December 31, 2019 (Successor), the period from January 1, 2019 to June 2, 2019 (Predecessor), and the year ended December 31, 2018 (Predecessor), and the related notes and the schedule listed in the Index at Item 15 (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Successor), and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020 (Successor), the period from June 3, 2019 to December 31, 2019 (Successor), the period from January 1, 2019 to June 2, 2019 (Predecessor), and the year ended December 31, 2018 (Predecessor), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Cleveland, Ohio

March 4, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

June 3, 2019

 

 

 

January 1, 2019

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

2020

 

 

– December 31, 2019

 

 

 

– June 2, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Paper revenue

 

$

250.7

 

 

$

136.5

 

 

 

$

88.8

 

 

$

218.1

 

Machine lease revenue

 

 

39.6

 

 

 

22.5

 

 

 

 

14.4

 

 

 

38.7

 

Other revenue

 

 

7.9

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

11.1

 

Net revenue

 

 

298.2

 

 

 

163.1

 

 

 

 

106.4

 

 

 

267.9

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

175.6

 

 

 

97.4

 

 

 

 

61.2

 

 

 

153.3

 

Gross profit

 

 

122.6

 

 

 

65.7

 

 

 

 

45.2

 

 

 

114.6

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

72.5

 

 

 

37.7

 

 

 

 

23.8

 

 

 

53.2

 

Transaction costs

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

 

7.4

 

 

 

3.3

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

31.5

 

 

 

17.2

 

 

 

 

17.7

 

 

 

43.2

 

Other operating expense, net

 

 

4.7

 

 

 

2.4

 

 

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

3.9

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

11.7

 

 

 

8.1

 

 

 

 

(5.9

)

 

 

11.0

 

Interest expense

 

 

30.2

 

 

 

27.3

 

 

 

 

20.2

 

 

 

30.9

 

Foreign currency (gain) loss

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

 

(2.2

)

 

 

(4.2

)

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

(24.6

)

 

 

(19.9

)

 

 

 

(23.9

)

 

 

(15.7

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

(2.7

)

 

 

 

(4.9

)

 

 

(7.1

)

Net loss

 

$

(23.4

)

 

$

(17.2

)

 

 

$

(19.0

)

 

$

(8.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(19,195.40

)

 

$

(8,697.61

)

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

995

 

 

 

995

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Two-class method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.32

)

 

$

(0.31

)

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

$

(0.32

)

 

$

(0.31

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding - Class A and C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

72,434,802

 

 

 

55,392,201

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

72,434,802

 

 

 

55,392,201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

$

16.2

 

 

$

1.7

 

 

 

$

(4.0

)

 

$

(7.4

)

Interest rate swap adjustments

 

 

(11.3

)

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), before tax

 

 

4.9

 

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

 

(4.0

)

 

 

(7.4

)

Benefit from income taxes related to other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(2.4

)

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

7.3

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

 

(4.0

)

 

 

(7.4

)

Comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

$

(16.1

)

 

$

(13.8

)

 

 

$

(23.0

)

 

$

(16.0

)

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in millions, except share data)

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

48.5

 

 

$

19.7

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

39.1

 

 

 

36.1

 

Inventories, net

 

 

16.1

 

 

 

11.6

 

Income tax receivable

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

1.5

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

2.5

 

Total current assets

 

 

107.2

 

 

 

71.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

124.4

 

 

 

122.5

 

Goodwill

 

 

458.4

 

 

 

448.8

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

440.6

 

 

 

458.6

 

Other assets

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

3.1

 

Total assets

 

$

1,133.5

 

 

$

1,104.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

24.9

 

 

$

12.3

 

Accrued liabilities and other

 

 

30.7

 

 

 

15.5

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

1.6

 

Deferred machine fee revenue

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

2.5

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

57.5

 

 

 

31.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

432.7

 

 

 

418.8

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

109.6

 

 

 

115.0

 

Derivative instruments

 

 

9.6

 

 

 

4.6

 

Other liabilities

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

2.3

 

Total liabilities

 

 

610.6

 

 

 

572.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies – Note 18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par, 200,000,000 shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

authorized at December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued and outstanding: 69,005,059 and 64,293,741

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Class C common stock, $0.0001 par, 200,000,000 shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

authorized at December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued and outstanding: 6,511,293 at December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and December 31, 2019

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

564.7

 

 

 

557.5

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(52.5

)

 

 

(29.1

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

10.7

 

 

 

3.4

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

522.9

 

 

 

531.8

 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

 

$

1,133.5

 

 

$

1,104.4

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

(in millions, except share data)

 

 

Ordinary Shares

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A

 

 

Class B

 

 

Class A

 

 

Class C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Additional Paid-In Capital

 

 

Accumulated Earnings (Deficit)

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

 

Total

 

Successor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at June 3, 2019

 

 

2,770,967

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

11,250,000

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

16.9

 

 

$

(11.9

)

 

$

-

 

 

$

5.0

 

Forward purchase shares

 

 

15,000,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0

 

Additional shares purchased

 

 

16,149,317

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0

 

Conversion of forward purchase and additional shares

 

 

(31,149,317

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

25,454,282

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,695,035

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

267.0

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

267.0

 

Shares canceled

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,854,664

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(33.0

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(33.0

)

Convert Class B

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(7,395,336

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,663,953

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

731,383

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

63.4

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

63.4

 

Convert public shares

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

14,581,346

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

125.0

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

125.0

 

Convert private placement warrants

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

658,051

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

84,875

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6.4

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6.4

 

Public shares redeemed

 

 

(2,770,967

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0

 

Issue Director shares

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

13,032

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.1

 

Amortization of restricted stock units

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1.7

 

Stock offering

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

16,923,077

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

110.0

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

110.0

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(17.2

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(17.2

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

3.4

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

64,293,741

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,511,293

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

557.5

 

 

 

(29.1

)

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

531.8

 

Warrant exchange

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,422,564

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0

 

Stock-based awards vested and distributed

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

202,723

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Issue Director shares

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

86,031

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Amortization of restricted stock units

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7.2

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7.2

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(23.4

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(23.4

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7.3

 

 

 

7.3

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

69,005,059

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

6,511,293

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

564.7

 

 

$

(52.5

)

 

$

10.7

 

 

$

522.9

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

56


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

(in millions, except share data)

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Additional Paid-In Capital

 

 

Accumulated Earnings (Deficit)

 

 

Treasury Stock

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

 

Total

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

 

995

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

291.4

 

 

$

(61.3

)

 

$

(1.5

)

 

$

(16.2

)

 

$

212.4

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(8.6

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(8.6

)

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(7.4

)

 

 

(7.4

)

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

 

995

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

291.4

 

 

 

(69.9

)

 

 

(1.5

)

 

 

(23.6

)

 

$

196.4

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(19.0

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(19.0

)

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(4.0

)

 

 

(4.0

)

Purchase of Ranpak Corp.

 

 

(995

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0

 

Balance at June 2, 2019

 

 

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

291.4

 

 

$

(88.9

)

 

$

(1.5

)

 

$

(27.6

)

 

$

173.4

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

June 3, 2019

 

 

 

January 1, 2019

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

2020

 

 

– December 31, 2019

 

 

 

– June 2, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(23.4

)

 

$

(17.2

)

 

 

$

(19.0

)

 

$

(8.6

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

62.7

 

 

 

31.7

 

 

 

 

26.6

 

 

 

64.5

 

Amortization of deferred financing costs

 

 

1.6

 

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

 

7.5

 

 

 

2.6

 

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

 

 

2.7

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

1.8

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(5.4

)

 

 

(8.0

)

 

 

 

(7.2

)

 

 

(14.0

)

(Gain) loss on derivative contract

 

 

-

 

 

 

6.8

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(0.6

)

Amortization of initial value of hedging instrument

 

 

(1.7

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Currency (gain) loss on foreign denominated debt and notes payable

 

 

6.0

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

 

(2.4

)

 

 

(4.2

)

Amortization of restricted stock units

 

 

7.2

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Contingent liability related to earn-out provision

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2.6

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease in receivables, net

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

(7.7

)

 

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

(2.0

)

(Increase) decrease in inventory

 

 

(4.6

)

 

 

4.5

 

 

 

 

(1.3

)

 

 

0.3

 

(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

2.7

 

 

 

-

 

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

 

 

10.3

 

 

 

(13.5

)

 

 

 

(2.8

)

 

 

(1.2

)

Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities

 

 

11.1

 

 

 

6.7

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

 

 

-

 

Change in other assets and liabilities

 

 

(2.7

)

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

 

2.7

 

 

 

0.8

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

63.8

 

 

 

9.6

 

 

 

 

16.7

 

 

 

42.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Converter equipment

 

 

(25.8

)

 

 

(16.5

)

 

 

 

(9.9

)

 

 

(21.8

)

Other capital expenditures

 

 

(6.5

)

 

 

(2.7

)

 

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

(3.0

)

Total capital expenditures

 

 

(32.3

)

 

 

(19.2

)

 

 

 

(10.5

)

 

 

(24.8

)

Cash paid for acquisitions

 

 

-

 

 

 

(945.6

)

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Assets acquired

 

 

(1.3

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Cash withdrawn from trust account

 

 

-

 

 

 

308.1

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Patent and trademark expenditures

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

(0.5

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(34.5

)

 

 

(657.1

)

 

 

 

(10.8

)

 

 

(25.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of term loans and credit facility

 

 

-

 

 

 

534.6

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Proceeds from sale of common stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

424.7

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Shares subject to Redemption

 

 

-

 

 

 

(158.3

)

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Financing costs of debt facilities

 

 

-

 

 

 

(12.6

)

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Payments on term loans and credit facility

 

 

(1.6

)

 

 

(107.7

)

 

 

 

(14.4

)

 

 

(6.6

)

Payments of promissory note

 

 

-

 

 

 

(4.0

)

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Payment of deferred registration costs

 

 

-

 

 

 

(11.3

)

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Contingent liability payment

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1.1

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

(1.6

)

 

 

665.4

 

 

 

 

(14.4

)

 

 

(7.7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

(0.1

)

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

28.8

 

 

 

18.0

 

 

 

 

(7.3

)

 

 

8.9

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

19.7

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

 

17.5

 

 

 

8.6

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period

 

$

48.5

 

 

$

19.7

 

 

 

$

10.2

 

 

$

17.5

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Note 1 Nature of Operations

Ranpak is a leading provider of environmentally sustainable, systems-based, product protection solutions and end-of-line automation solutions for e-commerce and industrial supply chains. Through proprietary protective packaging systems and paper consumables, the Company offers a full suite of protective packaging solutions. The Company’s business is global, with a strong presence in the United States and Europe.

One Madison Corporation (“One Madison”) was originally formed as a blank check company incorporated on July 13, 2017 and was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. One Madison units, Class A ordinary shares originally sold as part of the units, and warrants originally sold as part of the units sold in the Company’s initial public offering on January 22, 2018 were listed in the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbols “OMAD.U”, “OMAD” and “OMAD.WS”, respectively.  The Class A ordinary shares and warrants comprising the units began separately trading on February 26, 2018.  Upon the closing of the business combination (the “Closing”) as described below, these shares and warrants that were converted as part of the transaction, began trading under the symbols “PACK” and “PACK WS,” respectively.

On June 3, 2019, the Company, consummated a business combination (the “Ranpak Business Combination”) pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement dated December 12, 2018 by and among the Company, Rack Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Seller”), and Rack Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Seller (“Rack Holdings”). The Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Ranger Packaging LLC (the “Acquiring Entity”), acquired all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Rack Holdings from Seller, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement. Refer to Note 10, “Acquisition” for further discussion of the Ranpak Business Combination. In connection with the Ranpak Business Combination, the Company domesticated to a Delaware corporation on May 31, 2019 and changed its name to Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Note 2 Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and with instructions to Form 10-K and Rule 10-01 of the SEC Regulation S-X as they apply to annual financial information.

Predecessor and Successor Reporting — On June 3, 2019, the Company consummated the acquisition of all outstanding and issued equity interests of Rack Holdings, pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, and now owns 100% of Rack Holdings Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries.  The Ranpak Business Combination is accounted for under the scope of ASC 805, as One Madison was deemed to be the accounting acquirer while Rack Holdings was deemed the “Predecessor.”  Accordingly, the business combination is accounted for using the acquisition method which requires the Company to record the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed from Rack Holdings (See Note 10, “Acquisition” for further details).

The financial statements separate the Company’s presentation into distinct periods.  The periods before the closing of the Ranpak Business Combination depict the financial statements of the Predecessor.  All periods subsequent to June 3, 2019 after the consummation of the Ranpak Business Combination depict the financial statements of the Successor.  As a result of the application of the acquisition method of accounting under the scope of ASC 805 as of the closing of the Ranpak Business Combination, the financial statements for Predecessor periods and for the Successor periods are presented on a different basis of accounting and are, therefore not comparable.

Principles of Consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP.  All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation and certain immaterial prior year amounts have been reclassified consistent with current year presentation.  All amounts are in millions, except share and per share amounts and are approximate due to rounding.

Use of Estimates The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates include, among other items, assessing the collectability of receivables, asset retirement obligations, the use and recoverability of inventory, the estimation of fair value of financial instruments, the estimation of fair value of acquired assets and liabilities in a business combination and related purchase price allocation, assumptions used in the calculation of income taxes, useful lives and recoverability of tangible assets and goodwill and other intangible assets, costs for incentive compensation and accruals for

59


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

Makingcommitments and contingencies. We review these estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible thatand assumptions periodically using historical experience and other factors and reflect the estimateeffects of any revisions in the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of theconsolidated financial statements which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near-term dueperiod we determine any revisions to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actualbe necessary. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates and such differences could be material.

Revenue Recognition — Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized using a five-step model consisting of the following: (i) identify the contract with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies a performance obligation. Performance obligations are satisfied when the Company transfers control of a good or service to a customer, which can occur over time or at a point in time. The amount of revenue recognized is based on the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those estimates.goods or services, including the expected value of variable consideration. The customer’s ability and intent to pay the transaction price is assessed in determining whether a contract exists with the customer. If collectability of substantially all of the consideration in a contract is not probable, consideration received is not recognized as revenue unless the consideration is nonrefundable and the Company no longer has an obligation to transfer additional goods or services to the customer or collectability becomes probable.

The Company sells its products to end-users primarily through an established distributor network and direct sales to select end-users. The Company’s protective packaging solutions fall into four broad categories: Void-Fill, Cushioning, Wrapping, and End-of-Line Automation. The Void-Fill protective systems convert paper to fill empty spaces in secondary packages and protect objects. The Cushioning protective systems convert paper into cushioning pads. The Wrapping protective systems create pads or paper mesh to securely wrap and protect fragile items as well as to line boxes and provide separation when shipping multiple objects.

Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and therefore are excluded from net revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Charges for rebates and other allowances are recognized as a deduction from revenue on an accrual basis in the period in which the associated revenue is recorded. When we estimate our rebate accruals, we consider customer-specific contractual commitments including stated rebate rates and history of actual rebates paid. Our rebate accruals are reviewed at each reporting period and adjusted to reflect data available at that time. We adjust the accruals to reflect any differences between estimated and actual amounts. These adjustments impact the amount of net revenue recognized by us in the period of adjustment. Charges for rebates and other allowances were approximately 10.9%, 11.3%, 11.3%, and 9.5% of revenue in 2020, the Successor Period, the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, and 2018, respectively. Refer to Note 8, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers,” further discussion of revenue.

The Company recognizes incremental costs to fulfill a contract as an asset if such incremental costs are expected to be recovered, relate directly to a contract or anticipated contract, and generate or enhance resources that will be used to satisfy performance obligations in the future.

The Company recognizes incremental costs to obtain a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that otherwise would have been recognized is one year or less. For example, the Company generally expenses sales commissions when incurred because the contract term is less than one year. These costs are recorded within SG&A expenses.

Shipping and Handling Costs — Costs incurred for the transfer and delivery of goods to customers are billed to customers and recorded as a component of cost of sales. Shipping and handling costs totaled $4.8 million, $2.1 million, $1.3 million, and $4.6 million in 2020, the Successor Period, the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, and 2018, respectively.

Advertising Costs — Advertising cost includes cost associated with trade shows. We expense advertising costs as incurred within SG&A expense. Advertising cost totaled $0.7 million, $0.2 million, $0.3 million, and $0.6 million in 2020, the Successor Period, the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, and 2018, respectively.

R&D Costs — We expense R&D costs as incurred within other operating expense, net. R&D costs totaled $2.3 million, $0.9 million, $1.2 million, and $2.4 million in 2020, the Successor Period, the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, and 2018, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents — Cash and cash equivalents include securities with original maturities of three months or less and cash in banks.

Accounts Receivable — The Company provides credit in the normal course of business to its customers and does not require collateral. Trade receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts, reflect the net realizable value of receivables and approximate fair

60


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

Concentrationvalue. The Company maintains an allowance against accounts receivable for the estimated probable losses on uncollectible accounts and sales returns and allowances. The valuation reserve is based upon historical loss experience, current economic conditions within the industries the Company serves as well as determination of creditthe specific risk related to certain customers. Accounts receivable are charged off against the reserve when, in management’s estimation, further collection efforts would not result in a reasonable likelihood of receipt, or, if later, as proscribed by statutory regulations.

Inventories — Inventories consist of unprocessed and finished paper and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost for all inventories is determined using the first-in, first-out method applied on a consistent basis. An allowance for excess or inactive inventory is recorded based upon an analysis that considers current inventory levels, historical usage patterns, estimates of future sales expectations and salvage value.  Refer to Note 4 “Inventories, net” for further detail.

Property, Plant, and Equipment — Property, plant, and equipment, including amounts under capital lease, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Renewals and betterments that substantially extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized and depreciated. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the useful life of the asset or the applicable lease term.  Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution which, at times may exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage of $250,000. At December 31, 2017, the Company had not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Estimated

Useful Lives

Buildings and improvements

2 – 20 years

Machinery and equipment

2 – 10 years

Converting machines

3 – 5 years

Computer and office equipment

2 – 10 years

 

Fair valueAssets under capital lease are included in machinery and equipment.  Refer to Note 5 “Property, Plant, and Equipment, net” for further detail.

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets, net — Goodwill represents the excess of financial instruments

Thethe total purchase consideration over the fair value of the Company’sunderlying net assets, largely arising from the assembled workforce, new customers and the replacement of customer and technology attrition.

Goodwill is not subject to amortization but is tested for impairment annually as of October 1, through a qualitative or quantitative assessment and when events and circumstances indicate that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit may no longer exceed its carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

Identifiable intangible assets consist primarily of patents, customer/distributor relationships, trademarks, and other intellectual property. We amortize finite lived identifiable assets over the shorter of their stated or statutory duration or their estimated useful lives, generally ranging from 10 to 15 years, on a straight-line basis and periodically review them for impairment. Trademarks are accounted for as indefinite-lived intangible assets and, accordingly, are not subject to amortization.

We use the acquisition method of accounting for all business combinations and do not amortize goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for possible impairment annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. See Note 9, “Goodwill, Long-Lived and Identifiable Intangible Assets, net” and Note 5, “Property, Plant, and Equipment, net” for further details.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets — The Company reviews its long-lived assets, including finite-lived intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For long-lived assets, except goodwill, an impairment loss is indicated when the undiscounted future cash flows estimated to be generated by the asset group are not sufficient to recover the unamortized balance of the asset group. If indicators exist, the loss is measured as the excess of carrying value over the asset group’s fair value, as determined based on discounted future cash flows, asset appraisals or market values of similar assets.  See Note 9, “Goodwill, Long-Lived and Identifiable Intangible Assets, net” and Note 5, “Property, Plant, and Equipment, net” for further details.

Derivative Financial Instruments — The Company uses derivatives as part of the normal business operations to manage its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates associated with variable interest rate debt. The Company has established policies and procedures that

61


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

govern the risk management of these exposures. The primary objective in managing these exposures is to decrease the volatility of cash flows affected by changes in interest rates.

We use interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate exposures. Derivatives are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. If a derivative is deemed to be ineffective, the change in fair value of the derivative is recognized directly in earnings. The changes in the fair values of derivatives not designated as hedges are recognized directly in earnings, as a component of interest expense. Prior to September 25, 2019, the Company did not apply hedge accounting to its outstanding interest rate swap, and changes in fair value were recorded directly to interest expense.

See Note 12, “Derivative Instruments,” for further details.

Foreign Currency — The nature of business activities involves the management of various financial and market risks, including those related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.  The functional currency of our operating subsidiaries outside the U.S. is the applicable local currency.  For those operations, assets and liabilities which qualifyare translated into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates and revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars using average monthly exchange rates.

Commitments, Contingencies, and Litigation — On an ongoing basis, we assess the potential liabilities related to any lawsuits or claims brought against us. While it is typically very difficult to determine the timing and ultimate outcome of these actions, we use our best judgment to determine if it is probable that we will incur an expense related to the settlement or final adjudication of these matters and whether a reasonable estimation of the probable loss, if any, can be made. In assessing probable losses, we make estimates of the amount of insurance recoveries, if any. We accrue a liability when we believe a loss is probable and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Due to the inherent uncertainties related to the eventual outcome of litigation and potential insurance recovery, it is possible that disputed matters may be resolved for amounts materially different from any provisions or disclosures that we have previously made. We expense legal costs as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820,incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation — The Company’s shareholders approved the Ranpak Holdings Corp. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”) at its Annual Meeting of Shareholders on February 20, 2019. The purpose of the 2019 Plan is to motivate and reward employees and other individuals to perform at their highest level and contribute significantly to the success of the Company. The 2019 Plan is an omnibus plan that may provide these incentives through grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, other cash-based awards and other stock-based awards to employees, directors, or consultants of the Company.

We record stock-based compensation awards exchanged for employee services at fair value on the date of grant and record the expense for these awards in cost of sales and in SG&A expenses, as applicable, on our Consolidated Statements of Operations over the requisite employee service period. Stock-based compensation expense includes actual forfeitures incurred. For performance-based awards, the Company reassesses at each reporting date whether achievement of the performance condition is probable and accrues compensation expense if and when achievement of the performance condition is probable.

See Note 19,Fair Value MeasurementsStock-Based Compensation” for further information on the 2019 Plan and Disclosures” approximatesstock-based compensation expense.

Employee Benefit Plans — The Company’s U.S. employees participate in a defined contribution plan and health and life insurance plans sponsored by the carrying amounts representedCompany. A Company subsidiary, Ranpak B.V., participates in a multiemployer benefit plan – Corporate Pension Fund for Cardboard and Flexible Packaging Business (“the B.V. Plan”) – in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily dueNetherlands, which provides retirement benefits to their short-term nature.all Ranpak B.V. employees. As a participant in the multi-employer benefit plan, the Company recognizes expense in each period for the required contributions to the multi-employer benefit plans.  See Note 15, “Employee Benefit Plans” for further information about the Company’s benefit plans.

Deferred offering costs

Income TaxesThe Company complies with the requirements of FASB ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 5A--“Expenses of Offering.” Deferred offering costs of $868,919, consist of costs incurred in connection with preparationaccounts for the Proposed Offering. These costs, together with the underwriter discount, will be charged to capital upon completion of the Proposed Offering or charged to operations if the Proposed Offering is not completed.

Incomeincome taxes

The Company follows under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of accounting for income taxes under FASB ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferreddeferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimatedexpected future tax consequences attributable toof events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, the Company determines deferred tax assets and liabilities on the basis of the differences between the financial statements carrying amountsstatement and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measuredby using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in effect for the yearsyear in which those temporarythe differences are expected to be recovered or settled.reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includedincludes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary,

62


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to reduceConsolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that we believe these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If we determine that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we will make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which will reduce the provision for income taxes.

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (i) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (ii) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

See Note 16, “Income Taxes” for further detail.  

Comprehensive Income (Loss) — Comprehensive income (loss) includes net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss) amounts attributable to foreign currency translation adjustments and the effect of our interest rate swap hedge, net of tax, as applicable.

Net Earnings (Loss) per Share — Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net earnings available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Non-vested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends are treated as participating securities and therefore included in computing earnings per common share using the “two-class method.” The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that calculates basic and diluted net earnings per common share for each class of common stock separately based on dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Non-vested restricted stock issued under the 2019 Plan are considered participating securities since these securities have non-forfeitable rights to dividends when we declare a dividend during the contractual vesting period of the share-based payment award and are therefore included in our earnings allocation formula using the two-class method. When calculating diluted net earnings per common share, the more dilutive effect of applying either of the following is presented: (a) the two-class method (described above) assuming that the participating security is not exercised or converted, or, (b) the treasury stock method for the participating security.  Currently, we do not pay dividends or have any undistributed earnings, therefore, the calculation of diluted earnings per share is the same for either method.

See Note 21, “Earnings (Loss) per Share” for further details.

Emerging Growth Company — Section 102(b)(1) of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”) exempts EGCs from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act of 1933, as amended, registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards.  The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable.  We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an EGC, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard.  This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company, which is neither an EGC nor an EGC which has opted out of using the extended transition period, difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Supplemental Cash Flow Information and Non-Cash Investing Activities — Supplemental cash flow information and non-cash investing activities are as follows:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

June 3, 2019 –

 

 

 

January 1, 2019

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

– June 2, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Supplemental cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

22.5

 

 

$

15.8

 

 

 

$

12.5

 

 

$

29.0

 

Taxes paid

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

 

4.0

 

 

 

7.6

 

Non-cash increase in asset retirement obligation

 

$

0.7

 

 

$

0

 

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

Non-cash investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital leases

 

$

0.3

 

 

$

0

 

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0.2

 

Capital expenditures in accounts payable

 

$

2.4

 

 

$

1.6

 

 

 

$

2.1

 

 

$

2.1

 

63


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards — In August 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (“ASU 2018-13”).  ASU 2018-13 modifies the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements.  We adopted ASU 2018-13 on January 1, 2020.  The adoption of ASU 2018-13 did not have an impact on our fair value disclosures.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards — In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASC 842”).  The amendments in this ASU require an entity to recognize a right-of-use asset and lease liability for all leases with terms of more than 12 months.  Recognition, measurement and presentation of expenses will depend on classification as a finance or operating lease.  The amendments also require certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures about leasing arrangements.  ASC 842 was originally effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2020 with early adoption permitted.  In October 2019, the FASB delayed the implementation of ASC 842 for private companies until fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020.  In June 2020, the FASB further delayed the implementation of ASC 842 for private companies until fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021.  We plan to adopt ASC 842 in the first quarter of 2021.  Our implementation team includes personnel from accounting, tax, legal, information technology, and operations departments.  While we continue to analyze our lease portfolio and business processes to determine the impact of the new standard on our financial statements and disclosures, we do not anticipate a material effect.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”), which amends the FASB’s guidance on the impairment of financial instruments.  ASU 2016-13 adds to GAAP an impairment model (known as the “current expected credit loss model”) that is based on expected losses rather than incurred losses.  ASU 2016-13 was originally effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years.  On October 16, 2019, the FASB delayed the implementation of ASU 2016-13 for private companies until fiscal years beginning January 1, 2023.  Given our status as an EGC, we will adopt ASU 2016-13 in accordance with the private company guidance.  We are currently evaluating the impact that this new guidance will have on our financial position, results of operations, cash flows and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12 – Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”).  The amendments in ASU 2019-12 simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions regarding the incremental approach for intra-period tax allocations, deferred tax liabilities for equity method investments, and general methodology calculations when a year-to-date loss exceeds the anticipated loss.  Additionally, ASU 2019-12 further simplifies accounting for income taxes by requiring certain franchise taxes to be accounted for as income-based tax or non-income-based tax, requiring evaluation of the tax basis of goodwill in business combinations, specifying the requirements and elections for allocating consolidated current and deferred tax expense to legal entities separately not subject to tax and requiring reflection of the effect of an enacted change in tax laws or rates in the annual effective tax rate computation in the interim period that includes the enactment date.  ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted.  The various amendments can be applied on a retrospective, modified retrospective, or prospective basis, depending on the amendment.  We are in the process of evaluating the impact of this new guidance on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848):  Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting (“ASU 2020-04”).  The amendments in ASU 2020-04 provide optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or another reference rate expected to be realized.

There were no unrecognized tax benefitsdiscontinued because of reference rate reform.  These expedients and exceptions do not apply to contract modifications made and hedging relationships entered into or evaluated after December 31, 2022, except for hedging relationships existing as of December 31, 2017. FASB ASC 740 prescribes2022, for which an entity has elected certain optional expedients and that are retained through the end of the hedging relationship.  ASU 2020-04 is effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020 (the date of the issuance of ASU 2020-04) through December 31, 2022.  An entity may elect to apply the amendments for contract modifications as of any date from the beginning of an interim period that includes or is subsequent to March 12, 2020, or prospectively from a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute fordate within an interim period that includes or is subsequent to March 12, 2020, up to the date that the financial statements are available to be issued.  We are evaluating the impact of ASU 2020-04 on our financial statements and disclosures.

64


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Note 3 Accounts Receivable, net— The components of accounts receivable, net were as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

39.6

 

 

$

36.3

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

(0.2

)

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

39.1

 

 

$

36.1

 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, certain customers’ accounts receivable balances exceeded 10% of accounts receivable.  At December 31, 2020, one customer accounted for approximately 12.9% of our accounts receivable balance.  At December 31, 2019, a different customer accounted for 12.0% of our accounts receivable balance.

Note 4 Inventories, net— The components of inventories, net was as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Raw materials

 

$

9.8

 

 

$

7.2

 

Work-in-process

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

 

 

Finished goods

 

 

6.8

 

 

 

4.7

 

Total inventories

 

 

17.1

 

 

 

11.9

 

Reserve for obsolescence

 

 

(1.0

)

 

 

(0.3

)

Inventories, net

 

$

16.1

 

 

$

11.6

 

Note 5 Property, Plant and Equipment, netThe components of property, plant and equipment, net was as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Land

 

$

4.2

 

 

$

4.1

 

Buildings and improvements

 

 

8.7

 

 

 

8.1

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

15.3

 

 

 

13.0

 

Computer and office equipment

 

 

10.7

 

 

 

6.7

 

Converting machines

 

 

134.7

 

 

 

105.9

 

Total property, plant, and equipment

 

 

173.6

 

 

 

137.8

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(49.2

)

 

 

(15.3

)

Property, plant, and equipment, net

 

$

124.4

 

 

$

122.5

 

Our capital leases are included in machinery and equipment and depreciation of capital leases is recorded in depreciation and amortization expense.  The cost and related accumulated depreciation of our capital leases are as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Cost

 

$

0.9

 

 

$

0.6

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

(0.1

)

Net book value

 

$

0.3

 

 

$

0.5

 

We did not capitalize any interest in any of the periods presented.

We are required to evaluate the recoverability of the carrying amount of our long-lived asset groups whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of our asset groups may not be recoverable.  Due to the negative macroeconomic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic across various industries, we performed an evaluation of our asset groups in the fourth quarter of 2020.  The undiscounted cash flows to be generated from the use and eventual disposition of the asset groups were compared to the carrying value of the asset groups and it was determined that the carrying amounts of our asset groups were recoverable.  

65


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Depreciation expense recorded in cost of goods sold and depreciation and amortization expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) was as follows:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

June 3, 2019 –

 

 

 

January 1, 2019

 

 

Year Ended

 

Depreciation expense included in

 

2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

– June 2, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Cost of goods sold

 

$

31.1

 

 

$

14.6

 

 

 

$

8.9

 

 

$

21.2

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

1.6

 

Total depreciation expense

 

$

34.0

 

 

$

15.4

 

 

 

$

9.6

 

 

$

22.8

 

Note 6 – Accrued Liabilities and Other The components of accrued liabilities and other was as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Employee compensation

 

$

2.6

 

 

$

3.6

 

Taxes

 

 

3.5

 

 

 

2.4

 

Professional fees

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

1.6

 

Bonus

 

 

6.0

 

 

 

3.3

 

Interest

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

2.2

 

Exit Payment

 

 

8.2

 

 

 

-

 

Interest rate swap liability, current portion

 

 

4.6

 

 

 

0.4

 

Other

 

 

2.7

 

 

 

2.0

 

Accrued liabilities and other

 

$

30.7

 

 

$

15.5

 

Note 7 Segment and Geographic Information

In accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting (“ASC 280”), we determined we have 2 operating segments which are aggregated into 1 reportable segment, Ranpak.  The chief operating decision maker assesses the Company’s performance and allocates resources based on the Company’s consolidated financial information.  The aggregation of the two operating segments is based on the Company’s determination that, per ASC 280, the operating segments have similar economic characteristics, and are similar in all of the following areas: the nature of products and services, the nature of production processes, the type or class of customer for their products or services, and the methods used to distribute their products or provide their services.  In addition, the operating segments were aggregated for purposes of determining whether segments meet the quantitative threshold for separate reporting.

We attribute revenue to individual countries based on the selling location.  Our products are primarily sold from North America and Europe.  The following table presents a summary of net revenue to external customers by geographic location:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

June 3, 2019 –

 

 

 

January 1, 2019

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

– June 2, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

North America

 

 

$

127.4

 

 

$

81.8

 

 

 

$

50.1

 

 

$

131.4

 

Europe/Asia

 

 

 

170.8

 

 

 

81.3

 

 

 

 

56.3

 

 

 

136.5

 

Net revenue

 

 

$

298.2

 

 

$

163.1

 

 

 

$

106.4

 

 

$

267.9

 

Our customers are not concentrated in any specific geographic region.  During 2020 and the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, no customers exceeded 10% of net revenue.  During the Successor Period and 2018, one customer accounted for approximately 10.0% and 10.8%, respectively, of net revenue.

The following table presents our long-lived assets by geographic location:

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

North America

 

$

59.4

 

 

$

62.4

 

Europe/Asia

 

 

65.0

 

 

 

60.1

 

Total long-lived assets

 

$

124.4

 

 

$

122.5

 

66


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Note 8 Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers

Description of Revenue-Generating Activities.  We employ sales, marketing and customer service personnel throughout the world who sell and market our products and services to and/or through a large number of distributors as well as directly to end-users. As discussed in Note 7, “Segment and Geographic Information,” we have 2 operating segments which are aggregated into 1 reportable segment, Ranpak.

Ranpak provides environmentally sustainable, system based, product protection solutions and end-of-line automation solutions for e-commerce and industrial supply chains. We employ a razor/razor-blade business model that is designed to generate recurring sales through our value-added paper consumables for use exclusively in our installed base of protective packaging systems. Through our proprietary protective packaging systems and value-added kraft paper consumables, we offer reliable, fast and effective environmentally sustainable products. Our extensive distributor network and direct sales allow us to meet the needs of a variety of end-users from small businesses to global corporations. The industries we serve include leading e-commerce companies, as well as suppliers and sellers of automotive after-market parts, electronics, machinery, home goods, industrial, warehouse/transportations services and healthcare. Our products provide our customers with cushioning, void-fill and wrapping solutions through our PadPak, FillPak®, WrapPack, Geami and ReadyRoll product offerings.

In 2017 we acquired e3neo, which provides highly-customized automation solutions under the brand name “Ranpak Automation.” Our Ranpak Automation product line is focused on designing, manufacturing, and selling highly automated, turn-key integrated box-sizing systems to high-volume end-users. We are in the process of expanding Ranpak Automation’s offering to grow the ongoing spare parts design and service business. The systems are designed to help minimize the use of in-the-box packaging for these end-users while fully automating their end-of-line operations.

Identify Contract with the Customer.  Ranpak sells paper consumables to two types of customers: distributor and direct. For both customer types, the customer is granted the right to use Ranpak machine(s) for which Ranpak charges an annual or quarterly fixed fee or may waive the fee at management’s discretion. For both arrangement types, (i.e. fixed fee and waived fee), Ranpak has determined that there is a multiple element arrangement which contains a lease component (the right to use the machine) and a non-lease component (the paper consumables). The remainder of Ranpak’s revenue is derived from sales of automation machines, Ranpak Automation. In association to the sale of automation machines, Ranpak sells extended warranties, preventative maintenance services, spare parts and spare part packages, and consulting services.

In paper consumables sales for both distributor agreements and direct agreements, the Company has determined the contract to be a combination of the master service agreement (“MSA”) and purchase order (“PO”). The MSA contains general terms and conditions which govern the agreement, including general payment terms. Individual PO’s must be placed underneath the terms of the MSA to order specific paper products which Ranpak promises to deliver. The PO contains relevant details of the contract including the type of paper, quantity, unit price, total price, as well as payment terms and estimated delivery date. Under the MSA, multiple PO’s for one customer may be placed at or near the same time.  In situations where there are multiple PO’s issued at or near the same time to the same customer, Ranpak treats each PO in combination with the MSA as a separate contract for revenue recognition purposes.

To provide automation solution goods and measurementservices, an agreement is documented and agreed to between Ranpak and the customer. This is in the form of tax positions takena proposal contract for automation machines with separate proposals for related goods and services. Typically, machines have their own proposal, and other related goods and services such as preventative maintenance, and spare parts have a separate proposal with these goods and services all detailed. These written agreements outline the terms and conditions for respective transactions between Ranpak and their customers and represent contracts with enforceable rights. For each type of contract, there are various levels of termination provisions that each party has.

Ranpak recognizes revenue from each automation machine separately, on a contract by contract basis (i.e. by individual machine). Ranpak recognizes revenue on maintenance contracts and spare parts separately from their automation machine sales. Each contract represents its own unit of accounting. Ranpak uses an input method, based on percentage of completion of cost and effort incurred to recognize automation revenue.

Performance Obligations.  Our paper consumables, automation equipment, and maintenance services are determined to be distinct performance obligations.  Free on loan and leased equipment is typically identified as a separate lease component in scope of ASC Topic 840, Leases (“ASC 840”).  In association to the sale of automation equipment, we sell other goods and services, such as extended warranties, preventative maintenance services, spare parts and spare part packages, and consulting services.  These other goods and services do not represent performance obligations because they are neither separate nor distinct, or they are not material.

67


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Transaction Price and Variable Consideration.  We have forms of variable consideration present in our contracts with customers, including rebates and other discounts.  We estimate variable consideration using either the expected value method or the most likely amount method.  We include in the transaction price some or all of an amount of variable consideration estimated to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.

For all contracts that contain a form of variable consideration, Ranpak estimates at contract inception, and periodically throughout the term of the contract, what volume of goods and/or services the customer will purchase in a given period and determines how much consideration is payable to the customer or how much consideration Ranpak would be able to recover from the customer based on the structure of the type of variable consideration. In most cases the variable consideration in contracts with customers results in amounts payable to the customer by the Company. Ranpak adjusts the contract transaction price based on any changes in estimates each reporting period and performs an inception to date cumulative adjustment to the amount of revenue previously recognized.

Charges for rebates and other allowances are recognized as a deduction from revenue on an accrual basis in the period in which the associated revenue is recorded. When we estimate our rebate accruals, we consider customer-specific contractual commitments including stated rebate rates and history of actual rebates paid. Our rebate accruals are reviewed at each reporting period and adjusted to reflect data available at that time. We adjust the accruals to reflect any differences between estimated and actual amounts. These adjustments of transaction price impact the amount of net revenue recognized by us in the period of adjustment.

The Company does not adjust consideration in contracts with customers for the effects of a significant financing component if the Company expects that the period between transfer of a good or service and payment for that good or service will be one year or less. This is expected to be takenthe case for the majority of contracts.

Sales, value-added, and other taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are excluded from revenue.

Allocation of Transaction Price.  Ranpak determines the standalone selling price for a performance obligation by first looking for observable selling prices of that performance obligation sold on a standalone basis. If an observable price is not available, we estimate the standalone selling price of the performance obligation using one of the three suggested methods in the following order of preference: adjusted market assessment approach, expected cost plus a margin approach, and residual approach.

Ranpak often offers rebates to customers in their contracts that are related to the amount of consumables purchased. We believe that this form of variable consideration should only be allocated to consumables because the entire amount of variable consideration relates to the customer’s purchase of and Ranpak’s efforts to provide consumables.

Transfer of Control.  Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be received in exchange for those goods or services.  Revenue for paper consumables is recognized based on shipping terms, which is the point in time the customer obtains control of the promised goods.  Revenue for equipment sales is recognized based on an input method, based on percentage of completion of cost and effort incurred.  Maintenance revenue is recognized straight-line on the basis that the level of effort is consistent over the term of the contract.  Lease components within contracts with customers are recognized in accordance with ASC 840.

The time between when a performance obligation is satisfied and when billing and payment occur is closely aligned and performance obligations do not extend beyond one year.  As the transfer of control of our products results in an unconditional right to receive consideration, we did 0t record contract assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Deferred revenue represents contractual amounts received from customers that exceed percentage of project completion that is in excess of costs incurred for automation equipment sales, as well as prepayments for machine fees that are amortized over the next

68


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

quarter.  Our enforceable contractual obligations have durations of less than one year and are included in current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Changes in deferred revenue were as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

June 3, 2019

 

 

January 1, 2019

 

 

 

2020

 

 

– December 31, 2019

 

 

– June 2, 2019

 

Beginning balance

 

$

2.5

 

 

$

0.8

 

 

$

0.3

 

Deferral of revenue

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

0.8

 

Recognition of revenue

 

 

(2.3

)

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

(0.3

)

Purchase accounting adjustment

 

 

-

 

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

-

 

Adjustment for returns

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Ending balance

 

$

1.4

 

 

$

2.5

 

 

$

0.8

 

In addition to the disaggregation of revenue between paper, machine lease, and other revenue, we further disaggregate our revenue by segment geography to assist in evaluating the nature, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows that may be impacted by economic factors:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

June 3, 2019 –

 

 

 

January 1, 2019

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

– June 2, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

North America

 

 

$

110.9

 

 

$

70.8

 

 

 

$

43.0

 

 

$

112.4

 

Europe/Asia

 

 

 

147.7

 

 

 

69.9

 

 

 

 

48.8

 

 

 

116.8

 

Machine lease revenue

 

 

 

39.6

 

 

 

22.4

 

 

 

 

14.6

 

 

 

38.7

 

Net revenue

 

 

$

298.2

 

 

$

163.1

 

 

 

$

106.4

 

 

$

267.9

 

North America consists of the United States, Canada and Mexico; Europe/Asia consists of European, Asian (including China), Pacific Rim, South American and African countries.

Note 9 Goodwill, Long-Lived and Intangible Assets, net

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

We tested our goodwill reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment as of our annual testing date, October 1, in the fourth quarter of 2020.  The tests were performed using a combination of the Discounted Cash Flow Method and the Guideline Public Company Method, as well as considerations of the Merger and Acquisition Method and the Adjusted Book Value Method.  Upon completion of the tests, we concluded that the fair value of our goodwill reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets exceeded their carrying values and were not impaired.

The following table shows our goodwill balances by operating segment that are aggregated into one reportable segment:

 

 

North America

 

 

Europe

 

 

Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2018 (Predecessor)

 

$

260.0

 

 

$

95.7

 

 

$

355.7

 

Currency translation

 

 

0

 

 

 

(2.5

)

 

 

(2.5

)

Balance at June 2, 2019 (Predecessor)

 

$

260.0

 

 

$

93.2

 

 

$

353.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at June 3, 2019 (Successor)

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

Ranpak Business Combination

 

 

342.3

 

 

 

104.9

 

 

 

447.2

 

Additions

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0.7

 

Currency translation

 

 

0

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

0.9

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

 

343.0

 

 

 

105.8

 

 

 

448.8

 

Currency translation and other

 

 

(4.2

)

 

 

13.8

 

 

 

9.6

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

$

338.8

 

 

$

119.6

 

 

$

458.4

 

69


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, net

Finite-lived or amortizable intangible assets consist of patented and unpatented technology, customer/distributor relationships, and other intellectual property.  In the second quarter of 2020, certain in-process R&D assets were placed in service and transferred into patented/unpatented technology to be amortized over a five-year life.

In October 2020, we acquired certain amortizable intangible assets, including patents and other intellectual property, from a European manufacturer in a €1.1 million (approximately $1.3 million) asset acquisition transaction.  The estimated useful lives of these assets range from three to 15 years.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

Due to the ongoing negative macroeconomic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic across various industries, we performed an evaluation of our long-lived asset groups in the fourth quarter of 2020.  The undiscounted cash flows to be generated from the use and eventual disposition of the asset groups were compared to the carrying value of the asset groups and it was determined that the carrying amounts of our asset groups were recoverable and not impaired.

The following tables summarize our identifiable intangible assets, net with definite and indefinite useful lives:

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Gross Carrying Amount

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Net

 

 

Gross Carrying Amount

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Net

 

Customer/distributor relationships

 

$

209.2

 

 

$

(22.2

)

 

$

187.0

 

 

$

199.5

 

 

$

(7.9

)

 

$

191.6

 

Patented/unpatented technology

 

 

169.2

 

 

 

(23.7

)

 

 

145.5

 

 

 

164.5

 

 

 

(8.5

)

 

 

156.0

 

Intellectual property

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

In-process research and development

 

 

1.6

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1.6

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5.0

 

Total definite-lived intangible assets

 

 

380.4

 

 

 

(45.9

)

 

 

334.5

 

 

 

369.0

 

 

 

(16.4

)

 

 

352.6

 

Trademarks/tradenames with indefinite lives

 

 

106.1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

106.1

 

 

 

106.0

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

106.0

 

Identifiable intangible assets, net

 

$

486.5

 

 

$

(45.9

)

 

$

440.6

 

 

$

475.0

 

 

$

(16.4

)

 

$

458.6

 

The following table shows the remaining estimated amortization expense for our definite-lived intangible assets at December 31, 2020:

Year

 

Amount

 

2021

 

$

29.5

 

2022

 

 

29.5

 

2023

 

 

29.5

 

2024

 

 

29.5

 

2025

 

 

28.9

 

Thereafter

 

 

186.0

 

 

 

$

332.9

 

Amortization expense was $28.7 million in 2020, $16.3 million in the Successor Period, $17.0 million in the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, and $41.6 million in 2018.

The following table shows the remaining weighted-average useful life of our definite lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2020:

Remaining Weighted-Average Useful Life

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

Customer/distributor relationships

13 years

14 years

Patented/unpatented technology

10 years

11 years

Intellectual property

6 years

Total identifiable assets, net with definite lives

12 years

13 years

Note 10 Acquisition

Ranpak Business Combination — On June 3, 2019, the Company consummated the acquisition of all outstanding and issued equity interests of Rack Holdings, the Ranpak Business Combination, pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement for consideration of $794.9 million and €140.0 million ($160.8 million) in cash, (i) $341.5 million and €140.0 million ($160.8 million) of which was used by the

70


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Seller to repay outstanding indebtedness and unpaid transaction expenses as contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement and (ii) the remainder of which was paid to Seller.  The purchase price paid at Closing was estimated and subject to customary post-Closing adjustments which included an adjustment of $0.7 million for net working capital and as additional consideration.

The Ranpak Business Combination is accounted for under ASC 805.  Pursuant to ASC 805, the Company has been determined to be the accounting acquirer.  Refer to Note 1, “Nature of Operations” for more information.  Rack Holdings constitutes a business with inputs, processes, and outputs.  Accordingly, the acquisition of Rack Holdings constitutes the acquisition of a business for purposes of ASC 805 and, due to the change in control of Rack Holdings, was accounted for using the acquisition method.  The Company recorded the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed from Rack Holdings.

The allocation of the consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is based on various estimates.  As of December 31, 2019, the Company completed evaluation of net working capital as part of the purchase price paid at Closing and paid additional consideration of $0.7 million.  We finalized the purchase accounting fair value assessment in the second quarter of 2020.

The following represents the purchase price allocation for the Ranpak Business Combination:

 

 

Amount

 

Total consideration

 

$

955.7

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

10.1

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

28.2

 

Inventories

 

 

16.1

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

119.5

 

Other assets

 

 

4.8

 

Intangible assets

 

 

473.7

 

Total identifiable assets acquired

 

 

652.4

 

Accounts payable

 

 

8.6

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

7.4

 

Other liabilities

 

 

5.0

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

122.9

 

Net identifiable liabilities acquired

 

 

143.9

 

Goodwill

 

$

447.2

 

Intangible assets and property, plant and equipment balances comprise the following:

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Estimated

Useful Lives

Patented/Unpatented Technology

 

$

164.1

 

 

10 years

Customer/Distributor Relationships

 

 

198.6

 

 

15 years

In-Process Research & Development

 

 

5.0

 

 

N/A

Trade Names/Trademarks

 

 

106.0

 

 

Indefinite

Total Fair Value

 

$

473.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Machinery and Equipment

 

$

17.6

 

 

5 years

Converting Machines

 

 

90.4

 

 

3 - 7 years

Buildings and Improvements

 

 

7.4

 

 

15 years

Land

 

 

4.1

 

 

N/A

Total Fair Value

 

$

119.5

 

 

 

The fair values for the trade names/trademarks, patented/unpatented technology, and in-process R&D were determined using the Relief-from-Royalty Method, which is a combination of an Income Approach and Market Approach. The fair value for customer/distributor relationships was determined using the Multi-Period Excess Earnings Method, which is an Income-based Approach.  In the second quarter of 2020, certain in-process research & development assets were placed in service and transferred into patented/unpatented technology to be amortized over a five-year life, which was determined using our analysis of feasibility and utility of the assets.

71


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

The fair value for land was determined using Sales Comparison and Cost Approaches, depending on location. The fair value for machinery and equipment, and buildings and improvements were determined using a combination of the Cost Approach and Market Approach, considering physical deterioration when determining current reproduction costs.  The estimates of remaining useful lives for the intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment were determined by assessing the period of economic benefit of the assets.

Goodwill represents the excess of the total purchase consideration over the fair value of the underlying net assets, largely arising from the assembled workforce, new customers and the replacement of customers and technology attrition.  Goodwill is not amortized for tax return. Forpurposes.

Transaction costs incurred in the Ranpak Business Combination totaled $48.0 million. Of this amount, $12.6 million was classified as debt issuance costs, including $1.7 million presented as assets and $10.9 million presented as a reduction to debt within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Transaction costs expensed in the Successor Period amounted to $0.3 million, with an additional $7.4 million expensed in the 1H Predecessor Period within income from operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

 

Amount

 

Deferred financing costs

 

 

 

 

Presented as a reduction to debt

 

$

10.9

 

Presented as an asset

 

 

1.7

 

Total deferred financing costs

 

 

12.6

 

Transaction costs (including $11.3 million of IPO costs)

 

 

25.6

 

Payment of accrued transaction costs

 

 

9.8

 

Total Ranpak Business Combination transaction costs

 

$

48.0

 

The following unaudited information represents the supplemental pro forma results of the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations as if the Ranpak Business Combination occurred on January 1, 2018, for 2019 and 2018 after giving effect to certain adjustments, including depreciation and amortization of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values and changes in interest expense resulting from changes in debt (in millions):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Net revenue

 

$

273.6

 

 

$

266.1

 

Net loss

 

$

(9.7

)

 

$

(3.9

)

These pro forma results were based on estimates and assumptions, which the Company believes are reasonable. They are not the results that would have been realized had the Company been a combined company during the periods presented and are not necessarily indicative of consolidated results of operations in future periods. The pro forma results include adjustments primarily related to purchase accounting adjustments. Acquisition costs and other non-recurring charges incurred are included in the earliest period presented.

Neopack Acquisition — On February 28, 2017, pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement (“e3neo Purchase Agreement”) the Predecessor acquired all of the capital stock of Neopack Solutions S.A.S. dba e3neo.

The e3neo Purchase Agreement contained a contingent consideration arrangement that required the Company to pay e3neo a “Next Generation Machine Payment”, which was computed by the Company based on certain criteria established in the e3neo Purchase Agreement.  The criteria included, but were not limited to, the design and development by e3neo of a prototype of the “Next Generation Machine” as defined in the e3neo Purchase Agreement.  The maximum amount payable, $1.1 million, was recorded as contingent consideration, all of which was paid in 2018.

Additionally, the e3neo Purchase Agreement contains an earn-out provision whereby the seller may be entitled to receive an earn-out payment in an amount up to the greater of (i) $2.6 million (the “Minimum Earn-Out Amount”), and (ii) the trailing twelve (12) month earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization of the business calculated as of December 31, 2020 multiplied by forty-eight percent (48%).  In order to be eligible to receive the Minimum Earn-Out Amount pursuant to the purchase agreement, e3neo must have caused the business to receive purchase orders from customers and receive sign-off from customers upon completion of a successful factory acceptance test related to certain next generation machines on or before December 31, 2019 subject to reasonable approval of the Company. The conditions of the earn-out were not achieved and the Company agreed to a settlement arrangement with the former majority owner of e3neo, which was approved by French authorities and finalized on April 21, 2020.  The arrangement

72


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

provides for a payment to the earn-out counterparties in the amount of approximately$1.6 million and also provides the former majority owner of e3neo severance from the Company, including non-compete and consulting amounts under French law.  Approximately $1.4 million was accrued at December 31, 2019.  All amounts were paid by the end of October 2020.  

Note 11 Long-Term Debt

In connection with the Closing of the Ranpak Business Combination, Ranger Pledgor LLC (“Holdings”), Ranger Packaging LLC (the “U.S. Borrower”), and Ranpak B.V. (the “Dutch Borrower” and together with the U.S. Borrower, the “Borrowers”), entered into a First Lien Credit Agreement that provided for senior secured credit facilities to, in part, (i) fund the business combination, (ii) repay and terminate the existing indebtedness of Rack Holdings, and (iii) pay all fees, premiums, expenses and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the foregoing. The aggregate principal amount of the senior secured credit facilities consists of a $378.2 million dollar-denominated first lien term facility (the “First Lien Dollar Term Facility”), a €140.0 million ($152.6 million equivalent) euro-denominated first lien term facility (the “First Lien Euro Term Facility” and, together with the First Lien Dollar Term Facility, the “First Lien Term Facility”) and a $45.0 million revolving facility (the “Revolving Facility” and together with the First Lien Term Facility, the “Facilities”). The First Lien Term Facility matures seven years after the closing date and the Revolving Facility matures five years after the closing date. In December 2019, the Company closed on a public offering of its Class A common stock generating net proceeds of approximately $107.7 million that was used to pay down the First Lien Dollar Term Facility.  As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, 0 amounts were outstanding under the Revolving Facility.

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

First Lien Dollar Term Facility

 

$

270.9

 

 

$

270.9

 

First Lien Euro Term Facility

 

 

168.9

 

 

 

157.3

 

Deferred financing costs, net

 

 

(6.6

)

 

 

(7.8

)

Total debt

 

 

433.2

 

 

 

420.4

 

Less: current portion

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

(1.6

)

Long-term debt

 

$

432.7

 

 

$

418.8

 

Maturities of the First Lien Term Facility at December 31, 2020 are as follows:

Year Ended

 

Amount

 

2021

 

$

1.7

 

2022

 

 

1.7

 

2023

 

 

1.7

 

2024

 

 

1.7

 

2025

 

 

1.7

 

Thereafter

 

 

431.3

 

Total

 

$

439.8

 

Borrowings under the Facilities, at the Borrowers’ option, bear interest at either (i) an adjusted eurocurrency rate or (ii) a base rate, in each case plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin is 3.75% with respect to eurocurrency borrowings and base rate borrowings as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, (in each case, assuming a first lien net leverage ratio of less than 5.00:1.00), subject to a leverage-based step-up to an applicable margin equal to 400 basis points for eurocurrency borrowings.  The interest rate for the First Lien Dollar Term Facility as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 was 3.91% and 5.70%, respectively.  The interest rate for the First Lien Euro Term Facility as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 was 3.75% and 4.00%, respectively.

The Revolving Facility includes borrowing capacity available for standby letters of credit of up to $5.0 million. Any issuance of letters of credit will reduce the amount available under the Revolving Facility.

The Facilities will provide the Borrowers with the option to increase commitments under the Facilities in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $95.0 million and 100% of trailing-twelve months Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the definitive documentation with respect to the Facilities), plus any voluntary prepayments of the debt financing (and, in the case of the Revolving Facility, to the extent such voluntary prepayments are accompanied by permanent commitment reductions under the Revolving Facility), plus unlimited amounts subject to the relevant net leverage ratio tests and certain other conditions.

73


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

The obligations of (i) the U.S. Borrower under the Facilities and certain of its obligations under hedging arrangements and cash management arrangements are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings and each existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect wholly-owned U.S. organized restricted subsidiary of Holdings (together with Holdings, the “U.S. Guarantors”) and (ii) the Dutch Borrower under the Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by the U.S. Borrower, the U.S. Guarantors and each existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect wholly-owned Dutch organized restricted subsidiary of Holdings (the “Dutch Guarantors”, and together with the U.S. Guarantors, the “Guarantors”), in each case, other than certain excluded subsidiaries. The Facilities are secured by (i) a first priority pledge of the equity interests of the Borrowers and of each direct, wholly-owned restricted subsidiary of any Borrower or any Guarantor and (ii) a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Borrowers and the Guarantors (in each case, subject to customary exceptions), provided that obligations of the U.S. Borrower and U.S. Guarantors under the Facilities were not secured by assets of the Dutch Borrower or any Dutch Guarantor.

The Facilities impose restrictions that require the Company to comply with or maintain certain financial tests and ratios. Such agreements restrict our ability to, among other things: (i) declare dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock, including with respect to Class A common stock; (ii) prepay, redeem or purchase other debt; (iii) incur liens; (iv) make loans, guarantees, acquisitions and other investments; (v) incur additional indebtedness; (vi) engage in sale and leaseback transactions; (vii) amend or otherwise alter debt and other material agreements; (viii) engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales; (ix) engage in transactions with affiliates; and (x) enter into arrangements that would prohibit us from granting liens or restrict our ability to pay dividends, make loans or transfer assets among our subsidiaries.  We were in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2020.

On February 14, 2020, Ranger Packaging LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“U.S. Borrower”), Ranpak B.V., (the “Dutch Borrower”; the U.S. Borrower and the Dutch Borrower, the “Borrowers”), Ranger Pledgor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), certain other subsidiaries of Holdings, certain lenders party to Amendment No. 1 (as defined below) and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC (the “Administrative Agent”) entered into the Amendment No. 1 to First Lien Credit Agreement (“Amendment No. 1”) to amend the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2019 among the Borrowers, Holdings, the lenders, the issuing banks and the Administrative Agent (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).

Among other things, the Amendment No. 1 amends the Credit Agreement such that (i) the requirement of the Borrowers to apply excess cash flow to mandatorily prepay term loans under the Credit Agreement commences with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 (instead of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020) and (ii) the aggregate amount per fiscal year of capital stock of any parent company of the U.S. Borrower that is held by directors, officers, management, employees, independent contractors or consultants of the U.S. Borrower (or any parent company or subsidiary thereof) that the U.S. Borrower may repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire or retire for value has been increased to the greater of $10,000,000 and 10% of Consolidated AEBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) (increased from the greater of $7,000,000 and 7% of Consolidated AEBITDA) as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered.

On July 1, 2020, we entered into a borrower assumption agreement (“Borrower Assumption Agreement”), which provided that, in the following order, (i) Rack Holdings Inc. merged with and into Ranger Packaging LLC, with Ranger Packaging LLC as the surviving entity of such merger and (ii) Ranger Packaging LLC merged with and into Ranpak Corp., with Ranpak Corp. as the surviving entity of such merger (clauses (i) and (ii) collectively, the “Reorganization”).  Contemporaneously with the Reorganization, Ranger Packaging LLC, Ranpak Corp., Ranger Pledgor LLC, certain other subsidiaries of Ranger Pledgor LLC and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC entered into the Borrower Assumption Agreement whereby, among other things, Ranpak Corp. assumed all obligations, liabilities and rights of Ranger Packaging LLC as the “U.S. Borrower” under the New Credit Facilities.

Under the First Lien Term Facility agreement, our lower leverage ratio at December 31, 2020 requires us to pay our lenders an $8.2 million Exit Payment, which we will pay in the first quarter of 2021.  This amount is included in interest expense, net and accrued liabilities.

Deferred financing costs represent costs incurred in connection with the issuance or amendment of the Company’s debt agreements. Deferred financing costs are amortized over the terms of the related debt and recognized as a component of interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Deferred financing costs related to our term loans are included in long-term debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Deferred financing costs related to our Revolving Facility are included in other assets.  The following table presents deferred financing costs as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:

74


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Deferred financing costs

 

$

12.7

 

 

$

10.7

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(4.9

)

 

 

(3.2

)

Deferred financing costs, net

 

$

7.8

 

 

$

7.5

 

As a result of the $107.7 million debt payment made in December 2019, the Company accelerated the amortization of approximately $2.0 million of deferred financing costs.

Note 12 Derivative Instruments

We use derivatives as part of the normal business operations to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates associated with variable interest rate debt and decrease the volatility of cash flows affected by changes in interest rates.

On January 31, 2019, the Company entered into a business combination contingent interest rate swap in a notional amount of $200.0 million (the “January 2019 Swap”) to hedge part of the floating interest rate exposure under the First Lien Dollar Term Facility.  The January 2019 Swap became effective on the Closing of the Ranpak Business Combination and will terminate on the third anniversary of the Closing on June 3, 2022.  The January 2019 Swap economically converts a portion of the variable rate debt to fixed rate debt.  The Company receives floating interest payments monthly based on one-month LIBOR and pays a fixed rate of 2.56% to the counterparty.  Prior to September 25, 2019, the Company did not apply hedge accounting to the January 2019 Swap.  Changes in fair value were recorded to interest expense.  

On September 25, 2019, the Company amended the January 2019 Swap to extend its term to mature on June 1, 2023 and lower the rate to 2.31% (the “Amended January 2019 Swap”).  We concurrently entered into an incremental $50.0 million notional swap at 1.5% and maturing on June 1, 2023 (the “September 2019 Swap”).  

Additionally, on September 25, 2019, we designated as cash flow hedges the Amended January 2019 Swap and the September 2019 Swap and applied hedge accounting.  Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable amounts from a counterparty in exchange for us making fixed-rate payments over the life of the contract agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount.  Changes in fair value are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into interest expense in the same period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings.

On March 27, 2020, we entered into an interest rate swap that amended the Amended January 2019 Swap to a lower rate of 2.1% and extended the maturity to June 1, 2024 (the “Second Amended January 2019 Swap”).  We designated the Second Amended January 2019 Swap as a cash flow hedge and applied hedge accounting.  

A summary of our interest rate swaps is as follows:

Interest Rate Swap Agreements

 

Designation

 

Maturity Date

 

Rate

 

 

Notional Value

 

 

Debt Instrument Hedged

 

Percentage of Debt Instrument Outstanding

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 2019 Swap

 

Cash flow hedge

 

June 1, 2023

 

1.50%

 

 

$

50.0

 

 

First Lien Dollar Term Facility

 

18%

 

Second Amended January 2019 Swap

 

Cash flow hedge

 

June 1, 2024

 

2.09%

 

 

 

200.0

 

 

First Lien Dollar Term Facility

 

74%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

250.0

 

 

 

 

92%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 2019 Swap

 

Cash flow hedge

 

June 1, 2023

 

1.50%

 

 

$

50.0

 

 

First Lien Dollar Term Facility

 

18%

 

Amended January 2019 Swap

 

Cash flow hedge

 

June 1, 2023

 

2.31%

 

 

 

200.0

 

 

First Lien Dollar Term Facility

 

74%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

250.0

 

 

 

 

92%

 

The Second Amended January 2019 Swap contains an insignificant financing element that is amortized over the term of the hedging relationship.  We recognized a loss on the interest rate swaps of $2.2 million in interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) in 2020.

As of December 31, 2020, we anticipate having to reclassify $4.6 million from accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings during the next twelve months to offset the variability of the hedged items during this period.

75


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

The following table summarizes the total fair value of derivative assets and liabilities and the respective classification in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.  The net amount of derivatives can be reconciled to the tabular disclosure of fair value in Note 14, “Fair Value Measurement”:

Interest Rate Swap Agreements

 

Balance Sheet Classification

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Designated as cash flow hedges

 

Accrued liabilities and other

 

$

4.6

 

 

$

0.4

 

Designated as cash flow hedges

 

Other liabilities

 

 

9.6

 

 

 

4.6

 

 

 

 

 

$

14.2

 

 

$

5.0

 

The following table presents the effect of our derivative financial instruments on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.  The income effects of our derivative activities are reflected in interest expense.  There were no gains or losses recorded prior to June 3, 2019:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

June 3, 2019 –

 

 

 

January 1, 2019

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

– June 2, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Total interest expense presented in the statement of operations

 

$

30.2

 

 

$

27.3

 

 

 

$

20.2

 

 

$

30.9

 

Interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Interest rate swap agreements not designated as cash flow hedges

 

$

0

 

 

$

(6.5

)

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

Note 13 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is a separate line within the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity that reports our other comprehensive income (loss) that has not been reported as part of net income (loss).  The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 were as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Gross Balance

 

 

Tax Effect

 

 

Net Balance

 

Foreign currency translation

 

$

17.9

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

17.9

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

 

 

(9.9

)

 

 

2.7

 

 

 

(7.2

)

Total

 

$

8.0

 

 

$

2.7

 

 

$

10.7

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Gross Balance

 

 

Tax Effect

 

 

Net Balance

 

Foreign currency translation

 

$

1.7

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

1.7

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

1.7

 

Total

 

$

3.1

 

 

$

0.3

 

 

$

3.4

 

The following table presents the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component for 2020 and 2019:

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

 

 

Total

 

Beginning balance

 

$

1.7

 

 

$

1.7

 

 

$

3.4

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

before reclassifications

 

 

16.2

 

 

 

(8.8

)

 

 

7.4

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(0.1

)

Ending balance

 

$

17.9

 

 

$

(7.2

)

 

$

10.7

 

76


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

 

 

Total

 

Beginning balance

 

$

4.0

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

4.0

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

before reclassifications

 

 

(2.3

)

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

(0.5

)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(0.1

)

Ending balance

 

$

1.7

 

 

$

1.7

 

 

$

3.4

 

The following tables present the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for 2020 and 2019:

Year Ended December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

Details about accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

Reclassification

 

 

Affected line item on statement

Change in fair value of derivative swap agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap agreements

 

$

2.5

 

 

Interest expense, net

Tax effect

 

 

(2.4

)

 

Income tax benefit

Total reclassifications

 

$

0.1

 

 

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

Details about accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

Reclassification

 

 

Affected line item on statement

Change in fair value of derivative swap agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap agreements

 

$

0.4

 

 

Interest expense, net

Tax effect

 

 

(0.3

)

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

Total reclassifications

 

$

0.1

 

 

Net of tax

Note 14 Fair Value Measurement

Financial instruments are required to be categorized within a valuation hierarchy based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value are measured and classified in accordance with a three-tier fair value hierarchy based on the observability of the inputs available in the market used to measure fair value:

Level 1 — Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2 — Inputs that are based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant inputs are observable in the market or can be derived from observable market data. Where applicable, these models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using market-based observable inputs including interest rate curves, foreign exchange rates, and credit ratings.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activities.

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents (primarily consisting of bank deposits), accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. The carrying value of borrowings under the credit facilities approximates fair value due to the variable interest rates associated with those borrowings.

77


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

The following table provides the carrying amounts, estimated fair values and the respective fair value measurements of our financial instruments as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

 

 

Carrying Amount

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current and long-term debt

 

$

439.8

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

439.8

 

 

$

-

 

Interest rate swap agreements liability

 

$

14.2

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

14.2

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current and long-term debt

 

$

428.2

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

428.2

 

 

$

-

 

Interest rate swap agreements liability

 

$

5.0

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

5.0

 

 

$

-

 

The valuation techniques and inputs used for fair value measurements categorized within Level 2 include quoted comparable prices from market inputs. Generally, these fair value measures are model-based valuation techniques such as discounted cash flows or option pricing models using our own estimates and assumptions or those expected to be used by market participants.  We determine our valuation policies and procedures and analyze changes in fair value measurements from period to period by using an industry standard market approach, in which prices and other relevant information are generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. No financial instruments were measured using unobservable inputs.

The fair value of outstanding long-term debt is based on prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable debt instruments, which represents a Level 2 measurement. Derivative positions are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy as they are valued using quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets.  These Level 2 derivatives are valued utilizing an income approach, which discounts future cash flow based upon current market expectations and adjusts for credit risk.

Note 15 Employee Benefit Plans

Defined Contribution Plan.  The Company maintains a 401(k) defined contribution savings and retirement plan (the “Plan”) for substantially all of its U.S. employees. Subject to Internal Revenue Code limitations, an employee may elect to contribute an amount up to 25% of compensation during each plan year. The Plan provides for matching contributions of 50% of each employee’s voluntary contributions up to a maximum matching contribution of 3% of the employee’s compensation. The Plan also permits unmatched employee after-tax contributions subject to certain limitations. Total employer contributions made under the Plan were approximately $0.4 million, $0.2 million, $0.1 million, and $0.3 million for 2020, the Successor Period, the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, and 2018, respectively.

Multiemployer Benefit Plan.  The Company maintains and participates in multiemployer benefit plans in various countries. The largest of these plans is the Corporate Pension Fund for Cardboard and Flexible Packaging Business, in the Netherlands, which provides retirement benefits to be recognized,Ranpak B.V. employees. In accordance with the collective labor agreements and Dutch laws, employee and employer contributions are paid to a tax position must be more-likely-than-notthird-party retirement fund administrator. Per Dutch laws, the retirement plans are required to be sustained uponfully funded. Employer contributions into these various multiemployer plans were $4.1 million, $1.9 million, $1.6 million, and $3.3 million for 2020, the Successor Period, the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, and 2018, respectively.  

Note 16 Income Taxes

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”). The TCJA made broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code, including, a reduction in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35.0% to 21.0%.  We recorded a net tax benefit of $28.9 million through the provision for income taxes in 2018 and 2017. This tax benefit was primarily related to impact of the change in U.S. federal corporate income tax rates on deferred taxes and the one-time transition tax. An additional tax liability related to the one-time transition tax of $0.7 million was recorded on the opening balance sheet in accordance with purchase accounting.  

The components of earnings before income tax expense (benefit) were as follows:

78


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

June 3, 2019 –

 

 

 

January 1, 2019

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

– June 2, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Domestic

 

$

(26.8

)

 

$

(16.4

)

 

 

$

(18.6

)

 

$

(4.0

)

Foreign

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

(3.5

)

 

 

 

(5.3

)

 

 

(11.7

)

Total

 

$

(24.6

)

 

$

(19.9

)

 

 

$

(23.9

)

 

$

(15.7

)

The components of our income tax expense (benefit) were as follows:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

June 3, 2019 –

 

 

 

January 1, 2019

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

– June 2, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Current tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(0.5

)

 

$

1.4

 

 

 

$

1.1

 

 

$

2.8

 

State

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

1.1

 

Foreign

 

 

4.0

 

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

3.2

 

Total current tax expense

 

 

3.8

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

7.0

 

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(3.8

)

 

 

(6.9

)

 

 

 

(4.4

)

 

 

(4.8

)

State

 

 

(1.9

)

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

(1.2

)

Foreign

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

 

(2.2

)

 

 

(8.0

)

Total deferred tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(5.0

)

 

 

(6.8

)

 

 

 

(7.5

)

 

 

(14.1

)

Total income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

(1.2

)

 

$

(2.7

)

 

 

$

(4.9

)

 

$

(7.1

)

The differences between income taxes expected at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and the reported income tax expense (benefit) are summarized as follows:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

June 3, 2019 –

 

 

 

January 1, 2019

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

– June 2, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Income tax benefit at statutory rate

 

$

(5.2

)

 

$

(4.2

)

 

 

$

(5.0

)

 

$

(3.3

)

U.S. State income taxes

 

 

(1.7

)

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

(0.1

)

Tax related to foreign activities

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

(2.4

)

U.S. Federal tax credits

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(0.4

)

Foreign currency gains/(losses)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.8

 

Return to provision adjustments

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Remeasurement of deferred taxes

 

 

3.8

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(0.2

)

Transition tax related to the TCJA

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.2

 

U.S. Foreign income tax credits from amended tax returns

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1.8

)

Global intangible low-taxed income

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.6

 

Foreign-derived intangible income deduction

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(0.5

)

Non-deductible transaction costs

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

-

 

Other, net

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

(1.4

)

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(0.1

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

(1.2

)

 

$

(2.7

)

 

 

$

(4.9

)

 

$

(7.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

 

 

6.2

%

 

 

13.3

%

 

 

 

20.5

%

 

 

45.0

%

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements, which will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future.  Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consisted of the following:

79


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized foreign currency exchange

 

$

1.8

 

 

$

0.1

 

Stock awards

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

0.4

 

Net operating losses and credits

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

2.0

 

Non-deductible interest carryforward

 

 

4.7

 

 

 

7.4

 

Other

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

1.3

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

12.6

 

 

 

11.2

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

(1.3

)

Deferred tax assets, net

 

 

11.5

 

 

 

9.9

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

(13.7

)

 

 

(14.4

)

Amortization

��

 

(107.6

)

 

 

(110.7

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(121.3

)

 

 

(125.1

)

Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net before unrecognized tax benefits

 

 

(109.8

)

 

 

(115.2

)

Deferred tax impact of unrecognized tax benefits

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.2

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net after unrecognized tax benefits

 

$

(109.6

)

 

$

(115.0

)

In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets in the jurisdiction from which they arise, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. In evaluating the objective evidence that historical results provide, we consider three years of cumulative operating income (loss).

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had $1.6 million and $2.0 million, respectively, in federal net operating loss carryforwards that expire in 2031 through 2037; $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of tax benefits related to state net operating loss carryforwards, which expire in 2021 through 2036; and $4.0 million and $5.1 million, respectively, of foreign net operating loss carryforwards, a portion of which expire in 2024 through 2025, with the remainder subject to an indefinite carryforward period. Management believes it is not more likely than not that a portion of the foreign net operating losses will be utilized. In recognition of this risk, we have provided a valuation allowance at December 31, 2020 and 2019 of $1.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively, of valuation allowance which was recorded through income tax expense.

In the U.S., IRC Section 382 imposes a limitation on the utilization of net operating losses (“NOL”), credit carryforwards, built-in losses, and built-in deductions after an ownership change. We experienced an ownership change within the meaning of IRC Section 382 as a result of the Ranpak Business Combination. We performed a calculation of this limitation and determined the carryforwards will not be restricted or limited.

We consider the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020 to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no U.S. income taxes have been provided thereon.  As of December 31, 2020, the amount of cash associated with indefinitely reinvested foreign earnings was approximately $67.2 million. We do not anticipate the need to repatriate funds to the U.S. to satisfy domestic liquidity needs arising in the ordinary course of business.

We recorded a net deferred tax liability of $122.9 million in accordance with purchase accounting associated with the Ranpak Business Combination.  Refer to Note 10, “Acquisition,to the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further detail.  

We are subject to taxation in the United States (federal, state, local) and foreign jurisdictions.  As of December 31, 2020, tax years 2017 through 2020 are subject to examination by taxingthe tax authorities.  

The Company recognizescomponents of our unrecognized tax benefits were as follows:

80


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

June 3, 2019 –

 

 

 

January 1, 2019

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

– June 2, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Unrecognized income tax benefits at the beginning of the period

 

$

1.4

 

 

$

0.6

 

 

 

$

0.6

 

 

$

1.8

 

Increases related to prior year tax positions

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Decreases related to prior year tax positions

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1.2

)

Increases related to current year tax positions

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.2

 

Foreign currency impact

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(0.1

)

Unrecognized income tax benefits at the end of the period

 

$

2.9

 

 

$

1.4

 

 

 

$

0.6

 

 

$

0.6

 

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had unrecognized income tax benefits of $1.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively, that would impact the effective tax rate if recognized.  As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had accrued interest and penalties of $0.3 million.  We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits asin income tax expense. No amounts were accrued forexpense (benefit) in the paymentConsolidated Statement of Operations.  Accrued interest and penalties at December 31, 2017.are included accrued liabilities and other in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Pursuant to ASC 740, as of each balance sheet date, we assess our uncertain tax positions to determine whether factors underlying the sustainability assertion have changed.  During 2020, based on new information in an ongoing examination over the 2017 through 2019 tax years by the tax authorities in the Netherlands, we recognized an additional uncertain tax position of $1.3 million relating to positions which are no longer more-likely-than-not sustainable.  We anticipate resolving this matter within the next twelve months.

On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) into law.  The Company is currently not awareCARES Act includes several significant business tax provisions that, among other things, would eliminate the taxable income limit for certain net operating losses (“NOL”) and allow businesses and individuals to carry back NOLs arising in 2018, 2019, and 2020 to the five prior tax years; suspend the excess business loss rules under section 461(l); accelerate refunds of any issuespreviously generated corporate AMT credits; generally loosen the business interest limitation under reviewsection 163(j) from 30 percent to 50 percent (special partnership rules apply); and fix the “retail glitch” for qualified improvement property in the TCJA (TCJA, Public Law 115-97).  ASC 740 requires that could resultthe tax effects of changes in significant payments, accrualstax laws or material deviation from its position. The Company has been subject torates be recorded discretely as a component of the income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.provision related to continuing operations in the period of enactment.  We recorded any applicable impact from the CARES Act in the first quarter of 2020.  

Note 17 Asset Retirement Obligation

Asset retirement obligations as a result of required land remediation or reclamation activities are recorded in other non-current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Accretion expense is immaterial.  Changes in the asset retirement obligation during 2020 was as follows:

 


 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Beginning balance

 

$

0.7

 

 

$

0

 

Purchase accounting

 

 

0

 

 

 

0.7

 

Additions and adjustments

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Ending balance

 

$

0.7

 

 

$

0.7

 

Net loss per share

 

Net loss per ordinary share is computed by dividing net loss applicable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period, plus, to the extent dilutive, the incremental number of ordinary shares to settle warrants, as calculated using the treasury stock method. Weighted average shares was reduced for the effect of an aggregate of 1,125,000 ordinary shares thatNote 18 Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

We are subject to forfeiture iflegal proceedings and claims that arise in the over-allotment optionordinary course of our business.  Management evaluates each claim and provides for potential loss when the claim is not exercised by the underwriters. In addition, weighted average shares was reduced for theprobable to be paid and reasonably estimable.  While adverse decisions in certain of these litigation matters, claims and administrative proceedings could have a material effect on a particular period’s results of an aggregate of 2,250,000 ordinary shares (or 2,587,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) that are subject to forfeitureoperations, subject to the satisfaction of certain earnout conditions as defineduncertainties inherent in the Securities Subscription Agreement. These shares subject to earnout conditions consist of 157,500 shares initially held by an affiliated investor and 2,092,500 shares initially held by the Sponsor. At December 31, 2017, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then share in the earnings of the Company under the treasury stock method. As a result, diluted loss per ordinary share is the same as basic loss per ordinary shareestimating future costs for the period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Company’scontingent liabilities, management does not believebelieves that any recently issued, butfuture accruals with respect to these currently known contingencies would not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.condition, liquidity or cash flows of the Company.  There are no amounts required to be reflected in these consolidated financial statements related to contingencies for 2020 and 2019.

81


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 3.   PROPOSED OFFERINGLeases

Certain office and warehouse facilities, transportation vehicles and data processing equipment are leased.  Total rental expense for these leases was $2.1 million, $1.0 million, $0.7 million, and $1.6 million in 2020, the Successor Period, the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period, and 2018, respectively.  Minimum lease payments required under non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2020, with terms in excess of one year, are as follows:

Year Ended

 

Amount

 

2021

 

$

2.8

 

2022

 

 

2.3

 

2023

 

 

1.4

 

2024

 

 

1.0

 

2025

 

 

0.8

 

Thereafter

 

 

0.2

 

Total

 

$

8.5

 

Environmental Matters

Our operations are subject to extensive and changing U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations, as well as the laws of other countries that establish health and environmental quality standards.  These standards, among others, relate to air and water pollutants and the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes.  We are exposed to potential liability for personal injury or property damage caused by any release, spill, exposure or other accident involving such pollutants, substances or wastes.  There are no amounts required to be reflected in these consolidated financial statements related to environmental contingencies.

Management believes the Company is in compliance, in all material respects, with environmental laws and regulations and maintains insurance coverage to mitigate exposure to environmental liabilities.  Management does not believe any environmental matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s future consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.  

Guarantees

We issue bank guarantees from time to time for various purposes that arise out of the normal course of business.  These amounts are immaterial for all periods presented.  

Note 19 Stock-Based Compensation

We expense the fair value of grants of various stock-based compensation programs over the vesting period of the awards.  Stock compensation expense is recorded in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.  Awards granted are recognized as compensation expense based on the grant date fair value, estimated in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation.  The grant date fair value is the closing price of our stock on the grant date.  Failure to satisfy the threshold service or performance conditions results in the forfeiture of shares.  Forfeiture of share awards with service conditions or performance-based restrictions results in a reversal of previously recognized share-based compensation expense so long as the awards were probable of vesting.  Stock compensation expense includes actual forfeitures incurred.  

The table below summarizes certain data for our stock-based compensation plans:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

June 3, 2019 –

 

 

 

January 1, 2019

 

 

 

2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

– June 2, 2019

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

$

7.2

 

 

$

1.7

 

 

 

$

0

 

Tax (expense) benefit for stock-based compensation

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

 

0

 

Fair value of vested awards

 

$

8.7

 

 

$

2.0

 

 

 

$

0

 

Our shareholders approved the Ranpak Holdings Corp. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”) at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on February 20, 2019.  The purpose of the 2019 Plan is to motivate and reward employees and other individuals to perform at their highest level and contribute significantly to the success of the Company.  The 2019 Plan is an omnibus plan that may provide these incentives through grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSU” or

82


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

Pursuant“RSUs”), performance awards, other cash-based awards and other stock-based awards (collectively, the “Awards”) to employees, directors, or consultants of the Proposed Offering,Company.

As of December 31, 2020, the Companypool of shares in the 2019 Plan is summarized as follows:

2019 Plan

Quantity

Maximum allowed for issuance

4,118,055

Awards granted

(2,345,415

)

Awards forfeited

743,576

Available for future awards

2,516,216

Awards vested

301,274

Restricted Stock Units RSUs represent a right to receive one share of our common stock that is both nontransferable and forfeitable unless and until certain conditions are satisfied.  Certain RSUs vest ratably over a two-year period while others vest over a one-year period.  The fair value of RSUs is determined on the grant date and is amortized over the vesting period on a ratable basis.

Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units Performance-based restricted stock units (“PRSU”) vest over a three-year period.  However, the level of the awards to be earned is determined at the end of the initial one-year performance period, based upon attainment of specific business performance goals during such initial one-year performance period.  If certain minimum performance levels are not attained in the initial one-year performance period, the awards will offerbe automatically forfeited before vesting.  The awards are variable in that compensation could range from 0 to 150% of the award agreement’s target contingent on the performance level attained.  The fair value of performance-based restricted stock units is determined on the grant date.  Compensation cost for sale upthese awards is recognized based on the probability of achievement of the performance-based conditions.

Activity of our RSUs and PRSUs is as follows:

 

 

RSUs

 

 

PRSUs

 

 

 

Quantity

 

 

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value

 

 

Quantity

 

 

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value

 

Restricted at December 31, 2019

 

 

483,299

 

 

$

9.30

 

 

 

0

 

 

$

0

 

Granted

 

 

506,940

 

 

 

8.08

 

 

 

667,196

 

 

 

8.09

 

Vested

 

 

(253,392

)

 

 

8.74

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Forfeited

 

 

(66,992

)

 

 

9.14

 

 

 

(116,700

)

 

 

8.07

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

 

 

669,855

 

 

$

8.60

 

 

 

550,496

 

 

$

8.09

 

Director Stock Units Members of the Company’s Board of Directors (“Director(s)”) may elect to 30,000,000 Units (or 34,500,000 Units ifreceive their quarterly retainer fees in the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at a purchase priceform of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit will consist of one Class A ordinary share and one-half of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 7). On January 22, 2018, the Company consummated the initial Public Offering of 30,000,000 units generating gross proceeds of $300,000,000 (see Note 8).

NOTE 4.   PRIVATE PLACEMENT

The Anchor Investors are expected to purchase an aggregate of 8,000,000 Private Placement Warrants (or 8,900,000 Private Placement Warrants if the underwriters’ over-allotment is exercised in full), of which Mr. Asali is expected to purchase 2,000,000, at $1.00 per warrant ($8,000,000 in the aggregate or $8,900,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of the Proposed Offering. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share or Class C ordinary share at $11.50 per share. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

NOTE 5.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

On July 18, 2017, the Company issued 8,625,000 shares of Class B ordinary shares (the “Founder Shares”) to the Sponsor in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000. This number includes an aggregate of up to 1,125,000common shares that are subject to forfeiture ifcovered by an active shelf registration statement.  The retainers are paid quarterly, in arrears in the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters (Note 6). In October 2017, the Company issued 3,750,000 Founder Shares to certain investors, including Mr. Asali and the Company’s other executive officers, (collectively, the “Anchor Investors”), for $0.01 per share in connection with the forward purchase agreements prior to the offering. The Sponsor currently owns 6,975,000 Class B ordinary shares. The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares (or Class C ordinary shares,form of cash or stock at the Director’s election, of the holder)and vest upon the consummation of an Initial Business Combinationissuance.  These shares are priced at a ratio such that the number of Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of  (i) the total number of Public Shares, plus (ii) the sum of  (a) the total number of Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination (including forward purchase shares, but not forward purchase warrants), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the Initial Business Combination and any Private Placement Warrants issued to the Sponsor upon conversion of Working Capital Loans, minus (b) the number of Public Shares redeemed by Public Shareholders in connection with the Initial Business Combination.


The Sponsor, its controlled affiliates and any director, officer or employee of the Sponsor who is also serving in any such role or position at the Company, including Mr. Asali (each, a “sponsor-affiliate”provided that such term does not refer to any of the Company’s non-executive directors), have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares and any Class A ordinary shares or Class C shares issued upon conversion thereof until the earlier to occur of: (a) the third anniversary after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or (b) the waiver of such restrictions on transfer by Anchor Investors representing over 50.0% of the Forward Purchase Shares (except to certain permitted transferees and subject to certain exceptions). The initial shareholders (other than the Sponsor, its controlled affiliates or any sponsor-affiliate) have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares and any Class A ordinary shares or Class C shares issued upon conversion thereof until the earlier to occur of: (i) one year after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or (ii) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction after the Initial Business Combination that results in all of the Company’s ordinary shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property (except to certain permitted transferees and subject to certain exceptions). Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of the initial shareholders with respect to any Founder Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of the last business day of the calendar quarter.  Additionally, Directors are granted an annual award of RSUs of $0.1 million on the date of the annual shareholder meeting that vest on the date of the subsequent annual shareholder meeting.  The number of RSUs is determined by the closing price of Ranpak stock on that date.  These RSUs vest at the earlier of the (i) anniversary of the grant date or (ii) the following annual shareholder meeting.  The following table includes the number of shares granted and vested for Directors electing to receive retainer payments in shares:

Director Stock Units

 

Quantity

 

 

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

 

0

 

 

$

0

 

Granted

 

 

115,064

 

 

 

7.55

 

Vested

 

 

(34,850

)

 

 

7.71

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

80,214

 

 

$

7.48

 

Unrecognized compensation cost and weighted average periods remaining for non-vested Awards as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

83


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Unrecognized compensation cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RSUs

 

$

1.7

 

 

$

2.9

 

PRSUs

 

$

1.6

 

 

$

-

 

Weighted average remaining period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RSUs

 

0.7 years

 

 

1.0 years

 

PRSUs

 

1.5 years

 

 

 

Note 20 Shareholders’ Equity

Capital Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 426,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of (i) 200,000,000 shares of Class A ordinarycommon stock, par value $0.0001 per share, (ii) 25,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and (iii) 200,000,000 shares of Class C common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and (iv) 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

Common SharesEach holder of Class A Common Stock (“Class A”) is entitled to one vote for each Class A share held of record. Holders of shares of Class C Common Stock (“Class C”) have no such voting rights and, as such, shall not have the right to receive notice of, attend at or vote on any matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote. Class C shares have a right of conversion that upon sale or other transfer convert to Class A shares.

Upon the closing of the Ranpak Business Combination, 3,854,664 of Class B shares were canceled and 7,395,336 of Class B shares were converted to 6,663,953 of Class A shares and 731,383 of Class C shares.  Certain of the Class B shares were subject to forfeiture conditions that carried over to the Class A shares.  At December 31, 2020, Ranpak had 6,847,836 Class A and Class C shares outstanding subject to forfeiture unless certain provisions are met as described below.  These shares will not participate in cash dividends or other cash distributions payable prior to the date the conditions have been satisfied.  Upon satisfaction, shareholders will be entitled to all cash dividends and other cash distributions from the closing of the Ranpak Business Combination.  As of December 31, 2020, there were no such cash dividends or other cash distributions potentially payable upon these conditions.

157,500 shares of Class A common stock will be surrendered for no consideration unless, prior to the fifth anniversary of the Ranpak Business Combination, either (i) the closing price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00$12.25 per share (as(in each case as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations,dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading30 consecutive trading day period commencing at least 150 days afteror (ii) the InitialCompany completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all ordinary shareholders having the right to exchange their common stock for consideration in cash, securities or other property which equals or exceeds $12.25 per share (in each case as adjusted for share splits, dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like).

2,940,336 shares of Class A common stock will be surrendered for no consideration unless, prior to the tenth anniversary of the Ranpak Business Combination, (i) the Founder Shares held byclosing price of the initialCompany’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share (in each case as adjusted for share splits, dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30 consecutive trading day period or (ii) the Company completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all or substantially all of its shareholders (other thanhaving the Sponsor’s Founder Sharesright to exchange their shares or the Company otherwise undergoes a change of control.

A total of 3,750,000 shares of Class A and Class C common stock will be surrendered for no consideration unless, prior to the tenth anniversary of the closing of the Ranpak Business Combination, (i) the closing price of the Company’s Class A shares equals or exceeds $12.50 per share (in each case as adjusted for share splits, dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30 consecutive trading day period or (ii) the Company completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that areresults in all or substantially all of its shareholders having the right to exchange their shares or the Company otherwise undergoes a change of control.

In January and February 2021, our stock performed above these trading thresholds and exceeded the consecutive trading day durations.  Therefore, all Class A and Class C shares will no longer be subject to the earnout condition aforementioned surrender conditions.

84


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

Preferred SharesThe Company’s charter authorizes 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock and provides that shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series.  The Board of Directors is authorized to fix the Securities Subscriptionvoting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series.  The Board of Directors is able, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the common stock and could have anti-takeover effects.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 0 preferred stock outstanding.

Warrants — On August 6, 2020, we commenced (i) an offer to each holder of our outstanding public warrants, forward purchase warrants, and private placement warrants (collectively, the “Warrants”), each to purchase shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A common stock”), the opportunity to receive 0.22 shares of Class A common stock in exchange for each outstanding warrant tendered by the holder and exchanged pursuant to the offer (the “Offer”), and (ii) the solicitation of consents (the “Consent Solicitation”) from holders of the public warrants and the forward purchase warrants to amend the Warrant Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2018, by and between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, which governs all of the Sponsor, as amended) will be released from the lock-up.

In November 2017,Warrants (the “Warrant Amendment”).  The approved Warrant Amendment permitted the Company amended the Securities Subscription Agreement dated July 18, 2017 to include an “earnout” clause, as discussed in the preceding paragraph, which requires the forfeiture of certain Founder Shares by the Sponsor under certain circumstances as described in the agreement.

In January 2018, the Sponsor transferred 240,000 Founder Sharesrequire that each warrant that is outstanding subsequent to the Company’s independent directors at their original purchase price.

In March 2018,expiration of the Underwriters’ over-allotment option expiredOffer be converted into 0.198 shares of Class A common stock.  Further, the Warrant Amendment and asits expiration on September 2, 2020 resulted in a valid tendering of 20,048,251 Warrants, or approximately 99.7% of the Warrants, resulting in 4,410,587 shares of Class A common stock issued in exchange for said Warrants.  As a result the Sponsor forfeited 1,125,000 Class B ordinary shares. This forfeiture is reflected in the accompanying statement of changes in shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2017.

Promissory Note — Related Party

The Sponsor has agreed to loan the Company up to $200,000 to be used for the payment of costs related to the Proposed Offering. The loan is non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on the earlier of March 31, 2018 or the closing of the Proposed Offering.low number of Warrants remaining outstanding following the Offer, the NYSE delisted the remaining Warrants.  The Company intends to repay the loan from the proceeds of the Proposed Offering not being placed in the Trust Account. As of December 31, 2017, thereremaining 60,493 Warrants were $92,844 of outstanding borrowings under the promissory note of which $6,844 represented formation and offering costs paid directly by the Sponsor. All borrowings under the promissory note were repaid on February 7, 2018.

Administrative Service Fee

The Company has agreed, commencing on the effective date of the Proposed Offering through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of an Initial Business Combination and its liquidation, to pay an affiliate of the Sponsor a monthly fee of $10,000 for office space, and secretarial and administrative services.

F-12

Related Party Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with an Initial Business Combination, an affiliate of the Sponsor may, but is not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes an Initial Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that an Initial Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans, other than the interest on such proceeds that may be released for working capital purposes. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of an Initial Business Combination, without interest, or,exchanged at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,0000.198 ratio for 11,977 shares of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants.

NOTE 6.   COMMITMENTS & CONTINGENCIES

Registration Rights

The holders of the Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants and warrants that maybe issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any Class A ordinarycommon stock on September 21, 2020.  We paid an immaterial amount for fractional shares issuable uponconverted to cash.  No Warrants remained after the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans) will beexchanges.

Registration Rights — Certain investors were entitled to registration rights pursuant to athe forward purchase agreements, subscription agreements, private placement warrant agreements, and the registration rights agreement to be entered into concurrently with the closing of the Proposed Offering.IPO. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of a Business Combination.business combination. However, the registration rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period. The Company will bearbore the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Follow-On Offering — On December 13, 2019, the Company closed on a public offering of 16,923,077 shares of its Class A common stock at an offering price of $6.50 per share, generating gross proceeds of approximately $110.0 million ($107.7 million net of expenses).  These shares were registered pursuant to the Form S-3 declared effective on July 31, 2019.  The proceeds from this offering were used to pay down outstanding debt.

Outstanding Shares — At December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company had the following shares of common stock outstanding:

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Class A

 

 

Class C

 

 

Total Common

 

 

Class A

 

 

Class C

 

 

Total Common

 

Shares outstanding not subject to an earn-out agreement

 

 

62,888,606

 

 

 

5,779,910

 

 

 

68,668,516

 

 

 

58,177,288

 

 

 

5,779,910

 

 

 

63,957,198

 

Shares subject to $15.00 earn-out

 

 

2,940,336

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,940,336

 

 

 

2,940,336

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,940,336

 

Shares subject to $12.50 earn-out

 

 

3,018,617

 

 

 

731,383

 

 

 

3,750,000

 

 

 

3,018,617

 

 

 

731,383

 

 

 

3,750,000

 

Shares subject to $12.25 earn-out

 

 

157,500

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

157,500

 

 

 

157,500

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

157,500

 

Total

 

 

69,005,059

 

 

 

6,511,293

 

 

 

75,516,352

 

 

 

64,293,741

 

 

 

6,511,293

 

 

 

70,805,034

 

As previously noted, in January and February 2021, our stock performed above these trading thresholds and exceeded the consecutive trading day durations.  Therefore, all Class A and Class C shares will no longer be subject to these earn-out conditions.

Translation adjustment—Translation adjustments recorded are a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity. The effects of translating financial statements of foreign operations into the Company’s reporting currency are recognized as a cumulative translation adjustment in accumulated other comprehensive income which is net of tax, where applicable.

Note 21 — Earnings (Loss) per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, excluding the effects of any potentially dilutive securities.  

85


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

Forward PurchaseDiluted EPS gives effect to the potential dilution, if any, that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock, using the more dilutive of the two-class method or if-converted method.  Diluted EPS excludes potential shares of common stock if their effect is anti-dilutive.  If there is a net loss in any period, basic and diluted EPS are computed in the same manner.

The two-class method determines net income (loss) per common share for each class of common stock and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings.  The two-class method requires income available to common shareholders for the period to be allocated between different classes of common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed. We apply the two-class method for EPS when computing net income (loss) per Class A and Class C common shares.

The Predecessor had one class of shares outstanding.  The Successor’s weighted average shares of Class A and Class C common stock have been combined in the denominator of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share because they have equivalent economic rights.  The following tables set forth the computation of our loss per share:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

June 3, 2019 –

 

 

 

January 1, 2019

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

– June 2, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(23.4

)

 

$

(17.2

)

 

 

$

(19.0

)

 

$

(8.6

)

Net loss attributable to common stockholders for basic and diluted EPS

 

$

(23.4

)

 

$

(17.2

)

 

 

$

(19.0

)

 

$

(8.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

72,434,802

 

 

 

55,392,201

 

 

 

 

995

 

 

 

995

 

Dilutive effect of assumed vesting of RSUs and PRSUs

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

72,434,802

 

 

 

55,392,201

 

 

 

 

995

 

 

 

995

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss per share attributable to common stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.32

)

 

$

(0.31

)

 

 

$

(19,195.40

)

 

$

(8,697.61

)

Diluted

 

$

(0.32

)

 

$

(0.31

)

 

 

$

(19,195.40

)

 

$

(8,697.61

)

The following securities were not included in the computation of diluted shares outstanding because the effect would be anti-dilutive or because milestones were not yet achieved for awards contingent on the achievement of performance milestones:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

June 3, 2019 –

 

 

 

2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Warrants on common stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

20,108,741

 

RSUs and PRSUs

 

 

1,040,464

 

 

 

496,331

 

Total antidilutive securities

 

 

1,040,464

 

 

 

20,605,072

 

Note 22 Transactions with Related Parties

Shared Services Agreement

On June 3, 2019, upon the closing of Ranpak’s business combination with One Madison Corporation, Ranpak entered into a shared services agreement (the “Shared Services Agreement”) with One Madison Group LLC (the “Sponsor”), pursuant to which the Sponsor may provide, or cause to be provided, certain services to Ranpak. The Shared Services Agreement provides for a broad array of potential services, including administrative and “back office” or corporate-type services and requires Ranpak to indemnify the Sponsor in connection with the services provided by the Sponsor to Ranpak.  Total fees under the agreement amounted to approximately $0.5 million and $0.4 million for 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Advisory Relationship

A director of the Company, prior to being elected as a director, served in an advisory role to Rhône Capital IV L.P., the former majority shareholder of Rack Holdings, Inc., on the sale of Rack Holdings, Inc. The director was compensated for the advisory role through an increase to his indirect equity interest in Rack Holdings, Inc., and reported to Ranpak that the compensation was not significant (less than $50 thousand).

86


Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

In October 2017,Registration Rights Agreement

As a result of the CompanyRanpak Business Combination, Ranpak is a party to a registration rights agreement with certain security holders. The agreement requires Ranpak to maintain an effective resale shelf registration statement for the benefit of such security holders until they are permitted by law to freely sell their securities without registration or no longer hold Ranpak securities.

Subscription Agreements and Reallocation Agreement

One Madison Corporation entered into a subscription agreement, pursuant to which, as amended, certain shareholders, including our Chairman & Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), another of our directors, our chief financial officer and members of his immediate family, and one of our significant shareholders may be required to surrender to Ranpak certain of their shares (referred to as founder shares) if the closing price of the Class A common stock (or any successor class of listed common shares) equals or exceeds $12.50 per share (as adjusted for share splits, dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30 consecutive trading day period or Ranpak completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of its common shareholders having the right to exchange their common equity for consideration in cash, securities or other property which equals or exceeds $12.50 per share (as adjusted for share splits, dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) in the five year period following the consummation of the Ranpak Business Combination (the “Earnout”).  As previously noted, in the first quarter of 2021, our stock performed above these thresholds and exceeded the necessary durations where the applicable shares are no longer subject to these surrender conditions.

One Madison Corporation also entered into a reallocation agreement with certain investors, including our Chairman & CEO, another of our directors, our chief financial officer and members of his immediate family, and one of our significant shareholders, who provided equity financing for the Ranpak Business Combination under the forward purchase agreements and the subscription agreements, pursuant to which certain investors agreedthe shares subject to the Earnout and the rights to acquire 5,000,000 warrants to purchase an aggregate of 15,000,000 Class A shares arising under the forward purchase agreements were reallocated among all equity financing investors pro rata based on the aggregate amount of equity financing provided by such equity financing investors under the forward purchase agreements and the subscription agreements. The Class B ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares (collectively,owned by each party to the “Forward Purchase Shares”), plus an aggregate of 5,000,000 redeemable warrants (the “Forward Purchase Warrants”), for an aggregate purchase price of $10.00 per Class A ordinary share or Class C ordinary share, as applicable, in a private placement to occur concurrently withreallocation agreement following the closing of the Initial Business Combination. In connection with these agreements, the Company issued to such investors an aggregate of 3,750,000 Founder Shares for $0.01 per share and received gross proceeds of $37,500. The Founder Shares issued to such investorsreallocation are subject to similar contractual conditions and restrictions as the Founder Shares issuedprovisions in the forward purchase agreement relating to Class B ordinary shares, including with respect to the Sponsor. The Anchor Investors will havevoting of, transfer and forfeiture and waiver of redemption rights with respect to any Public Shares they own. The forward purchase agreements also provide that the investors are entitled to a right of first refusal with respect to any proposed issuance of additional equity or equity-linked securities (including working capital loans that are convertible into Private Placement Warrants) by the Company for capital raising purposes, or if the Company offers or seeks commitments for any equity or equity-linked securities to backstop any such capital raise, in connection with the closing of the Initial Business Combination (other than the Units the Company is offering by this prospectus and their component Public Shares and Public Warrants, the Founder Shares (and Class A ordinary shares and/or Class C ordinary shares for which such Founder Shares are convertible), the Forward Purchase Shares, the Forward Purchase Warrant and the Private Placement Warrants) and registration rights with respect to the (A) Forward Purchase Shares, Forward Purchase Warrants, and Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares underlying their Forward Purchase Warrants and their Founder Shares, and (B) any other Class AB ordinary shares, or, for the parties to the reallocation agreement that are not party to a forward purchase agreement, the provisions substantially similar to such forward purchase agreement provisions that are set forth on an exhibit to the reallocation agreement.  In September 2020, we exchanged all of the outstanding warrants acquired by the Anchor Investors, including any time after we complete our Initial Business Combination. The Class C ordinaryfor approximately 4.4 million shares have identical terms as theof Class A ordinary shares, exceptcommon stock.  Included in this transaction were the Class C ordinary shares do not grant their holders any voting rights. The amended5.0 million warrants discussed above, which were exchanged for 1.1 million shares.  See Note 20, “Shareholders’ Equity” for further detail.

Stock Purchase Agreement

Ranpak is subject to certain continuing obligations to indemnify the former directors and restated memorandumofficers of Rack Holdings Inc. for certain costs, damages and articlesliabilities pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement dated December 12, 2018, pursuant to which One Madison Corporation purchased Rack Holdings Inc.

Monitoring Fee Arrangement

Rack Holdings had a monitoring fee agreement, with Rhône Capital IV L.P., a related party, which required Rack Holdings to pay 1% of association provide thatprojected annual earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization in advance of each semi-annual period, adjusted retroactively up or down, plus reimbursement of other expenses.  As of June 3, 2019, upon the Class C ordinary shares may be converted into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis at the electionClosing of the holderRanpak Business Combination and change in control, this monitoring fee was eliminated.  Monitoring fee and reimbursement expenses are immaterial but are included in selling, general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the 1H 2019 Predecessor Period.

Note 23 Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Pursuant to the November 2020 Amendments, we elect to provide disclosure consistent with 65 days written noticethe recent amendments to Regulation S-K, Item 302(a), which amend and streamline the requirement to disclose quarterly financial data to circumstances when there are one or upon the transfermore retrospective changes that pertain to our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).  We have no material retrospective changes to our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) that would warrant such Class C ordinary shares to a non-affiliate of the holder.quarterly disclosure.  

 


Underwriting Agreement

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

The Company will grant the underwriters a 45-day option from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to 4,500,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments, if any, at the Proposed Offering price less the underwriting discountsNone.

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and commissions.Procedures

The underwriter will be entitled to an underwriting discount of $0.20 per unit, or $6,000,000 in the aggregate (or $6,900,000 in the aggregate if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable upon the closing of the Proposed Offering, a discount of $0.35 per unit, or $10,500,000 in the aggregate (or $12,075,000 in the aggregate if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be payable to the underwriters for deferred underwriting commissions. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the eventWe maintain disclosure controls and procedures, as that the Company completes an Initial Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement for the offering.

NOTE 7.   SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Class A Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 shares of Class A ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2017, there were no Class A ordinary shares issued or outstanding.

Class B Ordinary Shares —The Company is authorized to issue 25,000,000 shares of Class B ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. The Company initially issued 8,625,000 Class B ordinary shares on July 18, 2017. This number includes an aggregate of 1,125,000 ordinary shares that are subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters (Note 8). In October 2017, the Company issued 3,750,000 Class B ordinary shares to certain investors, including Mr. Asali and the Company’s other executive officers, for $0.01 per share in connection with the forward purchase agreements prior to the offering. The Class B ordinary shares and will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares (or the Class C ordinary shares, at the election of the holder) on the first business day following the consummation of the Initial Business Combination. The ratio at which Class B ordinary shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares will be such that the number of Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of  (i) the total number of Public Shares (including any such shares issued following the exercise of the over-allotment option), plus (ii) the sum of (a) the total number of Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination (including forward purchase shares, but not forward purchase warrants), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the Initial Business Combination and any Private Placement Warrants issued to the Sponsor upon conversion of Working Capital Loans, minus (b) the number of Public Shares redeemed by Public Shareholders in connection with the Initial Business Combination.

As of December 31, 2017, there were 11,250,000 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding. This number excludes an aggregate of 1,125,000 ordinary shares, which were forfeited in March 2018 as the over-allotment option was not exercised by the underwriters.

Class C Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 shares of Class C ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Following the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination, each issued Class C Share shall be converted into one Class A Share, subject to any necessary adjustments for any share splits, capitalizations, consolidations or similar transactions occurring in respect of the Class A Shares or the Class C Shares, (i) upon receipt by the Company of 65 days’ notice in writing from the registered holder of such Class C ordinary share to convert such Class C ordinary share, or (ii) automatically upon the transfer by the registered holder of such Class C ordinary share, whether or not for value, to a third party, except for transfers to a nominee or “affiliate” (as such term is defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of such holder in a transfer that will not result in a change in beneficial ownership or to a person that already holds Class A ordinary shares. At December 31, 2017, there were no Class C ordinary shares issued or outstanding.


Holders of Class A ordinary sharesRules 13a-15(e) and Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders except as required by law. The holders of Class C ordinary shares will not have the right to vote in general meetings15d-15(e) of the Company.

Preference Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. At December 31, 2017, there are no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Warrants— Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional Public Warrants will be issued upon separation ofExchange Act.  In designing and evaluating the Units and only whole Public Warrants will trade. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of  (a) 30 days after the completion of an Initial Business Combination or (b) 12 months from the closing of the Proposed Offering; provided in each case that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or the Company permits holders to exercise their Public Warrants on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act). The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 30 business days, after the closing of the Initial Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Public Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the sixtieth (60th) day after the closing of the Initial Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Proposed Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of an Initial Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial Anchor Investors who purchased such warrants or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than such Anchor Investors or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

The Company may call the Public Warrants for redemption (except with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

in whole and not in part;

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

if, and only if, the last reported closing price of the public shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

F-15

If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement.

The exercise price and number of Class A ordinary shares or Class C ordinary shares, as applicable, issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuance of Class A ordinary shares or Class C ordinary shares at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrants shares. If the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.

NOTE 8.   Subsequent events

On January 22, 2018, the Company consummated the initial Public Offering of 30,000,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Company’s Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value per share, included in the Units being offered, the “Public Shares”) generating gross proceeds of $300,000,000 which is described in Note 3. The Company’s founder, Omar M. Asali, the other Anchor Investors and certain other entities purchased an aggregate of 8,000,000 warrants (“Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.00 per warrant, or approximately $8,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of the Public Offering (the “Private Placement”).

In March 2018, the over-allotment option was not exercised by the underwriters resulting in the forfeiture of an aggregate of 1,125,000 ordinary shares.


Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosuredisclosure controls and procedures, are controls and other proceduresour management recognizes that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosureany controls and procedures, include, without limitation,no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance of achieving the desired control objectives of such controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in company reports filed or submittedprocedures.  Our management, under the Exchange Act is accumulatedsupervision and communicated to management, includingwith the participation of our Chief Executive OfficerCEO (our principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under(“CFO”) (our principal financial officer), has evaluated the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2016.2020.  Based upon theiron that evaluation, our Chief Executive OfficerCEO and ChiefCFO have each concluded that such disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2020.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial OfficerReporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for us.  Under the supervision and with the participation of our CEO and CFO, management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 based on criteria specified in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”).  Based on our assessment, management, including our CEO and CFO, concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

Remediation of Previously Reported Material Weaknesses

As previously reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 (the “2019 10-K”), our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting and our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e)were ineffective as of December 31, 2019 as a result of the following material weaknesses:

Control Environment – we had insufficient internal resources with appropriate knowledge and expertise to design, implement, document, and operate effective internal controls around our financial reporting process;

Risk Assessment – we did not have an effective risk assessment process that defined clear financial reporting objectives that identified and evaluated risks of misstatement due to errors over certain financial reporting processes or developed internal controls to mitigate those risks; and

Control Activities – the Ranpak Business Combination was a complex business acquisition transaction.  The complexity of this transaction combined with insufficient levels of staff with public company and applicable U.S. GAAP expertise contributed to errors to previously issued financial statements contained in the Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the periods ending as of June 30, 2019 and September 30, 2019, as further described in Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements contained in the 2019 10-K. As a consequence of the ineffective control environment and risk assessment components, we did not design, implement, and maintain effective control activities at the transaction level over the Ranpak Business Combination to mitigate the risk of material misstatement in financial reporting, which impacted our financial reporting processes and related control activities in the application of U.S. GAAP, as it related to the accounting for the Ranpak Business Combination.

To remediate the material weaknesses described above and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regardingenhance our internal control over financial reporting, or an attestation reportmanagement hired qualified staff in accounting, financial reporting, tax analysis and reporting, and internal controls throughout 2020.  Additionally, we engaged a third-party service provider to assist in designing and implementing appropriate internal control over financial reporting.  As a result of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rulesthese actions, and the evidence obtained in validating the design and operating effectiveness of the SEC for newly public companies.controls, management has determined that the material weaknesses have been remediated as of December 31, 2020.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the most recently completed fiscal year,Except as described above under “Remediation of Previously Reported Material Weaknesses,” there has beenwere no changechanges in our internal control over financial reporting during 2020 that hashave materially affected, or isare reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B.Other Information

None.


PART III

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Officers and Directors

Our officers and directors are as follows:

NameAgePosition
Omar M. Asali47Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Thomas F. Corley54Director
Keith R. McLoughlin61Director
Michael A. Jones55Director
Robert C. King58Director
Bharani Bobba47Chief Financial Officer
William Drew35Secretary

Omar Asali, age 47, has been Chairman of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer since July 2017. Mr. Asali has been the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors of our sponsor since July 2017. Mr. Asali served as President and Chief Executive Officer of HRG from March 2015 until April 2017, as its President since October 2011 and as a director from May 2011 to April 2017. Mr. Asali was responsible for overseeing the day-to-day activities of HRG, including M&A activity and overall business strategy for HRG and HRG’s underlying subsidiaries. Mr. Asali was directly involved in all of HRG’s acquisitions across all sectors, and he was actively involved in HRG’s management and investment activities. Mr. Asali was also the Vice Chairman of the board of directors of Spectrum Brands and a member of the board of directors of FGL, Front Street Re Cayman Ltd. and NZCH Corporation (formerly, Zap.Com Corporation), each a subsidiary of HRG. Prior to becoming President of HRG, Mr. Asali was a Managing Director and Head of Global Strategy of Harbinger Capital. Prior to joining Harbinger Capital in 2009, Mr. Asali was the co-head of Goldman Sachs Hedge Fund Strategies LLC (“Goldman Sachs HFS”) where he helped manage approximately $25 billion of capital allocated to external managers. Mr. Asali also served as co-chair of the Investment Committee at Goldman Sachs HFS. Before joining Goldman Sachs HFS in 2003, Mr. Asali worked in Goldman Sachs’ Investment Banking Division, providing M&A and strategic advisory services to clients in the High Technology Group. Mr. Asali previously worked at Capital Guidance, a boutique private equity firm. Mr. Asali began his career working for a public accounting firm. Mr. Asali received an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and a B.S. in Accounting from Virginia Tech.

Mr. Asali’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include: his substantial experience in mergers and acquisitions, corporate finance and strategic business planning; his track record at HRG and in advising and managing multi-national companies; and his experience serving as a director for various public and private companies.

Thomas F. Corley, age 54, has been a member of our board of directors since July 2017. Mr. Corley is currently the Global Chief Retail Officer and President of U.S. Retail Markets for Catalina, with responsibility for all of Catalina’s engagements with retailers globally. Mr. Corley previously served as Chief Operating Officer of Acosta, Inc. from January 2016 until December 1, 2016. While at Acosta, Mr. Corley oversaw the Sales and Foodservice divisions and worked to deepen consumer packaged goods clients and customer relationships, identify retail operating strategies and develop a differentiated sales organization. Prior to serving at Acosta, Mr. Corley served as an Executive Vice President of U.S. Sales and Foodservice at Kraft Foods Group, Inc. from October 2012 until July 2015. Mr. Corley served as an Executive Vice President and President of U.S. Retail Sales and Foodservice for Kraft Foods Group, Inc. since October 2012 and February 2013 respectively. Mr. Corley served as President of U.S. Sales for Kraft Foods Group, Inc. from October 2012 to February 2013. He has more than 30 years of industry experience with Kraft Foods Group and General Foods, including more than 15 years in Kraft senior leadership and sales roles with responsibility for customer collaboration, new business development, field sales commercialization, acquisition integration and organizational development. Previously, he led the U.S. Field Sales Organization and Walmart/Kraft Sales Organizations for Kraft Foods North America with global oversight for headquarter engagement and retail execution. His additional roles at Kraft included Vice President of Walmart/Customer Development Organization, Area Vice President, East Customer Development Organizations and Area Vice President of South Area Field Sales Organization. Mr. Corley received a Bachelor’s Degree from the University of St. Thomas in Minnesota.


Mr. Corley’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include: his 30 years of industry experience with Kraft Foods Group and General Foods; his more than 15 years in Kraft senior leadership with responsibility for acquisition integration and organizational development; and his overall experience with consumer packaged goods clients, customer relationships and identifying retail operating strategies.

Keith R. McLoughlin, age 61, has been a member of our board of directors since July 2017. Mr. McLoughlin was President and Chief Executive Officer of Electrolux AB, a global manufacturer of major household appliances, from January 2011 until February 2016. Mr. Mcloughlin joined Electrolux in 2003, where he was the President of the Electrolux Home Products North America, Head of Major Appliances in North America and Latin America, Executive Vice President and Head of Global Operations prior to being appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of Electrolux. Before joining Electrolux, Mr. McLoughlin spent 22 years in senior leadership roles at E.I. DuPont de Nemours and Company, leading several consumer brand businesses including DuPont Corian, DuPont Stainmaster Carpet, and DuPont Tyvek. Mr. McLoughlin has served on the board of directors of Briggs & Stratton Corporation since 2007, Campbell Soup Company since 2016 and Braunability Corporation since 2015. Mr. McLoughlin holds a B.S. degree in Engineering from the United States Military Academy at West Point and has completed a training program in corporate governance essentials for directors from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Mr. McLoughlin’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include: his deep experience in the consumer durable goods industry; his significant executive leadership experience and expertise in international business and operations; his additional experience in retail sales, marketing, strategy development, and organizational and human resource matters.

Michael A. Jones, age 55, has been a member of our board of directors since July 2017. Mr. Jones served as Chief Customer Officer of Lowe’s Companies, Inc. from May 2014 through October 2016. In this role, Mr. Jones was responsible for store environment, merchandising, customer experience, marketing, strategy and research for Lowe’s U.S. stores operations. Prior to this role, Mr. Jones served as the Chief Merchandising Officer of Lowe’s Companies Inc. since January 2013. In this capacity, Mr. Jones was responsible for both domestic and global sourcing for the merchandising offering for Lowe’s U.S. stores, and U.S. pricing operations. Mr. Jones served as Head of Business Unit Americas and Executive Vice President at Husqvarna AB from June 2011 to January 2013. In this role, Jones led sales, service and manufacturing operations for Husqvarna’s North and Latin American businesses. Prior to this role, Mr. Jones served as Head of Sales and Service for North and Latin America at Husqvarna AB since October 2009. Mr. Jones served as the General Manager of Cooking Products within the appliances division of General Electric (“GE”) from June 2007 to October 2009. He began his career at GE in appliance builder sales, and held roles with increasing responsibility during his time at GE, including Chief Commercial Officer in Europe, Middle East and Africa and for GE Consumer and Industrial. He is currently on the Board of Johnson C. Smith University. Mr. Jones received a Bachelor’s Degree in business administration from California Coast University in Santa Ana, California.

Mr. Jones’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include: his strong business and financial acumen, including the ability to read operational financials and balance sheets; his sell-side and buy-side analyst experience including presentations to analyst and investors and business positioning; his substantial experience in strategy development and extensive leadership positions in various companies.

Robert C. King, age 58, has been a member of our board of directors since July 2017. Mr. King served as the Chief Executive Officer of CytoSport, Inc. from June 2013 to August 2014. Prior to joining Cytosport, Mr. King served as an Advisor to TSG Consumer Partners from March 2011 to July 2013. Mr. King spent 21 years in the North America Pepsi system from 1989 to 2010 serving in various management positions. Notably, Mr. King served as an Executive Vice President and President of North America at Pepsi Bottling Group Inc. (“Pepsi Bottling Group”) from November 2008 to 2010, with responsibility for all Pepsi Bottling Group business in the United States, Canada and Mexico. He served as the President of Pepsi Bottling Group’s North American business at Bottling Group from December 2006 to November 2008. Mr. King served as the President of North American Field Operations at Pepsi Bottling Group Inc. from October 2005 to December 2006. Before joining the North America Pepsi system, Mr. King worked in various sales and marketing positions with E&J Gallo Winery from 1984 to 1989 and with Procter & Gamble from 1980 to 1984. Previously, Mr. King has served as a director and advisor to CytoSport, Island Oasis Frozen Cocktail Co., Inc. and Neurobrands, LLC, a producer of premium functional beverages. Mr. King has been an Executive Advisory Partner at Wind Point Partners and Chairman of Gehl Foods, a portfolio company of Wind Point Partners since May 2015. Mr. King has also served on the board of directors of  (i) Exal Corporation, an Ontario Teachers Pension Plan portfolio company, since February 2017, (ii) Freshpet Inc. since November 2014, and (iii) Arctic Glacier, a Carlyle LLC portfolio company, since August 2017. Mr. King received a Bachelor of Arts in English from Fairfield University.


 

Mr. King’s qualifications to serve on our boardITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item is set forth under the headings “Corporate Governance,” “Directors,” “Executive Officers,” “Security Ownership of directors include: his corporate leadershipCertain Beneficial Owners and public company experience;Management,” and his more than 37 years of substantial expertise in managing businesses and operations“Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports,” in the consumer packaged goods industry, including his 21 years in the North America Pepsi system.

Bharani Bobba, age 47, has been our Chief Financial Officer since September 2017. Mr. Bobba has 23 yearsCompany’s definitive proxy statement for its 2021 Annual Meeting of experience across operational consulting, private equity, and investment banking, primarily in the consumer and retail sectors. Mr. Bobba joined our sponsor in July 2017 where he is a Managing Director. Mr. Bobba works closely with other members of our sponsor teamShareholders (the “Proxy Statement”) to identify investment opportunities. Before joining our sponsor, Mr. Bobba was at Genpact Limited, which is a consulting and outsourcing firm, for five years. Mr. Bobba had several roles including Senior Vice President with responsibility for strategy, M&A and other growth initiatives for the Consumer, Retail and Healthcare Business Unit. He was also the business leader and client partner in the Consumer Retail vertical, where he worked closelybe filed with the 3G Capital, Inc. team at Kraft Heinz. He also developed and grew large relationships at McDonald’s and Walgreens Boots Alliance in addition to his responsibilities of leading the business. Prior to joining Genpact in 2012, Mr. Bobba founded Baseline Partners, an investment firm focused on making private equity and public investments in illiquid small cap Indian companies which were poised for exceptional growth and returns on capital primarily in consumer and retail sectors. In addition to growth capital, he provided extensive operational support to portfolio companies, including taking on interim management positions. Prior to Baseline, Mr. Bobba worked at Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated in investment banking for 10 years where he advised on mergers & acquisitions and capital raising for many of the top Global Consumer Packaged Goods and retail companies. Mr. Bobba received an M.B.A. from Duke University and a B.A. in Economics from Georgetown University.

William Drew, age 35, has been our Secretary since September 2017. Mr. Drew has been a managing director of our sponsor since July 2017. Mr. Drew most recently served as Vice President, Investments of HRG Group where he worked on numerous M&A and capital markets transactions and has experience in a number of sectors including housing and building products, energy, financial institutions, consumer products and services, and media. Prior to joining HRG Group, Mr. Drew was an investment analyst at Harbinger Capital Partners from 2006 through 2012, where he was responsible for long and short portfolio investments across a variety of industries and multiple products and asset classes including equity, debt, and structured products (primarily non-agency RMBS and CDO’s). Mr. Drew began his career as an Investment Banking Analyst in the Media and Telecommunications Group of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. from 2004 through 2006. Mr. Drew graduated from Georgetown University in 2004 with a BSBA in Finance and a minor in Government.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

In accordance with NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until no later than one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as it deems appropriate. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our officers may consist of one or more chairmen of the board, chief executive officers, a president, chief financial officer, vice presidents, secretary, treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.


In addition, the forward purchase agreements provide two of our anchor investors with the right to designate (prior to the consummation of a Business Combination) and the right to request the designation of  (following the consummation of a Business Combination) a total of two observers to our board of directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. In addition, we established the operating and advisory committee, which is an advisory committee of the Board of Directors formed for the purpose of assisting management with sourcing and evaluating business opportunities and devising plans and strategies to optimize any business that we acquire.

Audit Committee

Our board of directors has established an audit committee of the board of directors. Thomas F. Corley, Keith R. McLoughlin, Michael A. Jones and Robert C. King currently serve as members of our audit committee. Thomas F. Corley, Keith R. McLoughlin, Michael A. Jones and Robert C. King are independent under NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC requirements.

Robert C. King currently serves as the chairman of the audit committee. Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Thomas F. Corley, Keith R. McLoughlin, Michael A. Jones and Robert C. King each qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

We have adopted an audit committee charter, which detail the principal responsibilities of the audit committee, including:

meeting with our independent auditor regarding, among other issues, audits, and adequacy of our accounting and control systems;

monitoring the independence of the independent auditor;

verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;

inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditor, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;

appointing or replacing the independent auditor;

determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies; and

reviewing and approving all payments made to our existing shareholders, executive officers or directors and their respective affiliates. Any payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our board of directors, with the interested director or directors abstaining from such review and approval.

The charter also provides that the audit committee has the authority to engage independent counsel and other advisers as it determines necessary to carry out its duties. The written charter is available on our website.


Compensation Committee

Our board of directors has established a compensation committee of our board of directors. Thomas F. Corley, Keith R. McLoughlin, Michael A. Jones and Robert C. King currently serve as members of our compensation committee, with Michael A. Jones serving as chairman of the compensation committee. We adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our chief executive officer’s compensation, evaluating our chief executive officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our chief executive officer based on such evaluation;

reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other Section 16 executive officers;

reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the NYSE and the SEC. The written charter is available on our website.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our board of directors has established a nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors. Thomas F. Corley, Keith R. McLoughlin, Michael A. Jones and Robert C. King currently serve as members of our nominating and corporate governance committee, each of whom is an independent director under the NYSE’s listing standards. Keith R. McLoughlin currently serves as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

The primary purposes of our nominating and corporate governance committee are to assist the board in:

identifying, screening and reviewing individuals qualified to serve as directors and recommending to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meeting of shareholders or to fill vacancies on the board of directors;

developing, recommending to the board of directors and overseeing implementation of our corporate governance guidelines;

coordinating and overseeing the annual self-evaluation of the board of directors, its committees, individual directors and management in the governance of the company; and

reviewing on a regular basis our overall corporate governance and recommending improvements as and when necessary.


The nominating and corporate governance committee is governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE, and is available on our website.

Director Nominations

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will recommend to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the first annual meeting of the shareholders. Prior to our initial business combination, the board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by holders of our founder shares during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at an annual meeting of shareholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of shareholders). Prior to our initial business combination, holders of our public shares will not have the right to recommend director candidates for nomination to our board.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom and the ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, and in the past year has not served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires our officers, directors and persons who beneficially own more than ten percent of our ordinary shares to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. These reporting persons are also required to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. Based solely upon a review of such Forms, we believe that during the year ended December 31, 2017, there were no delinquent filers.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees that complies with the rules and requirements of the NYSE. The Code of Ethics is available on our website. In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Conflicts of Interest

Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:

duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;

duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;

directors should not improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;

duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and

duty to exercise independent judgment.


In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge skill and experience of that director.

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to another entity pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written letter agreement, not to participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combinationRegulation 14A within 24 months after the closing of our initial public offering.

Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our executive officers and directors currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations:

IndividualEntityEntity’s BusinessAffiliation
Omar M. AsaliOne Madison Group LLCPrivate InvestmentsSole Managing Member
Vivoli Holdings LLCPrivate InvestmentsSole Managing Member
Keith R. McLoughlinBraunability CorporationMobility Equipment SupplierDirector
Briggs & Stratton CorporationManufacturingDirector
Campbell Soup CompanyFood & BeverageDirector
Michael A. JonesJohnson C. Smith UniversityEducationTrustee
Robert C. KingArctic GlacierBeverageDirector
Exal CorporationManufacturingDirector
Freshpet Inc.Pet foodDirector
Gehl Foods, LLCFood & BeverageChairman
Wind Point PartnersPrivate EquityExecutive Advisory Partner
USA RugbyNon-profitDirector
Thomas F. CorleyCatalinaDigital MediaChief Retail Officer
Bharani BobbaOne Madison Group LLCPrivate InvestmentsManaging Director
William DrewOne Madison Group LLCPrivate InvestmentsManaging Director


Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

Our executive officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. Certain of our executive officers are engaged in several other business endeavors for which such officers may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs.

Our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. If we do not complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. Our initial shareholders (other than our sponsor, its controlled affiliates and any sponsor-affiliate) have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares and any Class A ordinary shares or Class C shares issued upon conversion thereof until the earlier to occur of: (i) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (ii) the date following the completion of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our ordinary shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property; and our sponsor, its controlled affiliates and any sponsor-affiliate have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares and any Class A ordinary shares or Class C shares issued upon conversion thereof until the earlier to occur of: (i) the third anniversary of the consummation of our initial business combination or (ii) the waiver of the foregoing restriction by anchor investors representing over 50% of the forward purchase shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, the founder shares held by our initial shareholders (other than the earnout shares) will be released from the lockup. In addition, our sponsor and the BSOF Entities have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their earnout shares until the earlier of  (i) the date on which one or more of the earnout conditions has been satisfied and (ii) the date on which our sponsor and the BSOF Entities forfeit the earnout shares. The Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable until 30 days following the completion of our initial business combination. In addition, we, our sponsor and our officers and directors have agreed to certain transfer restrictions for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. Because each of our executive officers and directors will own ordinary shares and/or warrants, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors or making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm, that such initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context. Furthermore, in no event will our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, be paid by us any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination. Further, commencing on the date our securities are first listed on the NYSE, we will also reimburse our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, secretarial and administrative services provided to us in an amount not to exceed $10,000 per month.

We cannot assure you that any of the above-mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

Accordingly, if any of the above executive officers or directors become aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for any of the above entities to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. We do not believe, however, that any of the foregoing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations will materially affect our ability to complete our business combination.


We are not prohibited from pursuing a business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our business combination with such a company, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, that such a business combination is fair to our Company from a financial point of view.

In the event that we submit our initial business combination to our public shareholders for a vote, our initial shareholders have agreed to vote their founder shares, and they and the other members of our management team have agreed to vote any shares purchased during or after the offering, in favor of our initial business combination, other than the BSOF Entities.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect. We may purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.


Item 11.Executive Compensation

None of our executive officers or directors has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on January 17, 2018 through the earlier of the consummation of a business combination or our liquidation, we pay monthly recurring expenses of $10,000 to our sponsor for office space, secretarial and administrative expenses. In addition, our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates are reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee reviews on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, executive officers or directors, or our or their affiliates.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials or tender offer materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of a business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our executive officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after a business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management team to remain with us after the consummation of a business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

We have no compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance.

The following table sets forth information available to us at March 28, 2018 with respect to our Class A ordinary shares held by:

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;

each of our executive officers and directors that beneficially owns ordinary shares; and

all our executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all of our ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownership of the private placement warrants or public warrants as these warrants are not exercisable within 60 days of March 28, 2018. The percentages in the following table are based on 41,250,000 Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of March 28, 2018.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1) Nmber of Shares Beneficially Owned(2)  Percentage of Outstanding Ordinary Shares 
Greater than 5% Shareholders      
One Madison Group LLC (our sponsor)  6,635,000   16.1%
JS Capital, LLC(3)
  2,581,250   6.3%
BSOF Entities(4)  4,525,000   11.0%
Directors and Named Executive Officers        
Omar M. Asali(5)  7,223,875   17.5%
Thomas F. Corley  60,000   * 
Keith R. McLoughlin  60,000   * 
Michael A. Jones  60,000   * 
Robert C. King
  60,000   * 
Bharani Bobba  104,250   * 
William Drew  10,000   * 
All executive officers and directors as a group (seven individuals)  7,578,125   18.4%

*Less than one percent.

(1)Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of our shareholders is 3 East 28th St, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10016.


(2)Interests shown include founder shares, classified as Class B ordinary shares. Such shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares (or Class C ordinary shares, at the holder’s election) at the time of our initial business combination. Excludes Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares issuable pursuant to the forward purchase agreements or pursuant to the exercise of any warrants (including Private Placement Warrants), as such ordinary shares will only be issued concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination and such warrants will only become exercisable upon the later of 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination and 12 months from the closing of our initial public offering.

(3)The shares are held by JS Capital, LLC. JS Capital Management LLC is the sole managing member of JS Capital LLC. Jonathan Soros is the sole managing member of JS Capital Management LLC and has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by JS Capital, LLC.

(4)According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on January 31, 2018, Blackstone Strategic Opportunity Associates L.L.C. (“BSOA”) is the general partner of each of the BSOF Entities. Blackstone Holdings II L.P. (“Holdings II”) is the sole member of BSOA. Blackstone Alternative Solutions L.L.C. (“BAS”) is the investment manager of each of the BSOF Entities. Blackstone Holdings I L.P. (“Holdings I”) is the sole member of BAS. Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. (“Holdings GP”) is the general partner of each of Holdings I and Holdings II. The Blackstone Group L.P. (“Blackstone”) is the controlling shareholder of Holdings GP. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. (“Blackstone Management”) is the general partner of Blackstone. Blackstone Management is wholly owned by its senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman.

(5)Consists of (i) 588,875 founder shares held by our founder Mr. Asali, as an anchor investor, and (ii) 6,635,000 founder shares held by One Madison Group LLC, our sponsor (after adjusting for the transfer of 240,000 Class B ordinary shares to our independent directors and the transfer of 100,000 Class B ordinary shares to Bharani Bobba, our chief financial officer). Mr. Asali is the managing member of our sponsor and has sole voting and dispositive power over the founder shares held by our sponsor.

Our sponsor, the anchor investors and Mr. Asali are deemed to be our “promoters” as such term is defined under the federal securities laws.

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

The anchor investors and the BSOF Entities have purchased an aggregate of 8,000,000 Private Placement Warrants, of which our founder has purchased 2,006,041, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share or Class C ordinary share at $11.50 per share, at a price of  $1.00 per warrant, in the Initial Private Placement. Each Private Placement Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share or Class C ordinary share at $11.50 per share. The Private Placement Warrants (including the Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold until 30120 days after the completionend of our initial business combination.the fiscal year covered by this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTVE COMPENSATION


We entered into forward purchase agreements in connection with our initial public offering pursuant to whichThe information required by this item is set forth under the anchor investors agreed to purchase an aggregate of 15,000,000 Class A ordinary sharesheadings “Corporate Governance” and Class C ordinary shares, plus 5,000,000 redeemable warrants, for a purchase price of  $10.00 per Class A ordinary share or Class C ordinary shares, as applicable, or $150,000,000“Executive Compensation” in the aggregate, in a private placement to close concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination. Our founder has agreed to purchase 2,355,500 forward purchase sharesProxy Statement and 785,167 forward purchase warrants, for an aggregate purchase price of $23,555,000. JS Capital LLC has agreed to purchase 10,325,000 forward purchase shares and 3,441,667 forward purchase warrants, for an aggregate purchase price of $103,250,000. In addition, (i) Bharani Bobba, our chief financial officer, has agreed to purchase 17,000 forward purchase shares and 5,667 forward purchase warrants, for an aggregate purchase price of  $170,000, (ii) William Drew, our secretary, has agreed to purchase 40,000 forward purchase shares and 13,333 forward purchase warrants, for an aggregate purchase price of  $400,000 and (iii) Ernest Behr, an immediate family member of William Drew, has agreed to purchase 25,000 forward purchase shares and 8,333 forward purchase warrants, for an aggregate purchase price of  $250,000. In connection with these forward purchase agreements, we issued to the anchor investors an aggregate of 3,750,000 founder shares, 588,875 of which were issued to our founder, for $0.01 per share prior to the consummation of our initial public offering. The founder shares issued to the anchor investors are subject to similar contractual conditions and restrictions as the founder shares issued to our sponsor. The anchor investors have redemption rights with respect to any public shares they own. The forward purchase warrants will have the same terms as our public warrants. The forward purchase agreements provide that prior to signing a definitive agreement with respect to a potential initial business combination, and prior to making any material amendment to such definitive agreement following signing, anchor investors representing over 50% of the forward purchase shares must approve such potential initial business combination or amendment, as applicable.is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The forward purchase agreements and the strategic partnership agreement also provide that the anchor investors and the BSOF Entities are entitled to (i) a right of first refusal with respect to any proposed issuance of additional equity or equity-linked securities (including working capital loans from our founder that are convertible into private placement warrants) by us, including for capital raising purposes, or if we offer or seek commitments for any equity or equity-linked securities to backstop any such capital raise, in connection with the closing of our initial business combination (other than the units we are offeringinformation required by this prospectus and their component public shares and warrants, the founder shares (and Class A ordinary shares and/or Class C ordinary shares for which such founder shares are convertible), the forward purchase shares, forward purchase warrants and the private placement warrants, and any securities issued by us as consideration to any seller in our initial business combination and warrants issued upon the conversion of working capital loans to us made by our founder that are convertible into Private Placement Warrants) and (ii) registration rights with respect to their (A) forward purchase securities and Class A ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares underlying the anchor investors’ forward purchase warrants and the anchor investors’ and BSOF Entities’ founder shares, and (B) any other Class A ordinary shares or warrants acquired by the anchor investors, including any time after we complete our initial business combination.

In addition, the forward purchase agreements for two of our anchor investors provide each such anchor investor with (i) the right to designate (prior to the consummation of a Business Combination) and the right to request the designation of  (following the consummation of a Business Combination) one observer to our board of directors and (ii) the right to acquire a number of founder shares equal to its pro rata share, based on its allocation of forward purchase shares, of five percent of the founder shares of any special purpose acquisition company sponsored by our founder for 10 years following the date of the closing of our initial business combination, which we refer to as the new acquisition company. Further, such forward purchase agreements for the same two anchor investors provide such investors with the right to purchase up to an aggregate of $63,000,000 in equity securities of the new acquisition company substantially similar to the forward purchase securities on the same or more favorable terms as new investors in such equity securities. The strategic partnership agreement provides that, so long as the Company remains a “blank check company” as such termitem is defined in Rule 419set forth under the Securities Actheadings “Certain Relationships and prior to our initial business combination, the BSOF Entities have the right to designate one observer to our boardRelated Person Transactions” and “Security Ownership of directors.

Our sponsor, officersCertain Beneficial Owners and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written letter agreement, not to participateManagement” in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combinationProxy Statement and is incorporated herein by January 22, 2020.reference.

We currently maintain our executive offices at 3 East 28th St, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10016. The cost for our use ofinformation required by this spaceitem is includedset forth under the headings “Corporate Governance” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” in the $10,000 per month fee we will pay to our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, administrativeProxy Statement and support services, commencing on January 17, 2018. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES


Other than these monthly fees, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paidThe information required by us to our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial business combination. However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates.

In connection with the consummation of our initial public offering, our sponsor transferred 240,000 founder shares to four of our independent directors (each receiving 60,000 shares). If any such director voluntarily resigns from or departs the board of directors, such director automatically forfeits all of the founder shares then owned by the director back to our sponsor.

Prior to the closing of our initial public offering, our sponsor loaned us funds to be used for a portion of the expenses of our initial public offering. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and due at the earlier of March 31, 2018 or the closing of our initial public offering. The loan was repaid upon the closing of our initial public offering out of the estimated $1,000,000 of offering proceeds that was allocated to the payment of offering expenses.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our founder or his affiliate may, butthis item is not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required on a non-interest basis. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of  $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. Except as set forth above,under the termsproposal “Ratification of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. Prior to the completionSelection of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our founder or an affiliate of our founder as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our shareholders, to the extent then known,Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, furnished to our shareholders. ItProxy Statement and is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a shareholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The firm of WithumSmith+Brown, PC (“Withum”) acts as our independent registered public accounting firm. The following is a summary of fees paid to Withum for services rendered.

Audit Fees

Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our year-end financial statements and services that are normally provided by Withum in connection with regulatory filings. The aggregate fees billed by Withum for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual financial statements, review of the related financial information and review of financial statements and information included in the registration statement on Form S-1 for our initial public offering totaled approximately $86,000.

Audit-Related Fees

Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our year-end financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards. During the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017, we did not pay Withum for consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.


Tax Fees

Tax fees consist of fees billed for professional services relating to tax compliance, tax planning and tax advice. We did not pay Withum for other services for the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017.

All Other Fees

All other fees consist of fees billed for all other services. We did not pay Withum for other services for the period from July 13, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017.

Policy on Board Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of the Independent Auditors

The audit committee is responsible for appointing, setting compensation and overseeing the work of the independent auditors. In recognition of this responsibility, the audit committee shall review and, in its sole discretion, pre-approve all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors as provided under the audit committee charter.


PART IV

Item 15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.Report:

 

(a)

1)

Consolidated Financial Statements:Statements – See “IndexIndex to Consolidated Financial Statements”Statements at “ItemItem 8.  Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”Data herein.

 

2)

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for 2020, 2019, and 2018, included below.

(b)Financial Statement Schedules. All schedules are omitted for the reason that the information is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto or that they are not required or are not applicable.

 

(c)

3)

Exhibits:

Exhibits – The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.Report.



INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charged to Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning Balance

 

 

and Expenses

 

 

Deductions

 

 

Ending Balance

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2020

 

$

0.2

 

 

$

0.3

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

0.5

 

Year ended December 31, 2019

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

0.2

 

Year ended December 31, 2018

 

$

0.1

 

 

$

0.1

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

0.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory Obsolescence Reserve:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2020

 

$

0.3

 

 

$

0.8

 

 

$

(0.1

)

 

$

1.0

 

Year ended December 31, 2019

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

0.3

 

Year ended December 31, 2018

 

$

0.2

 

 

$

0.1

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

0.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation Allowance for Net Deferred Tax Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2020

 

$

1.3

 

 

$

0.2

 

 

$

(0.4

)

 

$

1.1

 

Year ended December 31, 2019

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1.3

 

Year ended December 31, 2018

 

$

0.4

 

 

$

0.2

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

0.6

 

ITEM 16.  FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.


EXHIBIT INDEX

The following is a list of all exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report, on Form 10-K, including those incorporated herein by reference.

 

Exhibit No.Document
3.1

Exhibit No.

Description

2.1

AmendedStock Purchase Agreement, dated December 12, 2018, among One Madison Corporation, Rack Holdings L.P. and Restated Memorandum and Articles of AssociationRack Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration StatementCurrent Report on Form S-1, as amended8-K (File No. 333-220956)001-38348), filed with the SEC on January 5,December 13, 2018)

4.1

2.2

Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated January 24, 2019, among One Madison Corporation, Rack Holdings L.P. and Rack Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-38348), filed with the SEC on March 1, 2019)

2.3

Amendment No. 2 to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated May 14, 2019, among One Madison Corporation, Rack Holdings L.P. and Rack Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38348), filed with the SEC on May 15, 2019)

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38348), filed with the SEC on June 6, 2019)

3.2

Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38348), filed with the SEC on June 6, 2019)

4.1

Specimen UnitCommon Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1,S-3, as amended (File No. 333-220956)333-232105), filed with the SEC on January 5, 2018)July 26, 2019

4.2

Form of Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-220956), filed with the SEC on January 5, 2018)

4.3

4.2

Form of Specimen Warrant Certificate (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-220956), filed with the SEC on January 5, 2018)

4.4

4.3

Warrant Agreement, dated January 17, 2018, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38348), filed with the SEC on January 22, 2018)

10.1

4.4

LetterAmendment No. 1 to Warrant Agreement, dated January 17, 2018,as of September 3, 2020, by and among the Company One Madison Group LLC and the Company’s officers and directorsContinental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibitExhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38348), filed with the SEC on January 22, 2018)September 3, 2020)

10.2

4.5*

Investment Management TrustDescription of the Registrant’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

10.1

Warrant Exchange Agreement, dated January 17, 2018, betweenMarch 27, 2019, among the Company and Continentalthe Investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on March 28, 2019)

10.2

Second Amendment, dated May 13, 2019, to the Securities Subscription Agreement, dated July 18, 2017, as amended on December 1, 2017, by and between One Madison Corporation and One Madison Group, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on May 15, 2019)

10.3

Consent of Holders of Class B Shares, dated May 13, 2019, among certain holders of Class B Shares (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on May 15, 2019)

10.4

First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2019, by and among Ranger Pledgor LLC, the financial institutions party thereto, and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on June 6, 2019)

10.5

Offer Letter Agreement, dated June 3, 2019, by and between Ranpak Holdings Corp. and Omar Asali (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on June 6, 2019)

10.6

Offer Letter Agreement, dated June 3, 2019, by and between Ranpak Holdings Corp. and Michael A. Jones (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on June 6, 2019)

10.7

Form of Performance Restricted Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trusteeUnit Award Agreement for named executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on June 6, 2019)

10.8

Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on June 6, 2019)


Exhibit No.

Description

10.9

Ranpak Holdings Corp. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Company’s Form S-8 (No. 333-233154), filed with the SEC on August 8, 2019)

10.10

Amendment No. 1 to the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated February 14, 2020 among Ranger Packaging LLC, Ranpak B.V., Ranger Pledgor LLC and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on February 19, 2020)

10.11

Severance and Non-Competition Agreement, dated November 1, 2015, by and between Ranpak Corp. and Antonio Grassotti (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s CurrentAnnual Report on Form 8-K10-K (File No. 001-38348), filed with the SEC on January 22, 2018)March 17, 2020)

10.3

10.12

Registration RightsOffer Letter Agreement, dated January 17, 2018,May 26, 2009, by and between the Company, One Madison Group LLCRanpak B.V. and certain investorsEric J.M. Laurensse (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s CurrentAnnual Report on Form 8-K10-K (File No. 001-38348), filed with the SEC on January 22, 2018)March 17, 2020)

10.4

Administrative Services Agreement, dated January 17, 2018, between the Company and One Madison Group LLC (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38348), filed with the SEC on January 22, 2018)

10.5

10.13

Strategic Partnership Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2017, among the Company, One Madison Group LLC, BSOF Master Fund L.P. and BSOF Master Fund II L.P., including Amendment No. 1 thereto dated January 5, 2018 (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-220956), filed with the SEC on January 5, 2018)

10.6Forward Purchase Agreement among the Company, One Madison Group LLC and JS Capital, LLC (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-220956), filed with the SEC on October 13, 2017)
10.7Forward Purchase Agreement among the Company, One Madison Group LLC and Soros Capital LLC (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-220956), filed with the SEC on October 13, 2017)
10.8Forward Purchase Agreement among the Company, One Madison Group LLC and Omar M. Asali (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-220956), filed with the SEC on October 13, 2017)
10.9Form of Amendment No. 1 to each Forward PurchaseAlternate Time-Vesting Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration StatementAnnual Report on Form S-1, as amended10-K (File No. 333-220956)001-38348), filed with the SEC on January 5, 2018)March 17, 2020)

10.10

10.14

Form of Amendment No.Borrower Assumption Agreement, dated July 1, to Forward Purchase Agreements with JS Capital2020, among Ranger Packaging LLC, Ranpak Corp., Ranger Pledgor LLC and Soros Capital LLCSubsidiary Guarantors party thereto (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit toExhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Registration StatementQuarterly Report on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-220956)10-Q (No. 0001-38348), filed with the SEC on January 5, 2018)July 30, 2020)

10.11

Securities Subscription Agreement, dated July 18, 2017, between One Madison Group LLC and the Company (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-220956), filed with the SEC on October 13, 2017)

10.12

21.1*

Amendment No. 1 dated December 1, 2017 to the Securities Subscription Agreement, dated July 18, 2017, between One Madison Group LLC and the Company (incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-220956), filed with the SEC on January 5, 2018)List of Subsidiaries of Ranpak Holdings Corp.

31.1

23.1*

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Deloitte & Touche LLP

24.1*

Power of Attorney (included on Signatures page)

31.1*

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.2002

31.2

31.2*

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.2002

32.1

32*

Certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc.and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.2002

32.2

Certificate of

101.INS

Inline XBRL Instance Document – the Chief Financial Officer of Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc. pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document*

101.SCH

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document*

101.CAL

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document*

101.DEF

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document*

101.LAB

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document*

101.PRE

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document*

104*

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

 

*

Filed herewith


SIGNATURES

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

ONE MADISON CORPORATION

Ranpak Holdings Corp.

Date:

March 29, 20184, 2021

By:

/s/ Omar M. Asali William Drew

Name: Omar M. Asali

William Drew

Title: Chairman

Senior Vice President and Chief ExecutiveFinancial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that eachEach person whose signature appears below constitutes andhereby appoints Omar M. Asali and Bharani BobbaWilliam Drew, and each or any one of them individually, to act severally as his true and lawful attorney-in-factor her attorneys-in-fact and agent, with full power and authority, including the power of substitution and resubstitution, for himto sign and file on his or her behalf and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any andeach capacity stated below, all amendments and/or supplements to this Annual Report, on Form 10-K,which amendments or supplements may make changes and additions to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto saidthis Report as such attorneys-in-fact, and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may deem necessary or their or his substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

appropriate.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

Title

Date

/s/ Omar M. Asali

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

March 29, 20184, 2021

Omar M. Asali

(principal executive officer)

/s/ Bharani BobbaWilliam Drew

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

March 29, 20184, 2021

Bharani Bobba

William Drew

(principal financial and accounting officer)

/s/ Thomas F. Corley

Director

March 29, 20184, 2021

Thomas F. Corley

/s/ Keith R. McLoughlinPamela El

Director

March 29, 20184, 2021

Keith R. McLoughlin

Pamela El

/s/ Michael Gliedman

Director

March 4, 2021

Michael Gliedman

/s/ Michael A. Jones

Director

March 29, 20184, 2021

Michael A. Jones

/s/ Robert C. King

Director

March 29, 20184, 2021

Robert C. King

/s/ Steve Kovach

Director

March 4, 2021

Steve Kovach

/s/ Salil Seshadri

Director

March 4, 2021

Salil Seshadri

/s/ Alicia Tranen

Director

March 4, 2021

Alicia Tranen

/s/ Kurt Zumwalt

Director

March 4, 2021

Kurt Zumwalt

 

 

6093